/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclObjC.cpp

Bug Summary

File:	tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclObjC.cpp
Warning:	line 4879, column 15 Called C++ object pointer is null

Annotated Source Code

Press '?' to see keyboard shortcuts

Show analyzer invocation

clang -cc1 -triple x86_64-pc-linux-gnu -analyze -disable-free -disable-llvm-verifier -discard-value-names -main-file-name SemaDeclObjC.cpp -analyzer-store=region -analyzer-opt-analyze-nested-blocks -analyzer-checker=core -analyzer-checker=apiModeling -analyzer-checker=unix -analyzer-checker=deadcode -analyzer-checker=cplusplus -analyzer-checker=security.insecureAPI.UncheckedReturn -analyzer-checker=security.insecureAPI.getpw -analyzer-checker=security.insecureAPI.gets -analyzer-checker=security.insecureAPI.mktemp -analyzer-checker=security.insecureAPI.mkstemp -analyzer-checker=security.insecureAPI.vfork -analyzer-checker=nullability.NullPassedToNonnull -analyzer-checker=nullability.NullReturnedFromNonnull -analyzer-output plist -w -analyzer-config-compatibility-mode=true -mrelocation-model pic -pic-level 2 -mthread-model posix -mframe-pointer=none -relaxed-aliasing -fmath-errno -masm-verbose -mconstructor-aliases -munwind-tables -fuse-init-array -target-cpu x86-64 -dwarf-column-info -debugger-tuning=gdb -ffunction-sections -fdata-sections -resource-dir /usr/lib/llvm-10/lib/clang/10.0.0 -D CLANG_VENDOR="Debian " -D _DEBUG -D _GNU_SOURCE -D __STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS -D __STDC_FORMAT_MACROS -D __STDC_LIMIT_MACROS -I /build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/build-llvm/tools/clang/lib/Sema -I /build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema -I /build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include -I /build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/build-llvm/tools/clang/include -I /build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/build-llvm/include -I /build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/include -U NDEBUG -internal-isystem /usr/lib/gcc/x86_64-linux-gnu/6.3.0/../../../../include/c++/6.3.0 -internal-isystem /usr/lib/gcc/x86_64-linux-gnu/6.3.0/../../../../include/x86_64-linux-gnu/c++/6.3.0 -internal-isystem /usr/lib/gcc/x86_64-linux-gnu/6.3.0/../../../../include/x86_64-linux-gnu/c++/6.3.0 -internal-isystem /usr/lib/gcc/x86_64-linux-gnu/6.3.0/../../../../include/c++/6.3.0/backward -internal-isystem /usr/local/include -internal-isystem /usr/lib/llvm-10/lib/clang/10.0.0/include -internal-externc-isystem /usr/include/x86_64-linux-gnu -internal-externc-isystem /include -internal-externc-isystem /usr/include -O2 -Wno-unused-parameter -Wwrite-strings -Wno-missing-field-initializers -Wno-long-long -Wno-maybe-uninitialized -Wno-comment -std=c++14 -fdeprecated-macro -fdebug-compilation-dir /build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/build-llvm/tools/clang/lib/Sema -fdebug-prefix-map=/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877=. -ferror-limit 19 -fmessage-length 0 -fvisibility-inlines-hidden -stack-protector 2 -fgnuc-version=4.2.1 -fobjc-runtime=gcc -fno-common -fdiagnostics-show-option -vectorize-loops -vectorize-slp -analyzer-output=html -analyzer-config stable-report-filename=true -faddrsig -o /tmp/scan-build-2019-10-15-233810-7101-1 -x c++ /build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclObjC.cpp

/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclObjC.cpp

→

1//===--- SemaDeclObjC.cpp - Semantic Analysis for ObjC Declarations -------===//
2//
3// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
4// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
5// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
6//
7//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
8//
9//  This file implements semantic analysis for Objective C declarations.
10//
11//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//

13#include "TypeLocBuilder.h"
14#include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h"
15#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
16#include "clang/AST/ASTMutationListener.h"
17#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
18#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
19#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
20#include "clang/AST/RecursiveASTVisitor.h"
21#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
22#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
23#include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
24#include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
25#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
26#include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
27#include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h"
28#include "llvm/ADT/DenseSet.h"

30using namespace clang;

32/// Check whether the given method, which must be in the 'init'
33/// family, is a valid member of that family.
34///
35/// \param receiverTypeIfCall - if null, check this as if declaring it;
36///   if non-null, check this as if making a call to it with the given
37///   receiver type
38///
39/// \return true to indicate that there was an error and appropriate
40///   actions were taken
41bool Sema::checkInitMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *method,
                         QualType receiverTypeIfCall) {
if (method->isInvalidDecl()) return true;

// This castAs is safe: methods that don't return an object
// pointer won't be inferred as inits and will reject an explicit
// objc_method_family(init).

// We ignore protocols here.  Should we?  What about Class?

const ObjCObjectType *result =
    method->getReturnType()->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getObjectType();

if (result->isObjCId()) {
  return false;
} else if (result->isObjCClass()) {
  // fall through: always an error
} else {
  ObjCInterfaceDecl *resultClass = result->getInterface();
  assert(resultClass && "unexpected object type!")((resultClass && "unexpected object type!") ? static_cast
<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("resultClass && \"unexpected object type!\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclObjC.cpp"
, 60, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));

  // It's okay for the result type to still be a forward declaration
  // if we're checking an interface declaration.
  if (!resultClass->hasDefinition()) {
    if (receiverTypeIfCall.isNull() &&
        !isa<ObjCImplementationDecl>(method->getDeclContext()))
      return false;

  // Otherwise, we try to compare class types.
  } else {
    // If this method was declared in a protocol, we can't check
    // anything unless we have a receiver type that's an interface.
    const ObjCInterfaceDecl *receiverClass = nullptr;
    if (isa<ObjCProtocolDecl>(method->getDeclContext())) {
      if (receiverTypeIfCall.isNull())
        return false;

      receiverClass = receiverTypeIfCall->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()
        ->getInterfaceDecl();

      // This can be null for calls to e.g. id<Foo>.
      if (!receiverClass) return false;
    } else {
      receiverClass = method->getClassInterface();
      assert(receiverClass && "method not associated with a class!")((receiverClass && "method not associated with a class!"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("receiverClass && \"method not associated with a class!\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclObjC.cpp"
, 85, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
    }

    // If either class is a subclass of the other, it's fine.
    if (receiverClass->isSuperClassOf(resultClass) ||
        resultClass->isSuperClassOf(receiverClass))
      return false;
  }
}

SourceLocation loc = method->getLocation();

// If we're in a system header, and this is not a call, just make
// the method unusable.
if (receiverTypeIfCall.isNull() && getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) {
  method->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, "",
                    UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCInitReturnsUnrelated, loc));
  return true;
}

// Otherwise, it's an error.
Diag(loc, diag::err_arc_init_method_unrelated_result_type);
method->setInvalidDecl();
return true;
109}

111/// Issue a warning if the parameter of the overridden method is non-escaping
112/// but the parameter of the overriding method is not.
113static bool diagnoseNoescape(const ParmVarDecl *NewD, const ParmVarDecl *OldD,
                           Sema &S) {
if (OldD->hasAttr<NoEscapeAttr>() && !NewD->hasAttr<NoEscapeAttr>()) {
  S.Diag(NewD->getLocation(), diag::warn_overriding_method_missing_noescape);
  S.Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_marked_noescape);
  return false;
}

return true;
122}

124/// Produce additional diagnostics if a category conforms to a protocol that
125/// defines a method taking a non-escaping parameter.
126static void diagnoseNoescape(const ParmVarDecl *NewD, const ParmVarDecl *OldD,
                           const ObjCCategoryDecl *CD,
                           const ObjCProtocolDecl *PD, Sema &S) {
if (!diagnoseNoescape(NewD, OldD, S))
  S.Diag(CD->getLocation(), diag::note_cat_conform_to_noescape_prot)
      << CD->IsClassExtension() << PD
      << cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(NewD->getDeclContext());
133}

135void Sema::CheckObjCMethodOverride(ObjCMethodDecl *NewMethod,
                                 const ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden) {
if (Overridden->hasRelatedResultType() &&
    !NewMethod->hasRelatedResultType()) {
  // This can only happen when the method follows a naming convention that
  // implies a related result type, and the original (overridden) method has
  // a suitable return type, but the new (overriding) method does not have
  // a suitable return type.
  QualType ResultType = NewMethod->getReturnType();
  SourceRange ResultTypeRange = NewMethod->getReturnTypeSourceRange();

  // Figure out which class this method is part of, if any.
  ObjCInterfaceDecl *CurrentClass
    = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(NewMethod->getDeclContext());
  if (!CurrentClass) {
    DeclContext *DC = NewMethod->getDeclContext();
    if (ObjCCategoryDecl *Cat = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC))
      CurrentClass = Cat->getClassInterface();
    else if (ObjCImplDecl *Impl = dyn_cast<ObjCImplDecl>(DC))
      CurrentClass = Impl->getClassInterface();
    else if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatImpl
             = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(DC))
      CurrentClass = CatImpl->getClassInterface();
  }

  if (CurrentClass) {
    Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
         diag::warn_related_result_type_compatibility_class)
      << Context.getObjCInterfaceType(CurrentClass)
      << ResultType
      << ResultTypeRange;
  } else {
    Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
         diag::warn_related_result_type_compatibility_protocol)
      << ResultType
      << ResultTypeRange;
  }

  if (ObjCMethodFamily Family = Overridden->getMethodFamily())
    Diag(Overridden->getLocation(),
         diag::note_related_result_type_family)
      << /*overridden method*/ 0
      << Family;
  else
    Diag(Overridden->getLocation(),
         diag::note_related_result_type_overridden);
}

if ((NewMethod->hasAttr<NSReturnsRetainedAttr>() !=
     Overridden->hasAttr<NSReturnsRetainedAttr>())) {
  Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
       getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount
           ? diag::err_nsreturns_retained_attribute_mismatch
           : diag::warn_nsreturns_retained_attribute_mismatch)
      << 1;
  Diag(Overridden->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << "method";
}
if ((NewMethod->hasAttr<NSReturnsNotRetainedAttr>() !=
     Overridden->hasAttr<NSReturnsNotRetainedAttr>())) {
  Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
       getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount
           ? diag::err_nsreturns_retained_attribute_mismatch
           : diag::warn_nsreturns_retained_attribute_mismatch)
      << 0;
  Diag(Overridden->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)  << "method";
}

ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = Overridden->param_begin(),
                                     oe = Overridden->param_end();
for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator ni = NewMethod->param_begin(),
                                    ne = NewMethod->param_end();
     ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi) {
  const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl = (*oi);
  ParmVarDecl *newDecl = (*ni);
  if (newDecl->hasAttr<NSConsumedAttr>() !=
      oldDecl->hasAttr<NSConsumedAttr>()) {
    Diag(newDecl->getLocation(),
         getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount
             ? diag::err_nsconsumed_attribute_mismatch
             : diag::warn_nsconsumed_attribute_mismatch);
    Diag(oldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << "parameter";
  }

  diagnoseNoescape(newDecl, oldDecl, *this);
}
220}

222/// Check a method declaration for compatibility with the Objective-C
223/// ARC conventions.
224bool Sema::CheckARCMethodDecl(ObjCMethodDecl *method) {
ObjCMethodFamily family = method->getMethodFamily();
switch (family) {
case OMF_None:
case OMF_finalize:
case OMF_retain:
case OMF_release:
case OMF_autorelease:
case OMF_retainCount:
case OMF_self:
case OMF_initialize:
case OMF_performSelector:
  return false;

case OMF_dealloc:
  if (!Context.hasSameType(method->getReturnType(), Context.VoidTy)) {
    SourceRange ResultTypeRange = method->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
    if (ResultTypeRange.isInvalid())
      Diag(method->getLocation(), diag::err_dealloc_bad_result_type)
          << method->getReturnType()
          << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(method->getSelectorLoc(0), "(void)");
    else
      Diag(method->getLocation(), diag::err_dealloc_bad_result_type)
          << method->getReturnType()
          << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(ResultTypeRange, "void");
    return true;
  }
  return false;

case OMF_init:
  // If the method doesn't obey the init rules, don't bother annotating it.
  if (checkInitMethod(method, QualType()))
    return true;

  method->addAttr(NSConsumesSelfAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));

  // Don't add a second copy of this attribute, but otherwise don't
  // let it be suppressed.
  if (method->hasAttr<NSReturnsRetainedAttr>())
    return false;
  break;

case OMF_alloc:
case OMF_copy:
case OMF_mutableCopy:
case OMF_new:
  if (method->hasAttr<NSReturnsRetainedAttr>() ||
      method->hasAttr<NSReturnsNotRetainedAttr>() ||
      method->hasAttr<NSReturnsAutoreleasedAttr>())
    return false;
  break;
}

method->addAttr(NSReturnsRetainedAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
return false;
279}

281static void DiagnoseObjCImplementedDeprecations(Sema &S, const NamedDecl *ND,
                                              SourceLocation ImplLoc) {
if (!ND)
  return;
bool IsCategory = false;
StringRef RealizedPlatform;
AvailabilityResult Availability = ND->getAvailability(
    /*Message=*/nullptr, /*EnclosingVersion=*/VersionTuple(),
    &RealizedPlatform);
if (Availability != AR_Deprecated) {
  if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(ND)) {
    if (Availability != AR_Unavailable)
      return;
    if (RealizedPlatform.empty())
      RealizedPlatform = S.Context.getTargetInfo().getPlatformName();
    // Warn about implementing unavailable methods, unless the unavailable
    // is for an app extension.
    if (RealizedPlatform.endswith("_app_extension"))
      return;
    S.Diag(ImplLoc, diag::warn_unavailable_def);
    S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::note_method_declared_at)
        << ND->getDeclName();
    return;
  }
  if (const auto *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(ND)) {
    if (!CD->getClassInterface()->isDeprecated())
      return;
    ND = CD->getClassInterface();
    IsCategory = true;
  } else
    return;
}
S.Diag(ImplLoc, diag::warn_deprecated_def)
    << (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(ND)
            ? /*Method*/ 0
            : isa<ObjCCategoryDecl>(ND) || IsCategory ? /*Category*/ 2
                                                      : /*Class*/ 1);
if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(ND))
  S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::note_method_declared_at)
      << ND->getDeclName();
else
  S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
      << (isa<ObjCCategoryDecl>(ND) ? "category" : "class");
324}

326/// AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool - Add any method, instance or factory to global
327/// pool.
328void Sema::AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool(Decl *D) {
ObjCMethodDecl *MDecl = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(D);

// If we don't have a valid method decl, simply return.
if (!MDecl)
  return;
if (MDecl->isInstanceMethod())
  AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool(MDecl, true);
else
  AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool(MDecl, true);
338}

340/// HasExplicitOwnershipAttr - returns true when pointer to ObjC pointer
341/// has explicit ownership attribute; false otherwise.
342static bool
343HasExplicitOwnershipAttr(Sema &S, ParmVarDecl *Param) {
QualType T = Param->getType();

if (const PointerType *PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()) {
  T = PT->getPointeeType();
} else if (const ReferenceType *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
  T = RT->getPointeeType();
} else {
  return true;
}

// If we have a lifetime qualifier, but it's local, we must have
// inferred it. So, it is implicit.
return !T.getLocalQualifiers().hasObjCLifetime();
357}

359/// ActOnStartOfObjCMethodDef - This routine sets up parameters; invisible
360/// and user declared, in the method definition's AST.
361void Sema::ActOnStartOfObjCMethodDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) {
ImplicitlyRetainedSelfLocs.clear();
assert((getCurMethodDecl() == nullptr) && "Methodparsing confused")(((getCurMethodDecl() == nullptr) && "Methodparsing confused"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(getCurMethodDecl() == nullptr) && \"Methodparsing confused\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclObjC.cpp"
, 363, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
ObjCMethodDecl *MDecl = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(D);

PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExprEvalContexts.back().Context);

// If we don't have a valid method decl, simply return.
if (!MDecl)
  return;

QualType ResultType = MDecl->getReturnType();
if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() &&
    !MDecl->isInvalidDecl() &&
    RequireCompleteType(MDecl->getLocation(), ResultType,
                        diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result))
  MDecl->setInvalidDecl();

// Allow all of Sema to see that we are entering a method definition.
PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, MDecl);
PushFunctionScope();

// Create Decl objects for each parameter, entrring them in the scope for
// binding to their use.

// Insert the invisible arguments, self and _cmd!
MDecl->createImplicitParams(Context, MDecl->getClassInterface());

PushOnScopeChains(MDecl->getSelfDecl(), FnBodyScope);
PushOnScopeChains(MDecl->getCmdDecl(), FnBodyScope);

// The ObjC parser requires parameter names so there's no need to check.
CheckParmsForFunctionDef(MDecl->parameters(),
                         /*CheckParameterNames=*/false);

// Introduce all of the other parameters into this scope.
for (auto *Param : MDecl->parameters()) {
  if (!Param->isInvalidDecl() &&
      getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
      !HasExplicitOwnershipAttr(*this, Param))
    Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::warn_arc_strong_pointer_objc_pointer) <<
          Param->getType();

  if (Param->getIdentifier())
    PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope);
}

// In ARC, disallow definition of retain/release/autorelease/retainCount
if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) {
  switch (MDecl->getMethodFamily()) {
  case OMF_retain:
  case OMF_retainCount:
  case OMF_release:
  case OMF_autorelease:
    Diag(MDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_illegal_method_def)
      << 0 << MDecl->getSelector();
    break;

  case OMF_None:
  case OMF_dealloc:
  case OMF_finalize:
  case OMF_alloc:
  case OMF_init:
  case OMF_mutableCopy:
  case OMF_copy:
  case OMF_new:
  case OMF_self:
  case OMF_initialize:
  case OMF_performSelector:
    break;
  }
}

// Warn on deprecated methods under -Wdeprecated-implementations,
// and prepare for warning on missing super calls.
if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IC = MDecl->getClassInterface()) {
  ObjCMethodDecl *IMD =
    IC->lookupMethod(MDecl->getSelector(), MDecl->isInstanceMethod());

  if (IMD) {
    ObjCImplDecl *ImplDeclOfMethodDef =
      dyn_cast<ObjCImplDecl>(MDecl->getDeclContext());
    ObjCContainerDecl *ContDeclOfMethodDecl =
      dyn_cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(IMD->getDeclContext());
    ObjCImplDecl *ImplDeclOfMethodDecl = nullptr;
    if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *OID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ContDeclOfMethodDecl))
      ImplDeclOfMethodDecl = OID->getImplementation();
    else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(ContDeclOfMethodDecl)) {
      if (CD->IsClassExtension()) {
        if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *OID = CD->getClassInterface())
          ImplDeclOfMethodDecl = OID->getImplementation();
      } else
          ImplDeclOfMethodDecl = CD->getImplementation();
    }
    // No need to issue deprecated warning if deprecated mehod in class/category
    // is being implemented in its own implementation (no overriding is involved).
    if (!ImplDeclOfMethodDecl || ImplDeclOfMethodDecl != ImplDeclOfMethodDef)
      DiagnoseObjCImplementedDeprecations(*this, IMD, MDecl->getLocation());
  }

  if (MDecl->getMethodFamily() == OMF_init) {
    if (MDecl->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface()) {
      getCurFunction()->ObjCIsDesignatedInit = true;
      getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain =
          IC->getSuperClass() != nullptr;
    } else if (IC->hasDesignatedInitializers()) {
      getCurFunction()->ObjCIsSecondaryInit = true;
      getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = true;
    }
  }

  // If this is "dealloc" or "finalize", set some bit here.
  // Then in ActOnSuperMessage() (SemaExprObjC), set it back to false.
  // Finally, in ActOnFinishFunctionBody() (SemaDecl), warn if flag is set.
  // Only do this if the current class actually has a superclass.
  if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *SuperClass = IC->getSuperClass()) {
    ObjCMethodFamily Family = MDecl->getMethodFamily();
    if (Family == OMF_dealloc) {
      if (!(getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount ||
            getLangOpts().getGC() == LangOptions::GCOnly))
        getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = true;

    } else if (Family == OMF_finalize) {
      if (Context.getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC)
        getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = true;

    } else {
      const ObjCMethodDecl *SuperMethod =
        SuperClass->lookupMethod(MDecl->getSelector(),
                                 MDecl->isInstanceMethod());
      getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper =
        (SuperMethod && SuperMethod->hasAttr<ObjCRequiresSuperAttr>());
    }
  }
}
496}

498namespace {

500// Callback to only accept typo corrections that are Objective-C classes.
501// If an ObjCInterfaceDecl* is given to the constructor, then the validation
502// function will reject corrections to that class.
503class ObjCInterfaceValidatorCCC final : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
public:
ObjCInterfaceValidatorCCC() : CurrentIDecl(nullptr) {}
explicit ObjCInterfaceValidatorCCC(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl)
    : CurrentIDecl(IDecl) {}

bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override {
  ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = candidate.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>();
  return ID && !declaresSameEntity(ID, CurrentIDecl);
}

std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> clone() override {
  return std::make_unique<ObjCInterfaceValidatorCCC>(*this);
}

private:
ObjCInterfaceDecl *CurrentIDecl;
520};

522} // end anonymous namespace

524static void diagnoseUseOfProtocols(Sema &TheSema,
                                 ObjCContainerDecl *CD,
                                 ObjCProtocolDecl *const *ProtoRefs,
                                 unsigned NumProtoRefs,
                                 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs) {
assert(ProtoRefs)((ProtoRefs) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ProtoRefs"
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclObjC.cpp"
, 529, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
// Diagnose availability in the context of the ObjC container.
Sema::ContextRAII SavedContext(TheSema, CD);
for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumProtoRefs; ++i) {
  (void)TheSema.DiagnoseUseOfDecl(ProtoRefs[i], ProtoLocs[i],
                                  /*UnknownObjCClass=*/nullptr,
                                  /*ObjCPropertyAccess=*/false,
                                  /*AvoidPartialAvailabilityChecks=*/true);
}
538}

540void Sema::
541ActOnSuperClassOfClassInterface(Scope *S,
                              SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc,
                              ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl,
                              IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
                              SourceLocation ClassLoc,
                              IdentifierInfo *SuperName,
                              SourceLocation SuperLoc,
                              ArrayRef<ParsedType> SuperTypeArgs,
                              SourceRange SuperTypeArgsRange) {
// Check if a different kind of symbol declared in this scope.
NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, SuperName, SuperLoc,
                                       LookupOrdinaryName);

if (!PrevDecl) {
  // Try to correct for a typo in the superclass name without correcting
  // to the class we're defining.
  ObjCInterfaceValidatorCCC CCC(IDecl);
  if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(
          DeclarationNameInfo(SuperName, SuperLoc), LookupOrdinaryName,
          TUScope, nullptr, CCC, CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
    diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::err_undef_superclass_suggest)
                 << SuperName << ClassName);
    PrevDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>();
  }
}

if (declaresSameEntity(PrevDecl, IDecl)) {
  Diag(SuperLoc, diag::err_recursive_superclass)
    << SuperName << ClassName << SourceRange(AtInterfaceLoc, ClassLoc);
  IDecl->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(ClassLoc);
} else {
  ObjCInterfaceDecl *SuperClassDecl =
  dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(PrevDecl);
  QualType SuperClassType;

  // Diagnose classes that inherit from deprecated classes.
  if (SuperClassDecl) {
    (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(SuperClassDecl, SuperLoc);
    SuperClassType = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(SuperClassDecl);
  }

  if (PrevDecl && !SuperClassDecl) {
    // The previous declaration was not a class decl. Check if we have a
    // typedef. If we do, get the underlying class type.
    if (const TypedefNameDecl *TDecl =
        dyn_cast_or_null<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
      QualType T = TDecl->getUnderlyingType();
      if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
        if (NamedDecl *IDecl = T->getAs<ObjCObjectType>()->getInterface()) {
          SuperClassDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl);
          SuperClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(TDecl);

          // This handles the following case:
          // @interface NewI @end
          // typedef NewI DeprI __attribute__((deprecated("blah")))
          // @interface SI : DeprI /* warn here */ @end
          (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(const_cast<TypedefNameDecl*>(TDecl), SuperLoc);
        }
      }
    }

    // This handles the following case:
    //
    // typedef int SuperClass;
    // @interface MyClass : SuperClass {} @end
    //
    if (!SuperClassDecl) {
      Diag(SuperLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << SuperName;
      Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
    }
  }

  if (!dyn_cast_or_null<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
    if (!SuperClassDecl)
      Diag(SuperLoc, diag::err_undef_superclass)
        << SuperName << ClassName << SourceRange(AtInterfaceLoc, ClassLoc);
    else if (RequireCompleteType(SuperLoc,
                                 SuperClassType,
                                 diag::err_forward_superclass,
                                 SuperClassDecl->getDeclName(),
                                 ClassName,
                                 SourceRange(AtInterfaceLoc, ClassLoc))) {
      SuperClassDecl = nullptr;
      SuperClassType = QualType();
    }
  }

  if (SuperClassType.isNull()) {
    assert(!SuperClassDecl && "Failed to set SuperClassType?")((!SuperClassDecl && "Failed to set SuperClassType?")
 ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!SuperClassDecl && \"Failed to set SuperClassType?\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclObjC.cpp"
, 629, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
    return;
  }

  // Handle type arguments on the superclass.
  TypeSourceInfo *SuperClassTInfo = nullptr;
  if (!SuperTypeArgs.empty()) {
    TypeResult fullSuperClassType = actOnObjCTypeArgsAndProtocolQualifiers(
                                      S,
                                      SuperLoc,
                                      CreateParsedType(SuperClassType,
                                                       nullptr),
                                      SuperTypeArgsRange.getBegin(),
                                      SuperTypeArgs,
                                      SuperTypeArgsRange.getEnd(),
                                      SourceLocation(),
                                      { },
                                      { },
                                      SourceLocation());
    if (!fullSuperClassType.isUsable())
      return;

    SuperClassType = GetTypeFromParser(fullSuperClassType.get(),
                                       &SuperClassTInfo);
  }

  if (!SuperClassTInfo) {
    SuperClassTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(SuperClassType,
                                                       SuperLoc);
  }

  IDecl->setSuperClass(SuperClassTInfo);
  IDecl->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(SuperClassTInfo->getTypeLoc().getEndLoc());
}
663}

665DeclResult Sema::actOnObjCTypeParam(Scope *S,
                                  ObjCTypeParamVariance variance,
                                  SourceLocation varianceLoc,
                                  unsigned index,
                                  IdentifierInfo *paramName,
                                  SourceLocation paramLoc,
                                  SourceLocation colonLoc,
                                  ParsedType parsedTypeBound) {
// If there was an explicitly-provided type bound, check it.
TypeSourceInfo *typeBoundInfo = nullptr;
if (parsedTypeBound) {
  // The type bound can be any Objective-C pointer type.
  QualType typeBound = GetTypeFromParser(parsedTypeBound, &typeBoundInfo);
  if (typeBound->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
    // okay
  } else if (typeBound->isObjCObjectType()) {
    // The user forgot the * on an Objective-C pointer type, e.g.,
    // "T : NSView".
    SourceLocation starLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(
                               typeBoundInfo->getTypeLoc().getEndLoc());
    Diag(typeBoundInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
         diag::err_objc_type_param_bound_missing_pointer)
      << typeBound << paramName
      << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(starLoc, " *");

    // Create a new type location builder so we can update the type
    // location information we have.
    TypeLocBuilder builder;
    builder.pushFullCopy(typeBoundInfo->getTypeLoc());

    // Create the Objective-C pointer type.
    typeBound = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(typeBound);
    ObjCObjectPointerTypeLoc newT
      = builder.push<ObjCObjectPointerTypeLoc>(typeBound);
    newT.setStarLoc(starLoc);

    // Form the new type source information.
    typeBoundInfo = builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, typeBound);
  } else {
    // Not a valid type bound.
    Diag(typeBoundInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
         diag::err_objc_type_param_bound_nonobject)
      << typeBound << paramName;

    // Forget the bound; we'll default to id later.
    typeBoundInfo = nullptr;
  }

  // Type bounds cannot have qualifiers (even indirectly) or explicit
  // nullability.
  if (typeBoundInfo) {
    QualType typeBound = typeBoundInfo->getType();
    TypeLoc qual = typeBoundInfo->getTypeLoc().findExplicitQualifierLoc();
    if (qual || typeBound.hasQualifiers()) {
      bool diagnosed = false;
      SourceRange rangeToRemove;
      if (qual) {
        if (auto attr = qual.getAs<AttributedTypeLoc>()) {
          rangeToRemove = attr.getLocalSourceRange();
          if (attr.getTypePtr()->getImmediateNullability()) {
            Diag(attr.getBeginLoc(),
                 diag::err_objc_type_param_bound_explicit_nullability)
                << paramName << typeBound
                << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(rangeToRemove);
            diagnosed = true;
          }
        }
      }

      if (!diagnosed) {
        Diag(qual ? qual.getBeginLoc()
                  : typeBoundInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
             diag::err_objc_type_param_bound_qualified)
            << paramName << typeBound
            << typeBound.getQualifiers().getAsString()
            << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(rangeToRemove);
      }

      // If the type bound has qualifiers other than CVR, we need to strip
      // them or we'll probably assert later when trying to apply new
      // qualifiers.
      Qualifiers quals = typeBound.getQualifiers();
      quals.removeCVRQualifiers();
      if (!quals.empty()) {
        typeBoundInfo =
           Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(typeBound.getUnqualifiedType());
      }
    }
  }
}

// If there was no explicit type bound (or we removed it due to an error),
// use 'id' instead.
if (!typeBoundInfo) {
  colonLoc = SourceLocation();
  typeBoundInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.getObjCIdType());
}

// Create the type parameter.
return ObjCTypeParamDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, variance, varianceLoc,
                                 index, paramLoc, paramName, colonLoc,
                                 typeBoundInfo);
767}

769ObjCTypeParamList *Sema::actOnObjCTypeParamList(Scope *S,
                                              SourceLocation lAngleLoc,
                                              ArrayRef<Decl *> typeParamsIn,
                                              SourceLocation rAngleLoc) {
// We know that the array only contains Objective-C type parameters.
ArrayRef<ObjCTypeParamDecl *>
  typeParams(
    reinterpret_cast<ObjCTypeParamDecl * const *>(typeParamsIn.data()),
    typeParamsIn.size());

// Diagnose redeclarations of type parameters.
// We do this now because Objective-C type parameters aren't pushed into
// scope until later (after the instance variable block), but we want the
// diagnostics to occur right after we parse the type parameter list.
llvm::SmallDenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCTypeParamDecl *> knownParams;
for (auto typeParam : typeParams) {
  auto known = knownParams.find(typeParam->getIdentifier());
  if (known != knownParams.end()) {
    Diag(typeParam->getLocation(), diag::err_objc_type_param_redecl)
      << typeParam->getIdentifier()
      << SourceRange(known->second->getLocation());

    typeParam->setInvalidDecl();
  } else {
    knownParams.insert(std::make_pair(typeParam->getIdentifier(), typeParam));

    // Push the type parameter into scope.
    PushOnScopeChains(typeParam, S, /*AddToContext=*/false);
  }
}

// Create the parameter list.
return ObjCTypeParamList::create(Context, lAngleLoc, typeParams, rAngleLoc);
802}

804void Sema::popObjCTypeParamList(Scope *S, ObjCTypeParamList *typeParamList) {
for (auto typeParam : *typeParamList) {
  if (!typeParam->isInvalidDecl()) {
    S->RemoveDecl(typeParam);
    IdResolver.RemoveDecl(typeParam);
  }
}
811}

813namespace {
/// The context in which an Objective-C type parameter list occurs, for use
/// in diagnostics.
enum class TypeParamListContext {
  ForwardDeclaration,
  Definition,
  Category,
  Extension
};
822} // end anonymous namespace

824/// Check consistency between two Objective-C type parameter lists, e.g.,
825/// between a category/extension and an \@interface or between an \@class and an
826/// \@interface.
827static bool checkTypeParamListConsistency(Sema &S,
                                        ObjCTypeParamList *prevTypeParams,
                                        ObjCTypeParamList *newTypeParams,
                                        TypeParamListContext newContext) {
// If the sizes don't match, complain about that.
if (prevTypeParams->size() != newTypeParams->size()) {
  SourceLocation diagLoc;
  if (newTypeParams->size() > prevTypeParams->size()) {
    diagLoc = newTypeParams->begin()[prevTypeParams->size()]->getLocation();
  } else {
    diagLoc = S.getLocForEndOfToken(newTypeParams->back()->getEndLoc());
  }

  S.Diag(diagLoc, diag::err_objc_type_param_arity_mismatch)
    << static_cast<unsigned>(newContext)
    << (newTypeParams->size() > prevTypeParams->size())
    << prevTypeParams->size()
    << newTypeParams->size();

  return true;
}

// Match up the type parameters.
for (unsigned i = 0, n = prevTypeParams->size(); i != n; ++i) {
  ObjCTypeParamDecl *prevTypeParam = prevTypeParams->begin()[i];
  ObjCTypeParamDecl *newTypeParam = newTypeParams->begin()[i];

  // Check for consistency of the variance.
  if (newTypeParam->getVariance() != prevTypeParam->getVariance()) {
    if (newTypeParam->getVariance() == ObjCTypeParamVariance::Invariant &&
        newContext != TypeParamListContext::Definition) {
      // When the new type parameter is invariant and is not part
      // of the definition, just propagate the variance.
      newTypeParam->setVariance(prevTypeParam->getVariance());
    } else if (prevTypeParam->getVariance()
                 == ObjCTypeParamVariance::Invariant &&
               !(isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(prevTypeParam->getDeclContext()) &&
                 cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(prevTypeParam->getDeclContext())
                   ->getDefinition() == prevTypeParam->getDeclContext())) {
      // When the old parameter is invariant and was not part of the
      // definition, just ignore the difference because it doesn't
      // matter.
    } else {
      {
        // Diagnose the conflict and update the second declaration.
        SourceLocation diagLoc = newTypeParam->getVarianceLoc();
        if (diagLoc.isInvalid())
          diagLoc = newTypeParam->getBeginLoc();

        auto diag = S.Diag(diagLoc,
                           diag::err_objc_type_param_variance_conflict)
                      << static_cast<unsigned>(newTypeParam->getVariance())
                      << newTypeParam->getDeclName()
                      << static_cast<unsigned>(prevTypeParam->getVariance())
                      << prevTypeParam->getDeclName();
        switch (prevTypeParam->getVariance()) {
        case ObjCTypeParamVariance::Invariant:
          diag << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(newTypeParam->getVarianceLoc());
          break;

        case ObjCTypeParamVariance::Covariant:
        case ObjCTypeParamVariance::Contravariant: {
          StringRef newVarianceStr
             = prevTypeParam->getVariance() == ObjCTypeParamVariance::Covariant
                 ? "__covariant"
                 : "__contravariant";
          if (newTypeParam->getVariance()
                == ObjCTypeParamVariance::Invariant) {
            diag << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(newTypeParam->getBeginLoc(),
                                               (newVarianceStr + " ").str());
          } else {
            diag << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(newTypeParam->getVarianceLoc(),
                                             newVarianceStr);
          }
        }
        }
      }

      S.Diag(prevTypeParam->getLocation(), diag::note_objc_type_param_here)
        << prevTypeParam->getDeclName();

      // Override the variance.
      newTypeParam->setVariance(prevTypeParam->getVariance());
    }
  }

  // If the bound types match, there's nothing to do.
  if (S.Context.hasSameType(prevTypeParam->getUnderlyingType(),
                            newTypeParam->getUnderlyingType()))
    continue;

  // If the new type parameter's bound was explicit, complain about it being
  // different from the original.
  if (newTypeParam->hasExplicitBound()) {
    SourceRange newBoundRange = newTypeParam->getTypeSourceInfo()
                                  ->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
    S.Diag(newBoundRange.getBegin(), diag::err_objc_type_param_bound_conflict)
      << newTypeParam->getUnderlyingType()
      << newTypeParam->getDeclName()
      << prevTypeParam->hasExplicitBound()
      << prevTypeParam->getUnderlyingType()
      << (newTypeParam->getDeclName() == prevTypeParam->getDeclName())
      << prevTypeParam->getDeclName()
      << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(
           newBoundRange,
           prevTypeParam->getUnderlyingType().getAsString(
             S.Context.getPrintingPolicy()));

    S.Diag(prevTypeParam->getLocation(), diag::note_objc_type_param_here)
      << prevTypeParam->getDeclName();

    // Override the new type parameter's bound type with the previous type,
    // so that it's consistent.
    newTypeParam->setTypeSourceInfo(
      S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(prevTypeParam->getUnderlyingType()));
    continue;
  }

  // The new type parameter got the implicit bound of 'id'. That's okay for
  // categories and extensions (overwrite it later), but not for forward
  // declarations and @interfaces, because those must be standalone.
  if (newContext == TypeParamListContext::ForwardDeclaration ||
      newContext == TypeParamListContext::Definition) {
    // Diagnose this problem for forward declarations and definitions.
    SourceLocation insertionLoc
      = S.getLocForEndOfToken(newTypeParam->getLocation());
    std::string newCode
      = " : " + prevTypeParam->getUnderlyingType().getAsString(
                  S.Context.getPrintingPolicy());
    S.Diag(newTypeParam->getLocation(),
           diag::err_objc_type_param_bound_missing)
      << prevTypeParam->getUnderlyingType()
      << newTypeParam->getDeclName()
      << (newContext == TypeParamListContext::ForwardDeclaration)
      << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(insertionLoc, newCode);

    S.Diag(prevTypeParam->getLocation(), diag::note_objc_type_param_here)
      << prevTypeParam->getDeclName();
  }

  // Update the new type parameter's bound to match the previous one.
  newTypeParam->setTypeSourceInfo(
    S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(prevTypeParam->getUnderlyingType()));
}

return false;
973}

975Decl *Sema::ActOnStartClassInterface(
  Scope *S, SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
  SourceLocation ClassLoc, ObjCTypeParamList *typeParamList,
  IdentifierInfo *SuperName, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
  ArrayRef<ParsedType> SuperTypeArgs, SourceRange SuperTypeArgsRange,
  Decl *const *ProtoRefs, unsigned NumProtoRefs,
  const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, SourceLocation EndProtoLoc,
  const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList) {
assert(ClassName && "Missing class identifier")((ClassName && "Missing class identifier") ? static_cast
<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ClassName && \"Missing class identifier\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclObjC.cpp"
, 983, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));

// Check for another declaration kind with the same name.
NamedDecl *PrevDecl =
    LookupSingleName(TUScope, ClassName, ClassLoc, LookupOrdinaryName,
                     forRedeclarationInCurContext());

if (PrevDecl && !isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
  Diag(ClassLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << ClassName;
  Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
}

// Create a declaration to describe this @interface.
ObjCInterfaceDecl* PrevIDecl = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(PrevDecl);

if (PrevIDecl && PrevIDecl->getIdentifier() != ClassName) {
  // A previous decl with a different name is because of
  // @compatibility_alias, for example:
  // \code
  //   @class NewImage;
  //   @compatibility_alias OldImage NewImage;
  // \endcode
  // A lookup for 'OldImage' will return the 'NewImage' decl.
  //
  // In such a case use the real declaration name, instead of the alias one,
  // otherwise we will break IdentifierResolver and redecls-chain invariants.
  // FIXME: If necessary, add a bit to indicate that this ObjCInterfaceDecl
  // has been aliased.
  ClassName = PrevIDecl->getIdentifier();
}

// If there was a forward declaration with type parameters, check
// for consistency.
if (PrevIDecl) {
  if (ObjCTypeParamList *prevTypeParamList = PrevIDecl->getTypeParamList()) {
    if (typeParamList) {
      // Both have type parameter lists; check for consistency.
      if (checkTypeParamListConsistency(*this, prevTypeParamList,
                                        typeParamList,
                                        TypeParamListContext::Definition)) {
        typeParamList = nullptr;
      }
    } else {
      Diag(ClassLoc, diag::err_objc_parameterized_forward_class_first)
        << ClassName;
      Diag(prevTypeParamList->getLAngleLoc(), diag::note_previous_decl)
        << ClassName;

      // Clone the type parameter list.
      SmallVector<ObjCTypeParamDecl *, 4> clonedTypeParams;
      for (auto typeParam : *prevTypeParamList) {
        clonedTypeParams.push_back(
          ObjCTypeParamDecl::Create(
            Context,
            CurContext,
            typeParam->getVariance(),
            SourceLocation(),
            typeParam->getIndex(),
            SourceLocation(),
            typeParam->getIdentifier(),
            SourceLocation(),
            Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(typeParam->getUnderlyingType())));
      }

      typeParamList = ObjCTypeParamList::create(Context,
                                                SourceLocation(),
                                                clonedTypeParams,
                                                SourceLocation());
    }
  }
}

ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl
  = ObjCInterfaceDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, AtInterfaceLoc, ClassName,
                              typeParamList, PrevIDecl, ClassLoc);
if (PrevIDecl) {
  // Class already seen. Was it a definition?
  if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = PrevIDecl->getDefinition()) {
    Diag(AtInterfaceLoc, diag::err_duplicate_class_def)
      << PrevIDecl->getDeclName();
    Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
    IDecl->setInvalidDecl();
  }
}

ProcessDeclAttributeList(TUScope, IDecl, AttrList);
AddPragmaAttributes(TUScope, IDecl);
PushOnScopeChains(IDecl, TUScope);

// Start the definition of this class. If we're in a redefinition case, there
// may already be a definition, so we'll end up adding to it.
if (!IDecl->hasDefinition())
  IDecl->startDefinition();

if (SuperName) {
  // Diagnose availability in the context of the @interface.
  ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, IDecl);

  ActOnSuperClassOfClassInterface(S, AtInterfaceLoc, IDecl,
                                  ClassName, ClassLoc,
                                  SuperName, SuperLoc, SuperTypeArgs,
                                  SuperTypeArgsRange);
} else { // we have a root class.
  IDecl->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(ClassLoc);
}

// Check then save referenced protocols.
if (NumProtoRefs) {
  diagnoseUseOfProtocols(*this, IDecl, (ObjCProtocolDecl*const*)ProtoRefs,
                         NumProtoRefs, ProtoLocs);
  IDecl->setProtocolList((ObjCProtocolDecl*const*)ProtoRefs, NumProtoRefs,
                         ProtoLocs, Context);
  IDecl->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(EndProtoLoc);
}

CheckObjCDeclScope(IDecl);
return ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(IDecl);
1100}

1102/// ActOnTypedefedProtocols - this action finds protocol list as part of the
1103/// typedef'ed use for a qualified super class and adds them to the list
1104/// of the protocols.
1105void Sema::ActOnTypedefedProtocols(SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &ProtocolRefs,
                                SmallVectorImpl<SourceLocation> &ProtocolLocs,
                                 IdentifierInfo *SuperName,
                                 SourceLocation SuperLoc) {
if (!SuperName)
  return;
NamedDecl* IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, SuperName, SuperLoc,
                                    LookupOrdinaryName);
if (!IDecl)
  return;

if (const TypedefNameDecl *TDecl = dyn_cast_or_null<TypedefNameDecl>(IDecl)) {
  QualType T = TDecl->getUnderlyingType();
  if (T->isObjCObjectType())
    if (const ObjCObjectType *OPT = T->getAs<ObjCObjectType>()) {
      ProtocolRefs.append(OPT->qual_begin(), OPT->qual_end());
      // FIXME: Consider whether this should be an invalid loc since the loc
      // is not actually pointing to a protocol name reference but to the
      // typedef reference. Note that the base class name loc is also pointing
      // at the typedef.
      ProtocolLocs.append(OPT->getNumProtocols(), SuperLoc);
    }
}
1128}

1130/// ActOnCompatibilityAlias - this action is called after complete parsing of
1131/// a \@compatibility_alias declaration. It sets up the alias relationships.
1132Decl *Sema::ActOnCompatibilityAlias(SourceLocation AtLoc,
                                  IdentifierInfo *AliasName,
                                  SourceLocation AliasLocation,
                                  IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
                                  SourceLocation ClassLocation) {
// Look for previous declaration of alias name
NamedDecl *ADecl =
    LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasLocation, LookupOrdinaryName,
                     forRedeclarationInCurContext());
if (ADecl) {
  Diag(AliasLocation, diag::err_conflicting_aliasing_type) << AliasName;
  Diag(ADecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
  return nullptr;
}
// Check for class declaration
NamedDecl *CDeclU =
    LookupSingleName(TUScope, ClassName, ClassLocation, LookupOrdinaryName,
                     forRedeclarationInCurContext());
if (const TypedefNameDecl *TDecl =
      dyn_cast_or_null<TypedefNameDecl>(CDeclU)) {
  QualType T = TDecl->getUnderlyingType();
  if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
    if (NamedDecl *IDecl = T->getAs<ObjCObjectType>()->getInterface()) {
      ClassName = IDecl->getIdentifier();
      CDeclU = LookupSingleName(TUScope, ClassName, ClassLocation,
                                LookupOrdinaryName,
                                forRedeclarationInCurContext());
    }
  }
}
ObjCInterfaceDecl *CDecl = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CDeclU);
if (!CDecl) {
  Diag(ClassLocation, diag::warn_undef_interface) << ClassName;
  if (CDeclU)
    Diag(CDeclU->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
  return nullptr;
}

// Everything checked out, instantiate a new alias declaration AST.
ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *AliasDecl =
  ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, AtLoc, AliasName, CDecl);

if (!CheckObjCDeclScope(AliasDecl))
  PushOnScopeChains(AliasDecl, TUScope);

return AliasDecl;
1178}

1180bool Sema::CheckForwardProtocolDeclarationForCircularDependency(
IdentifierInfo *PName,
SourceLocation &Ploc, SourceLocation PrevLoc,
const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &PList) {

bool res = false;
for (ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl>::iterator I = PList.begin(),
     E = PList.end(); I != E; ++I) {
  if (ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl = LookupProtocol((*I)->getIdentifier(),
                                               Ploc)) {
    if (PDecl->getIdentifier() == PName) {
      Diag(Ploc, diag::err_protocol_has_circular_dependency);
      Diag(PrevLoc, diag::note_previous_definition);
      res = true;
    }

    if (!PDecl->hasDefinition())
      continue;

    if (CheckForwardProtocolDeclarationForCircularDependency(PName, Ploc,
          PDecl->getLocation(), PDecl->getReferencedProtocols()))
      res = true;
  }
}
return res;
1205}

1207Decl *Sema::ActOnStartProtocolInterface(
  SourceLocation AtProtoInterfaceLoc, IdentifierInfo *ProtocolName,
  SourceLocation ProtocolLoc, Decl *const *ProtoRefs, unsigned NumProtoRefs,
  const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, SourceLocation EndProtoLoc,
  const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList) {
bool err = false;
// FIXME: Deal with AttrList.
assert(ProtocolName && "Missing protocol identifier")((ProtocolName && "Missing protocol identifier") ? static_cast
<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ProtocolName && \"Missing protocol identifier\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclObjC.cpp"
, 1214, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
ObjCProtocolDecl *PrevDecl = LookupProtocol(ProtocolName, ProtocolLoc,
                                            forRedeclarationInCurContext());
ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl = nullptr;
if (ObjCProtocolDecl *Def = PrevDecl? PrevDecl->getDefinition() : nullptr) {
  // If we already have a definition, complain.
  Diag(ProtocolLoc, diag::warn_duplicate_protocol_def) << ProtocolName;
  Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);

  // Create a new protocol that is completely distinct from previous
  // declarations, and do not make this protocol available for name lookup.
  // That way, we'll end up completely ignoring the duplicate.
  // FIXME: Can we turn this into an error?
  PDecl = ObjCProtocolDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, ProtocolName,
                                   ProtocolLoc, AtProtoInterfaceLoc,
                                   /*PrevDecl=*/nullptr);

  // If we are using modules, add the decl to the context in order to
  // serialize something meaningful.
  if (getLangOpts().Modules)
    PushOnScopeChains(PDecl, TUScope);
  PDecl->startDefinition();
} else {
  if (PrevDecl) {
    // Check for circular dependencies among protocol declarations. This can
    // only happen if this protocol was forward-declared.
    ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> PList;
    PList.set((ObjCProtocolDecl *const*)ProtoRefs, NumProtoRefs, Context);
    err = CheckForwardProtocolDeclarationForCircularDependency(
            ProtocolName, ProtocolLoc, PrevDecl->getLocation(), PList);
  }

  // Create the new declaration.
  PDecl = ObjCProtocolDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, ProtocolName,
                                   ProtocolLoc, AtProtoInterfaceLoc,
                                   /*PrevDecl=*/PrevDecl);

  PushOnScopeChains(PDecl, TUScope);
  PDecl->startDefinition();
}

ProcessDeclAttributeList(TUScope, PDecl, AttrList);
AddPragmaAttributes(TUScope, PDecl);

// Merge attributes from previous declarations.
if (PrevDecl)
  mergeDeclAttributes(PDecl, PrevDecl);

if (!err && NumProtoRefs ) {
  /// Check then save referenced protocols.
  diagnoseUseOfProtocols(*this, PDecl, (ObjCProtocolDecl*const*)ProtoRefs,
                         NumProtoRefs, ProtoLocs);
  PDecl->setProtocolList((ObjCProtocolDecl*const*)ProtoRefs, NumProtoRefs,
                         ProtoLocs, Context);
}

CheckObjCDeclScope(PDecl);
return ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(PDecl);
1272}

1274static bool NestedProtocolHasNoDefinition(ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl,
                                        ObjCProtocolDecl *&UndefinedProtocol) {
if (!PDecl->hasDefinition() || PDecl->getDefinition()->isHidden()) {
  UndefinedProtocol = PDecl;
  return true;
}

for (auto *PI : PDecl->protocols())
  if (NestedProtocolHasNoDefinition(PI, UndefinedProtocol)) {
    UndefinedProtocol = PI;
    return true;
  }
return false;
1287}

1289/// FindProtocolDeclaration - This routine looks up protocols and
1290/// issues an error if they are not declared. It returns list of
1291/// protocol declarations in its 'Protocols' argument.
1292void
1293Sema::FindProtocolDeclaration(bool WarnOnDeclarations, bool ForObjCContainer,
                            ArrayRef<IdentifierLocPair> ProtocolId,
                            SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Protocols) {
for (const IdentifierLocPair &Pair : ProtocolId) {
  ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl = LookupProtocol(Pair.first, Pair.second);
  if (!PDecl) {
    DeclFilterCCC<ObjCProtocolDecl> CCC{};
    TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(
        DeclarationNameInfo(Pair.first, Pair.second), LookupObjCProtocolName,
        TUScope, nullptr, CCC, CTK_ErrorRecovery);
    if ((PDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCProtocolDecl>()))
      diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::err_undeclared_protocol_suggest)
                                  << Pair.first);
  }

  if (!PDecl) {
    Diag(Pair.second, diag::err_undeclared_protocol) << Pair.first;
    continue;
  }
  // If this is a forward protocol declaration, get its definition.
  if (!PDecl->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && PDecl->getDefinition())
    PDecl = PDecl->getDefinition();

  // For an objc container, delay protocol reference checking until after we
  // can set the objc decl as the availability context, otherwise check now.
  if (!ForObjCContainer) {
    (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PDecl, Pair.second);
  }

  // If this is a forward declaration and we are supposed to warn in this
  // case, do it.
  // FIXME: Recover nicely in the hidden case.
  ObjCProtocolDecl *UndefinedProtocol;

  if (WarnOnDeclarations &&
      NestedProtocolHasNoDefinition(PDecl, UndefinedProtocol)) {
    Diag(Pair.second, diag::warn_undef_protocolref) << Pair.first;
    Diag(UndefinedProtocol->getLocation(), diag::note_protocol_decl_undefined)
      << UndefinedProtocol;
  }
  Protocols.push_back(PDecl);
}
1335}

1337namespace {
1338// Callback to only accept typo corrections that are either
1339// Objective-C protocols or valid Objective-C type arguments.
1340class ObjCTypeArgOrProtocolValidatorCCC final
  : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
ASTContext &Context;
Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind;
public:
ObjCTypeArgOrProtocolValidatorCCC(ASTContext &context,
                                  Sema::LookupNameKind lookupKind)
  : Context(context), LookupKind(lookupKind) { }

bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override {
  // If we're allowed to find protocols and we have a protocol, accept it.
  if (LookupKind != Sema::LookupOrdinaryName) {
    if (candidate.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCProtocolDecl>())
      return true;
  }

  // If we're allowed to find type names and we have one, accept it.
  if (LookupKind != Sema::LookupObjCProtocolName) {
    // If we have a type declaration, we might accept this result.
    if (auto typeDecl = candidate.getCorrectionDeclAs<TypeDecl>()) {
      // If we found a tag declaration outside of C++, skip it. This
      // can happy because we look for any name when there is no
      // bias to protocol or type names.
      if (isa<RecordDecl>(typeDecl) && !Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
        return false;

      // Make sure the type is something we would accept as a type
      // argument.
      auto type = Context.getTypeDeclType(typeDecl);
      if (type->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
          type->isBlockPointerType() ||
          type->isDependentType() ||
          type->isObjCObjectType())
        return true;

      return false;
    }

    // If we have an Objective-C class type, accept it; there will
    // be another fix to add the '*'.
    if (candidate.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>())
      return true;

    return false;
  }

  return false;
}

std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> clone() override {
  return std::make_unique<ObjCTypeArgOrProtocolValidatorCCC>(*this);
}
1392};
1393} // end anonymous namespace

1395void Sema::DiagnoseTypeArgsAndProtocols(IdentifierInfo *ProtocolId,
                                      SourceLocation ProtocolLoc,
                                      IdentifierInfo *TypeArgId,
                                      SourceLocation TypeArgLoc,
                                      bool SelectProtocolFirst) {
Diag(TypeArgLoc, diag::err_objc_type_args_and_protocols)
    << SelectProtocolFirst << TypeArgId << ProtocolId
    << SourceRange(ProtocolLoc);
1403}

1405void Sema::actOnObjCTypeArgsOrProtocolQualifiers(
     Scope *S,
     ParsedType baseType,
     SourceLocation lAngleLoc,
     ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> identifiers,
     ArrayRef<SourceLocation> identifierLocs,
     SourceLocation rAngleLoc,
     SourceLocation &typeArgsLAngleLoc,
     SmallVectorImpl<ParsedType> &typeArgs,
     SourceLocation &typeArgsRAngleLoc,
     SourceLocation &protocolLAngleLoc,
     SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &protocols,
     SourceLocation &protocolRAngleLoc,
     bool warnOnIncompleteProtocols) {
// Local function that updates the declaration specifiers with
// protocol information.
unsigned numProtocolsResolved = 0;
auto resolvedAsProtocols = [&] {
  assert(numProtocolsResolved == identifiers.size() && "Unresolved protocols")((numProtocolsResolved == identifiers.size() && "Unresolved protocols"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("numProtocolsResolved == identifiers.size() && \"Unresolved protocols\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclObjC.cpp"
, 1423, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));

  // Determine whether the base type is a parameterized class, in
  // which case we want to warn about typos such as
  // "NSArray<NSObject>" (that should be NSArray<NSObject *>).
  ObjCInterfaceDecl *baseClass = nullptr;
  QualType base = GetTypeFromParser(baseType, nullptr);
  bool allAreTypeNames = false;
  SourceLocation firstClassNameLoc;
  if (!base.isNull()) {
    if (const auto *objcObjectType = base->getAs<ObjCObjectType>()) {
      baseClass = objcObjectType->getInterface();
      if (baseClass) {
        if (auto typeParams = baseClass->getTypeParamList()) {
          if (typeParams->size() == numProtocolsResolved) {
            // Note that we should be looking for type names, too.
            allAreTypeNames = true;
          }
        }
      }
    }
  }

  for (unsigned i = 0, n = protocols.size(); i != n; ++i) {
    ObjCProtocolDecl *&proto
      = reinterpret_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl *&>(protocols[i]);
    // For an objc container, delay protocol reference checking until after we
    // can set the objc decl as the availability context, otherwise check now.
    if (!warnOnIncompleteProtocols) {
      (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(proto, identifierLocs[i]);
    }

    // If this is a forward protocol declaration, get its definition.
    if (!proto->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && proto->getDefinition())
      proto = proto->getDefinition();

    // If this is a forward declaration and we are supposed to warn in this
    // case, do it.
    // FIXME: Recover nicely in the hidden case.
    ObjCProtocolDecl *forwardDecl = nullptr;
    if (warnOnIncompleteProtocols &&
        NestedProtocolHasNoDefinition(proto, forwardDecl)) {
      Diag(identifierLocs[i], diag::warn_undef_protocolref)
        << proto->getDeclName();
      Diag(forwardDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_protocol_decl_undefined)
        << forwardDecl;
    }

    // If everything this far has been a type name (and we care
    // about such things), check whether this name refers to a type
    // as well.
    if (allAreTypeNames) {
      if (auto *decl = LookupSingleName(S, identifiers[i], identifierLocs[i],
                                        LookupOrdinaryName)) {
        if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(decl)) {
          if (firstClassNameLoc.isInvalid())
            firstClassNameLoc = identifierLocs[i];
        } else if (!isa<TypeDecl>(decl)) {
          // Not a type.
          allAreTypeNames = false;
        }
      } else {
        allAreTypeNames = false;
      }
    }
  }

  // All of the protocols listed also have type names, and at least
  // one is an Objective-C class name. Check whether all of the
  // protocol conformances are declared by the base class itself, in
  // which case we warn.
  if (allAreTypeNames && firstClassNameLoc.isValid()) {
    llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> knownProtocols;
    Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(baseClass, knownProtocols);
    bool allProtocolsDeclared = true;
    for (auto proto : protocols) {
      if (knownProtocols.count(static_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl *>(proto)) == 0) {
        allProtocolsDeclared = false;
        break;
      }
    }

    if (allProtocolsDeclared) {
      Diag(firstClassNameLoc, diag::warn_objc_redundant_qualified_class_type)
        << baseClass->getDeclName() << SourceRange(lAngleLoc, rAngleLoc)
        << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(getLocForEndOfToken(firstClassNameLoc),
                                      " *");
    }
  }

  protocolLAngleLoc = lAngleLoc;
  protocolRAngleLoc = rAngleLoc;
  assert(protocols.size() == identifierLocs.size())((protocols.size() == identifierLocs.size()) ? static_cast<
void> (0) : __assert_fail ("protocols.size() == identifierLocs.size()"
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclObjC.cpp"
, 1515, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
};

// Attempt to resolve all of the identifiers as protocols.
for (unsigned i = 0, n = identifiers.size(); i != n; ++i) {
  ObjCProtocolDecl *proto = LookupProtocol(identifiers[i], identifierLocs[i]);
  protocols.push_back(proto);
  if (proto)
    ++numProtocolsResolved;
}

// If all of the names were protocols, these were protocol qualifiers.
if (numProtocolsResolved == identifiers.size())
  return resolvedAsProtocols();

// Attempt to resolve all of the identifiers as type names or
// Objective-C class names. The latter is technically ill-formed,
// but is probably something like \c NSArray<NSView *> missing the
// \c*.
typedef llvm::PointerUnion<TypeDecl *, ObjCInterfaceDecl *> TypeOrClassDecl;
SmallVector<TypeOrClassDecl, 4> typeDecls;
unsigned numTypeDeclsResolved = 0;
for (unsigned i = 0, n = identifiers.size(); i != n; ++i) {
  NamedDecl *decl = LookupSingleName(S, identifiers[i], identifierLocs[i],
                                     LookupOrdinaryName);
  if (!decl) {
    typeDecls.push_back(TypeOrClassDecl());
    continue;
  }

  if (auto typeDecl = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(decl)) {
    typeDecls.push_back(typeDecl);
    ++numTypeDeclsResolved;
    continue;
  }

  if (auto objcClass = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(decl)) {
    typeDecls.push_back(objcClass);
    ++numTypeDeclsResolved;
    continue;
  }

  typeDecls.push_back(TypeOrClassDecl());
}

AttributeFactory attrFactory;

// Local function that forms a reference to the given type or
// Objective-C class declaration.
auto resolveTypeReference = [&](TypeOrClassDecl typeDecl, SourceLocation loc)
                              -> TypeResult {
  // Form declaration specifiers. They simply refer to the type.
  DeclSpec DS(attrFactory);
  const char* prevSpec; // unused
  unsigned diagID; // unused
  QualType type;
  if (auto *actualTypeDecl = typeDecl.dyn_cast<TypeDecl *>())
    type = Context.getTypeDeclType(actualTypeDecl);
  else
    type = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(typeDecl.get<ObjCInterfaceDecl *>());
  TypeSourceInfo *parsedTSInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(type, loc);
  ParsedType parsedType = CreateParsedType(type, parsedTSInfo);
  DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_typename, loc, prevSpec, diagID,
                     parsedType, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
  // Use the identifier location for the type source range.
  DS.SetRangeStart(loc);
  DS.SetRangeEnd(loc);

  // Form the declarator.
  Declarator D(DS, DeclaratorContext::TypeNameContext);

  // If we have a typedef of an Objective-C class type that is missing a '*',
  // add the '*'.
  if (type->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>()) {
    SourceLocation starLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(loc);
    D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getPointer(/*TypeQuals=*/0, starLoc,
                                              SourceLocation(),
                                              SourceLocation(),
                                              SourceLocation(),
                                              SourceLocation(),
                                              SourceLocation()),
                                              starLoc);

    // Diagnose the missing '*'.
    Diag(loc, diag::err_objc_type_arg_missing_star)
      << type
      << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(starLoc, " *");
  }

  // Convert this to a type.
  return ActOnTypeName(S, D);
};

// Local function that updates the declaration specifiers with
// type argument information.
auto resolvedAsTypeDecls = [&] {
  // We did not resolve these as protocols.
  protocols.clear();

  assert(numTypeDeclsResolved == identifiers.size() && "Unresolved type decl")((numTypeDeclsResolved == identifiers.size() && "Unresolved type decl"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("numTypeDeclsResolved == identifiers.size() && \"Unresolved type decl\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclObjC.cpp"
, 1614, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  // Map type declarations to type arguments.
  for (unsigned i = 0, n = identifiers.size(); i != n; ++i) {
    // Map type reference to a type.
    TypeResult type = resolveTypeReference(typeDecls[i], identifierLocs[i]);
    if (!type.isUsable()) {
      typeArgs.clear();
      return;
    }

    typeArgs.push_back(type.get());
  }

  typeArgsLAngleLoc = lAngleLoc;
  typeArgsRAngleLoc = rAngleLoc;
};

// If all of the identifiers can be resolved as type names or
// Objective-C class names, we have type arguments.
if (numTypeDeclsResolved == identifiers.size())
  return resolvedAsTypeDecls();

// Error recovery: some names weren't found, or we have a mix of
// type and protocol names. Go resolve all of the unresolved names
// and complain if we can't find a consistent answer.
LookupNameKind lookupKind = LookupAnyName;
for (unsigned i = 0, n = identifiers.size(); i != n; ++i) {
  // If we already have a protocol or type. Check whether it is the
  // right thing.
  if (protocols[i] || typeDecls[i]) {
    // If we haven't figured out whether we want types or protocols
    // yet, try to figure it out from this name.
    if (lookupKind == LookupAnyName) {
      // If this name refers to both a protocol and a type (e.g., \c
      // NSObject), don't conclude anything yet.
      if (protocols[i] && typeDecls[i])
        continue;

      // Otherwise, let this name decide whether we'll be correcting
      // toward types or protocols.
      lookupKind = protocols[i] ? LookupObjCProtocolName
                                : LookupOrdinaryName;
      continue;
    }

    // If we want protocols and we have a protocol, there's nothing
    // more to do.
    if (lookupKind == LookupObjCProtocolName && protocols[i])
      continue;

    // If we want types and we have a type declaration, there's
    // nothing more to do.
    if (lookupKind == LookupOrdinaryName && typeDecls[i])
      continue;

    // We have a conflict: some names refer to protocols and others
    // refer to types.
    DiagnoseTypeArgsAndProtocols(identifiers[0], identifierLocs[0],
                                 identifiers[i], identifierLocs[i],
                                 protocols[i] != nullptr);

    protocols.clear();
    typeArgs.clear();
    return;
  }

  // Perform typo correction on the name.
  ObjCTypeArgOrProtocolValidatorCCC CCC(Context, lookupKind);
  TypoCorrection corrected =
      CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(identifiers[i], identifierLocs[i]),
                  lookupKind, S, nullptr, CCC, CTK_ErrorRecovery);
  if (corrected) {
    // Did we find a protocol?
    if (auto proto = corrected.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCProtocolDecl>()) {
      diagnoseTypo(corrected,
                   PDiag(diag::err_undeclared_protocol_suggest)
                     << identifiers[i]);
      lookupKind = LookupObjCProtocolName;
      protocols[i] = proto;
      ++numProtocolsResolved;
      continue;
    }

    // Did we find a type?
    if (auto typeDecl = corrected.getCorrectionDeclAs<TypeDecl>()) {
      diagnoseTypo(corrected,
                   PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest)
                     << identifiers[i]);
      lookupKind = LookupOrdinaryName;
      typeDecls[i] = typeDecl;
      ++numTypeDeclsResolved;
      continue;
    }

    // Did we find an Objective-C class?
    if (auto objcClass = corrected.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>()) {
      diagnoseTypo(corrected,
                   PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest)
                     << identifiers[i] << true);
      lookupKind = LookupOrdinaryName;
      typeDecls[i] = objcClass;
      ++numTypeDeclsResolved;
      continue;
    }
  }

  // We couldn't find anything.
  Diag(identifierLocs[i],
       (lookupKind == LookupAnyName ? diag::err_objc_type_arg_missing
        : lookupKind == LookupObjCProtocolName ? diag::err_undeclared_protocol
        : diag::err_unknown_typename))
    << identifiers[i];
  protocols.clear();
  typeArgs.clear();
  return;
}

// If all of the names were (corrected to) protocols, these were
// protocol qualifiers.
if (numProtocolsResolved == identifiers.size())
  return resolvedAsProtocols();

// Otherwise, all of the names were (corrected to) types.
assert(numTypeDeclsResolved == identifiers.size() && "Not all types?")((numTypeDeclsResolved == identifiers.size() && "Not all types?"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("numTypeDeclsResolved == identifiers.size() && \"Not all types?\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclObjC.cpp"
, 1737, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
return resolvedAsTypeDecls();
1739}

1741/// DiagnoseClassExtensionDupMethods - Check for duplicate declaration of
1742/// a class method in its extension.
1743///
1744void Sema::DiagnoseClassExtensionDupMethods(ObjCCategoryDecl *CAT,
                                          ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID) {
if (!ID)
  return;  // Possibly due to previous error

llvm::DenseMap<Selector, const ObjCMethodDecl*> MethodMap;
for (auto *MD : ID->methods())
  MethodMap[MD->getSelector()] = MD;

if (MethodMap.empty())
  return;
for (const auto *Method : CAT->methods()) {
  const ObjCMethodDecl *&PrevMethod = MethodMap[Method->getSelector()];
  if (PrevMethod &&
      (PrevMethod->isInstanceMethod() == Method->isInstanceMethod()) &&
      !MatchTwoMethodDeclarations(Method, PrevMethod)) {
    Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_method_decl)
          << Method->getDeclName();
    Diag(PrevMethod->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
  }
}
1765}

1767/// ActOnForwardProtocolDeclaration - Handle \@protocol foo;
1768Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy
1769Sema::ActOnForwardProtocolDeclaration(SourceLocation AtProtocolLoc,
                                    ArrayRef<IdentifierLocPair> IdentList,
                                    const ParsedAttributesView &attrList) {
SmallVector<Decl *, 8> DeclsInGroup;
for (const IdentifierLocPair &IdentPair : IdentList) {
  IdentifierInfo *Ident = IdentPair.first;
  ObjCProtocolDecl *PrevDecl = LookupProtocol(Ident, IdentPair.second,
                                              forRedeclarationInCurContext());
  ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl
    = ObjCProtocolDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, Ident,
                               IdentPair.second, AtProtocolLoc,
                               PrevDecl);

  PushOnScopeChains(PDecl, TUScope);
  CheckObjCDeclScope(PDecl);

  ProcessDeclAttributeList(TUScope, PDecl, attrList);
  AddPragmaAttributes(TUScope, PDecl);

  if (PrevDecl)
    mergeDeclAttributes(PDecl, PrevDecl);

  DeclsInGroup.push_back(PDecl);
}

return BuildDeclaratorGroup(DeclsInGroup);
1795}

1797Decl *Sema::ActOnStartCategoryInterface(
  SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
  SourceLocation ClassLoc, ObjCTypeParamList *typeParamList,
  IdentifierInfo *CategoryName, SourceLocation CategoryLoc,
  Decl *const *ProtoRefs, unsigned NumProtoRefs,
  const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, SourceLocation EndProtoLoc,
  const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList) {
ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl;
ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = getObjCInterfaceDecl(ClassName, ClassLoc, true);

/// Check that class of this category is already completely declared.

if (!IDecl
    || RequireCompleteType(ClassLoc, Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl),
                           diag::err_category_forward_interface,
                           CategoryName == nullptr)) {
  // Create an invalid ObjCCategoryDecl to serve as context for
  // the enclosing method declarations.  We mark the decl invalid
  // to make it clear that this isn't a valid AST.
  CDecl = ObjCCategoryDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, AtInterfaceLoc,
                                   ClassLoc, CategoryLoc, CategoryName,
                                   IDecl, typeParamList);
  CDecl->setInvalidDecl();
  CurContext->addDecl(CDecl);

  if (!IDecl)
    Diag(ClassLoc, diag::err_undef_interface) << ClassName;
  return ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(CDecl);
}

if (!CategoryName && IDecl->getImplementation()) {
  Diag(ClassLoc, diag::err_class_extension_after_impl) << ClassName;
  Diag(IDecl->getImplementation()->getLocation(),
        diag::note_implementation_declared);
}

if (CategoryName) {
  /// Check for duplicate interface declaration for this category
  if (ObjCCategoryDecl *Previous
        = IDecl->FindCategoryDeclaration(CategoryName)) {
    // Class extensions can be declared multiple times, categories cannot.
    Diag(CategoryLoc, diag::warn_dup_category_def)
      << ClassName << CategoryName;
    Diag(Previous->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
  }
}

// If we have a type parameter list, check it.
if (typeParamList) {
  if (auto prevTypeParamList = IDecl->getTypeParamList()) {
    if (checkTypeParamListConsistency(*this, prevTypeParamList, typeParamList,
                                      CategoryName
                                        ? TypeParamListContext::Category
                                        : TypeParamListContext::Extension))
      typeParamList = nullptr;
  } else {
    Diag(typeParamList->getLAngleLoc(),
         diag::err_objc_parameterized_category_nonclass)
      << (CategoryName != nullptr)
      << ClassName
      << typeParamList->getSourceRange();

    typeParamList = nullptr;
  }
}

CDecl = ObjCCategoryDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, AtInterfaceLoc,
                                 ClassLoc, CategoryLoc, CategoryName, IDecl,
                                 typeParamList);
// FIXME: PushOnScopeChains?
CurContext->addDecl(CDecl);

// Process the attributes before looking at protocols to ensure that the
// availability attribute is attached to the category to provide availability
// checking for protocol uses.
ProcessDeclAttributeList(TUScope, CDecl, AttrList);
AddPragmaAttributes(TUScope, CDecl);

if (NumProtoRefs) {
  diagnoseUseOfProtocols(*this, CDecl, (ObjCProtocolDecl*const*)ProtoRefs,
                         NumProtoRefs, ProtoLocs);
  CDecl->setProtocolList((ObjCProtocolDecl*const*)ProtoRefs, NumProtoRefs,
                         ProtoLocs, Context);
  // Protocols in the class extension belong to the class.
  if (CDecl->IsClassExtension())
   IDecl->mergeClassExtensionProtocolList((ObjCProtocolDecl*const*)ProtoRefs,
                                          NumProtoRefs, Context);
}

CheckObjCDeclScope(CDecl);
return ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(CDecl);
1888}

1890/// ActOnStartCategoryImplementation - Perform semantic checks on the
1891/// category implementation declaration and build an ObjCCategoryImplDecl
1892/// object.
1893Decl *Sema::ActOnStartCategoryImplementation(
                    SourceLocation AtCatImplLoc,
                    IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLoc,
                    IdentifierInfo *CatName, SourceLocation CatLoc,
                    const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs) {
ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = getObjCInterfaceDecl(ClassName, ClassLoc, true);
ObjCCategoryDecl *CatIDecl = nullptr;
if (IDecl && IDecl->hasDefinition()) {
  CatIDecl = IDecl->FindCategoryDeclaration(CatName);
  if (!CatIDecl) {
    // Category @implementation with no corresponding @interface.
    // Create and install one.
    CatIDecl = ObjCCategoryDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, AtCatImplLoc,
                                        ClassLoc, CatLoc,
                                        CatName, IDecl,
                                        /*typeParamList=*/nullptr);
    CatIDecl->setImplicit();
  }
}

ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CDecl =
  ObjCCategoryImplDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CatName, IDecl,
                               ClassLoc, AtCatImplLoc, CatLoc);
/// Check that class of this category is already completely declared.
if (!IDecl) {
  Diag(ClassLoc, diag::err_undef_interface) << ClassName;
  CDecl->setInvalidDecl();
} else if (RequireCompleteType(ClassLoc, Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl),
                               diag::err_undef_interface)) {
  CDecl->setInvalidDecl();
}

ProcessDeclAttributeList(TUScope, CDecl, Attrs);
AddPragmaAttributes(TUScope, CDecl);

// FIXME: PushOnScopeChains?
CurContext->addDecl(CDecl);

// If the interface has the objc_runtime_visible attribute, we
// cannot implement a category for it.
if (IDecl && IDecl->hasAttr<ObjCRuntimeVisibleAttr>()) {
  Diag(ClassLoc, diag::err_objc_runtime_visible_category)
    << IDecl->getDeclName();
}

/// Check that CatName, category name, is not used in another implementation.
if (CatIDecl) {
  if (CatIDecl->getImplementation()) {
    Diag(ClassLoc, diag::err_dup_implementation_category) << ClassName
      << CatName;
    Diag(CatIDecl->getImplementation()->getLocation(),
         diag::note_previous_definition);
    CDecl->setInvalidDecl();
  } else {
    CatIDecl->setImplementation(CDecl);
    // Warn on implementating category of deprecated class under
    // -Wdeprecated-implementations flag.
    DiagnoseObjCImplementedDeprecations(*this, CatIDecl,
                                        CDecl->getLocation());
  }
}

CheckObjCDeclScope(CDecl);
return ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(CDecl);
1957}

1959Decl *Sema::ActOnStartClassImplementation(
                    SourceLocation AtClassImplLoc,
                    IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLoc,
                    IdentifierInfo *SuperClassname,
                    SourceLocation SuperClassLoc,
                    const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs) {
ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = nullptr;
// Check for another declaration kind with the same name.
NamedDecl *PrevDecl
  = LookupSingleName(TUScope, ClassName, ClassLoc, LookupOrdinaryName,
                     forRedeclarationInCurContext());
if (PrevDecl && !isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
  Diag(ClassLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << ClassName;
  Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
} else if ((IDecl = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(PrevDecl))) {
  // FIXME: This will produce an error if the definition of the interface has
  // been imported from a module but is not visible.
  RequireCompleteType(ClassLoc, Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl),
                      diag::warn_undef_interface);
} else {
  // We did not find anything with the name ClassName; try to correct for
  // typos in the class name.
  ObjCInterfaceValidatorCCC CCC{};
  TypoCorrection Corrected =
      CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(ClassName, ClassLoc),
                  LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, nullptr, CCC, CTK_NonError);
  if (Corrected.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>()) {
    // Suggest the (potentially) correct interface name. Don't provide a
    // code-modification hint or use the typo name for recovery, because
    // this is just a warning. The program may actually be correct.
    diagnoseTypo(Corrected,
                 PDiag(diag::warn_undef_interface_suggest) << ClassName,
                 /*ErrorRecovery*/false);
  } else {
    Diag(ClassLoc, diag::warn_undef_interface) << ClassName;
  }
}

// Check that super class name is valid class name
ObjCInterfaceDecl *SDecl = nullptr;
if (SuperClassname) {
  // Check if a different kind of symbol declared in this scope.
  PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, SuperClassname, SuperClassLoc,
                              LookupOrdinaryName);
  if (PrevDecl && !isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
    Diag(SuperClassLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
      << SuperClassname;
    Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
  } else {
    SDecl = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(PrevDecl);
    if (SDecl && !SDecl->hasDefinition())
      SDecl = nullptr;
    if (!SDecl)
      Diag(SuperClassLoc, diag::err_undef_superclass)
        << SuperClassname << ClassName;
    else if (IDecl && !declaresSameEntity(IDecl->getSuperClass(), SDecl)) {
      // This implementation and its interface do not have the same
      // super class.
      Diag(SuperClassLoc, diag::err_conflicting_super_class)
        << SDecl->getDeclName();
      Diag(SDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
    }
  }
}

if (!IDecl) {
  // Legacy case of @implementation with no corresponding @interface.
  // Build, chain & install the interface decl into the identifier.

  // FIXME: Do we support attributes on the @implementation? If so we should
  // copy them over.
  IDecl = ObjCInterfaceDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, AtClassImplLoc,
                                    ClassName, /*typeParamList=*/nullptr,
                                    /*PrevDecl=*/nullptr, ClassLoc,
                                    true);
  AddPragmaAttributes(TUScope, IDecl);
  IDecl->startDefinition();
  if (SDecl) {
    IDecl->setSuperClass(Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(
                           Context.getObjCInterfaceType(SDecl),
                           SuperClassLoc));
    IDecl->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(SuperClassLoc);
  } else {
    IDecl->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(ClassLoc);
  }

  PushOnScopeChains(IDecl, TUScope);
} else {
  // Mark the interface as being completed, even if it was just as
  //   @class ....;
  // declaration; the user cannot reopen it.
  if (!IDecl->hasDefinition())
    IDecl->startDefinition();
}

ObjCImplementationDecl* IMPDecl =
  ObjCImplementationDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, IDecl, SDecl,
                                 ClassLoc, AtClassImplLoc, SuperClassLoc);

ProcessDeclAttributeList(TUScope, IMPDecl, Attrs);
AddPragmaAttributes(TUScope, IMPDecl);

if (CheckObjCDeclScope(IMPDecl))
  return ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(IMPDecl);

// Check that there is no duplicate implementation of this class.
if (IDecl->getImplementation()) {
  // FIXME: Don't leak everything!
  Diag(ClassLoc, diag::err_dup_implementation_class) << ClassName;
  Diag(IDecl->getImplementation()->getLocation(),
       diag::note_previous_definition);
  IMPDecl->setInvalidDecl();
} else { // add it to the list.
  IDecl->setImplementation(IMPDecl);
  PushOnScopeChains(IMPDecl, TUScope);
  // Warn on implementating deprecated class under
  // -Wdeprecated-implementations flag.
  DiagnoseObjCImplementedDeprecations(*this, IDecl, IMPDecl->getLocation());
}

// If the superclass has the objc_runtime_visible attribute, we
// cannot implement a subclass of it.
if (IDecl->getSuperClass() &&
    IDecl->getSuperClass()->hasAttr<ObjCRuntimeVisibleAttr>()) {
  Diag(ClassLoc, diag::err_objc_runtime_visible_subclass)
    << IDecl->getDeclName()
    << IDecl->getSuperClass()->getDeclName();
}

return ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(IMPDecl);
2089}

2091Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy
2092Sema::ActOnFinishObjCImplementation(Decl *ObjCImpDecl, ArrayRef<Decl *> Decls) {
SmallVector<Decl *, 64> DeclsInGroup;
DeclsInGroup.reserve(Decls.size() + 1);

for (unsigned i = 0, e = Decls.size(); i != e; ++i) {
  Decl *Dcl = Decls[i];
  if (!Dcl)
    continue;
  if (Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
    Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
  DeclsInGroup.push_back(Dcl);
}

DeclsInGroup.push_back(ObjCImpDecl);

return BuildDeclaratorGroup(DeclsInGroup);
2108}

2110void Sema::CheckImplementationIvars(ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl,
                                  ObjCIvarDecl **ivars, unsigned numIvars,
                                  SourceLocation RBrace) {
assert(ImpDecl && "missing implementation decl")((ImpDecl && "missing implementation decl") ? static_cast
<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ImpDecl && \"missing implementation decl\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclObjC.cpp"
, 2113, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
ObjCInterfaceDecl* IDecl = ImpDecl->getClassInterface();
if (!IDecl)
  return;
/// Check case of non-existing \@interface decl.
/// (legacy objective-c \@implementation decl without an \@interface decl).
/// Add implementations's ivar to the synthesize class's ivar list.
if (IDecl->isImplicitInterfaceDecl()) {
  IDecl->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrace);
  // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext.
  for (unsigned i = 0, e = numIvars; i != e; ++i) {
    ivars[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ImpDecl);
    IDecl->makeDeclVisibleInContext(ivars[i]);
    ImpDecl->addDecl(ivars[i]);
  }

  return;
}
// If implementation has empty ivar list, just return.
if (numIvars == 0)
  return;

assert(ivars && "missing @implementation ivars")((ivars && "missing @implementation ivars") ? static_cast
<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ivars && \"missing @implementation ivars\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclObjC.cpp"
, 2135, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile()) {
  if (ImpDecl->getSuperClass())
    Diag(ImpDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_on_superclass_use);
  for (unsigned i = 0; i < numIvars; i++) {
    ObjCIvarDecl* ImplIvar = ivars[i];
    if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar =
          IDecl->getIvarDecl(ImplIvar->getIdentifier())) {
      Diag(ImplIvar->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
      Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
      continue;
    }
    // Check class extensions (unnamed categories) for duplicate ivars.
    for (const auto *CDecl : IDecl->visible_extensions()) {
      if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar =
          CDecl->getIvarDecl(ImplIvar->getIdentifier())) {
        Diag(ImplIvar->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
        Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
        continue;
      }
    }
    // Instance ivar to Implementation's DeclContext.
    ImplIvar->setLexicalDeclContext(ImpDecl);
    IDecl->makeDeclVisibleInContext(ImplIvar);
    ImpDecl->addDecl(ImplIvar);
  }
  return;
}
// Check interface's Ivar list against those in the implementation.
// names and types must match.
//
unsigned j = 0;
ObjCInterfaceDecl::ivar_iterator
  IVI = IDecl->ivar_begin(), IVE = IDecl->ivar_end();
for (; numIvars > 0 && IVI != IVE; ++IVI) {
  ObjCIvarDecl* ImplIvar = ivars[j++];
  ObjCIvarDecl* ClsIvar = *IVI;
  assert (ImplIvar && "missing implementation ivar")((ImplIvar && "missing implementation ivar") ? static_cast
<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ImplIvar && \"missing implementation ivar\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclObjC.cpp"
, 2172, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  assert (ClsIvar && "missing class ivar")((ClsIvar && "missing class ivar") ? static_cast<void
> (0) : __assert_fail ("ClsIvar && \"missing class ivar\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclObjC.cpp"
, 2173, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));

  // First, make sure the types match.
  if (!Context.hasSameType(ImplIvar->getType(), ClsIvar->getType())) {
    Diag(ImplIvar->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_ivar_type)
      << ImplIvar->getIdentifier()
      << ImplIvar->getType() << ClsIvar->getType();
    Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
  } else if (ImplIvar->isBitField() && ClsIvar->isBitField() &&
             ImplIvar->getBitWidthValue(Context) !=
             ClsIvar->getBitWidthValue(Context)) {
    Diag(ImplIvar->getBitWidth()->getBeginLoc(),
         diag::err_conflicting_ivar_bitwidth)
        << ImplIvar->getIdentifier();
    Diag(ClsIvar->getBitWidth()->getBeginLoc(),
         diag::note_previous_definition);
  }
  // Make sure the names are identical.
  if (ImplIvar->getIdentifier() != ClsIvar->getIdentifier()) {
    Diag(ImplIvar->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_ivar_name)
      << ImplIvar->getIdentifier() << ClsIvar->getIdentifier();
    Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
  }
  --numIvars;
}

if (numIvars > 0)
  Diag(ivars[j]->getLocation(), diag::err_inconsistent_ivar_count);
else if (IVI != IVE)
  Diag(IVI->getLocation(), diag::err_inconsistent_ivar_count);
2203}

2205static void WarnUndefinedMethod(Sema &S, SourceLocation ImpLoc,
                              ObjCMethodDecl *method,
                              bool &IncompleteImpl,
                              unsigned DiagID,
                              NamedDecl *NeededFor = nullptr) {
// No point warning no definition of method which is 'unavailable'.
if (method->getAvailability() == AR_Unavailable)
  return;

// FIXME: For now ignore 'IncompleteImpl'.
// Previously we grouped all unimplemented methods under a single
// warning, but some users strongly voiced that they would prefer
// separate warnings.  We will give that approach a try, as that
// matches what we do with protocols.
{
  const Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder &B = S.Diag(ImpLoc, DiagID);
  B << method;
  if (NeededFor)
    B << NeededFor;
}

// Issue a note to the original declaration.
SourceLocation MethodLoc = method->getBeginLoc();
if (MethodLoc.isValid())
  S.Diag(MethodLoc, diag::note_method_declared_at) << method;
2230}

2232/// Determines if type B can be substituted for type A.  Returns true if we can
2233/// guarantee that anything that the user will do to an object of type A can
2234/// also be done to an object of type B.  This is trivially true if the two
2235/// types are the same, or if B is a subclass of A.  It becomes more complex
2236/// in cases where protocols are involved.
2237///
2238/// Object types in Objective-C describe the minimum requirements for an
2239/// object, rather than providing a complete description of a type.  For
2240/// example, if A is a subclass of B, then B* may refer to an instance of A.
2241/// The principle of substitutability means that we may use an instance of A
2242/// anywhere that we may use an instance of B - it will implement all of the
2243/// ivars of B and all of the methods of B.
2244///
2245/// This substitutability is important when type checking methods, because
2246/// the implementation may have stricter type definitions than the interface.
2247/// The interface specifies minimum requirements, but the implementation may
2248/// have more accurate ones.  For example, a method may privately accept
2249/// instances of B, but only publish that it accepts instances of A.  Any
2250/// object passed to it will be type checked against B, and so will implicitly
2251/// by a valid A*.  Similarly, a method may return a subclass of the class that
2252/// it is declared as returning.
2253///
2254/// This is most important when considering subclassing.  A method in a
2255/// subclass must accept any object as an argument that its superclass's
2256/// implementation accepts.  It may, however, accept a more general type
2257/// without breaking substitutability (i.e. you can still use the subclass
2258/// anywhere that you can use the superclass, but not vice versa).  The
2259/// converse requirement applies to return types: the return type for a
2260/// subclass method must be a valid object of the kind that the superclass
2261/// advertises, but it may be specified more accurately.  This avoids the need
2262/// for explicit down-casting by callers.
2263///
2264/// Note: This is a stricter requirement than for assignment.
2265static bool isObjCTypeSubstitutable(ASTContext &Context,
                                  const ObjCObjectPointerType *A,
                                  const ObjCObjectPointerType *B,
                                  bool rejectId) {
// Reject a protocol-unqualified id.
if (rejectId && B->isObjCIdType()) return false;

// If B is a qualified id, then A must also be a qualified id and it must
// implement all of the protocols in B.  It may not be a qualified class.
// For example, MyClass<A> can be assigned to id<A>, but MyClass<A> is a
// stricter definition so it is not substitutable for id<A>.
if (B->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
  return A->isObjCQualifiedIdType() &&
         Context.ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(A, B, false);
}

/*
// id is a special type that bypasses type checking completely.  We want a
// warning when it is used in one place but not another.
if (C.isObjCIdType(A) || C.isObjCIdType(B)) return false;


// If B is a qualified id, then A must also be a qualified id (which it isn't
// if we've got this far)
if (B->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) return false;
*/

// Now we know that A and B are (potentially-qualified) class types.  The
// normal rules for assignment apply.
return Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(A, B);
2295}

2297static SourceRange getTypeRange(TypeSourceInfo *TSI) {
return (TSI ? TSI->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange() : SourceRange());
2299}

2301/// Determine whether two set of Objective-C declaration qualifiers conflict.
2302static bool objcModifiersConflict(Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier x,
                                Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier y) {
return (x & ~Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) !=
       (y & ~Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability);
2306}

2308static bool CheckMethodOverrideReturn(Sema &S,
                                    ObjCMethodDecl *MethodImpl,
                                    ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl,
                                    bool IsProtocolMethodDecl,
                                    bool IsOverridingMode,
                                    bool Warn) {
if (IsProtocolMethodDecl &&
    objcModifiersConflict(MethodDecl->getObjCDeclQualifier(),
                          MethodImpl->getObjCDeclQualifier())) {
  if (Warn) {
    S.Diag(MethodImpl->getLocation(),
           (IsOverridingMode
                ? diag::warn_conflicting_overriding_ret_type_modifiers
                : diag::warn_conflicting_ret_type_modifiers))
        << MethodImpl->getDeclName()
        << MethodImpl->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
    S.Diag(MethodDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration)
        << MethodDecl->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
  }
  else
    return false;
}
if (Warn && IsOverridingMode &&
    !isa<ObjCImplementationDecl>(MethodImpl->getDeclContext()) &&
    !S.Context.hasSameNullabilityTypeQualifier(MethodImpl->getReturnType(),
                                               MethodDecl->getReturnType(),
                                               false)) {
  auto nullabilityMethodImpl =
    *MethodImpl->getReturnType()->getNullability(S.Context);
  auto nullabilityMethodDecl =
    *MethodDecl->getReturnType()->getNullability(S.Context);
    S.Diag(MethodImpl->getLocation(),
           diag::warn_conflicting_nullability_attr_overriding_ret_types)
      << DiagNullabilityKind(
           nullabilityMethodImpl,
           ((MethodImpl->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability)
            != 0))
      << DiagNullabilityKind(
           nullabilityMethodDecl,
           ((MethodDecl->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability)
              != 0));
    S.Diag(MethodDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
}

if (S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(MethodImpl->getReturnType(),
                                     MethodDecl->getReturnType()))
  return true;
if (!Warn)
  return false;

unsigned DiagID =
  IsOverridingMode ? diag::warn_conflicting_overriding_ret_types
                   : diag::warn_conflicting_ret_types;

// Mismatches between ObjC pointers go into a different warning
// category, and sometimes they're even completely whitelisted.
if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *ImplPtrTy =
        MethodImpl->getReturnType()->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
  if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *IfacePtrTy =
          MethodDecl->getReturnType()->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
    // Allow non-matching return types as long as they don't violate
    // the principle of substitutability.  Specifically, we permit
    // return types that are subclasses of the declared return type,
    // or that are more-qualified versions of the declared type.
    if (isObjCTypeSubstitutable(S.Context, IfacePtrTy, ImplPtrTy, false))
      return false;

    DiagID =
      IsOverridingMode ? diag::warn_non_covariant_overriding_ret_types
                       : diag::warn_non_covariant_ret_types;
  }
}

S.Diag(MethodImpl->getLocation(), DiagID)
    << MethodImpl->getDeclName() << MethodDecl->getReturnType()
    << MethodImpl->getReturnType()
    << MethodImpl->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
S.Diag(MethodDecl->getLocation(), IsOverridingMode
                                      ? diag::note_previous_declaration
                                      : diag::note_previous_definition)
    << MethodDecl->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
return false;
2390}

2392static bool CheckMethodOverrideParam(Sema &S,
                                   ObjCMethodDecl *MethodImpl,
                                   ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl,
                                   ParmVarDecl *ImplVar,
                                   ParmVarDecl *IfaceVar,
                                   bool IsProtocolMethodDecl,
                                   bool IsOverridingMode,
                                   bool Warn) {
if (IsProtocolMethodDecl &&
    objcModifiersConflict(ImplVar->getObjCDeclQualifier(),
                          IfaceVar->getObjCDeclQualifier())) {
  if (Warn) {
    if (IsOverridingMode)
      S.Diag(ImplVar->getLocation(),
             diag::warn_conflicting_overriding_param_modifiers)
          << getTypeRange(ImplVar->getTypeSourceInfo())
          << MethodImpl->getDeclName();
    else S.Diag(ImplVar->getLocation(),
           diag::warn_conflicting_param_modifiers)
        << getTypeRange(ImplVar->getTypeSourceInfo())
        << MethodImpl->getDeclName();
    S.Diag(IfaceVar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration)
        << getTypeRange(IfaceVar->getTypeSourceInfo());
  }
  else
    return false;
}

QualType ImplTy = ImplVar->getType();
QualType IfaceTy = IfaceVar->getType();
if (Warn && IsOverridingMode &&
    !isa<ObjCImplementationDecl>(MethodImpl->getDeclContext()) &&
    !S.Context.hasSameNullabilityTypeQualifier(ImplTy, IfaceTy, true)) {
  S.Diag(ImplVar->getLocation(),
         diag::warn_conflicting_nullability_attr_overriding_param_types)
    << DiagNullabilityKind(
         *ImplTy->getNullability(S.Context),
         ((ImplVar->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability)
          != 0))
    << DiagNullabilityKind(
         *IfaceTy->getNullability(S.Context),
         ((IfaceVar->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability)
          != 0));
  S.Diag(IfaceVar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
}
if (S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ImplTy, IfaceTy))
  return true;

if (!Warn)
  return false;
unsigned DiagID =
  IsOverridingMode ? diag::warn_conflicting_overriding_param_types
                   : diag::warn_conflicting_param_types;

// Mismatches between ObjC pointers go into a different warning
// category, and sometimes they're even completely whitelisted.
if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *ImplPtrTy =
      ImplTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
  if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *IfacePtrTy =
        IfaceTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
    // Allow non-matching argument types as long as they don't
    // violate the principle of substitutability.  Specifically, the
    // implementation must accept any objects that the superclass
    // accepts, however it may also accept others.
    if (isObjCTypeSubstitutable(S.Context, ImplPtrTy, IfacePtrTy, true))
      return false;

    DiagID =
    IsOverridingMode ? diag::warn_non_contravariant_overriding_param_types
                     : diag::warn_non_contravariant_param_types;
  }
}

S.Diag(ImplVar->getLocation(), DiagID)
  << getTypeRange(ImplVar->getTypeSourceInfo())
  << MethodImpl->getDeclName() << IfaceTy << ImplTy;
S.Diag(IfaceVar->getLocation(),
       (IsOverridingMode ? diag::note_previous_declaration
                         : diag::note_previous_definition))
  << getTypeRange(IfaceVar->getTypeSourceInfo());
return false;
2473}

2475/// In ARC, check whether the conventional meanings of the two methods
2476/// match.  If they don't, it's a hard error.
2477static bool checkMethodFamilyMismatch(Sema &S, ObjCMethodDecl *impl,
                                    ObjCMethodDecl *decl) {
ObjCMethodFamily implFamily = impl->getMethodFamily();
ObjCMethodFamily declFamily = decl->getMethodFamily();
if (implFamily == declFamily) return false;

// Since conventions are sorted by selector, the only possibility is
// that the types differ enough to cause one selector or the other
// to fall out of the family.
assert(implFamily == OMF_None || declFamily == OMF_None)((implFamily == OMF_None || declFamily == OMF_None) ? static_cast
<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("implFamily == OMF_None || declFamily == OMF_None"
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclObjC.cpp"
, 2486, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));

// No further diagnostics required on invalid declarations.
if (impl->isInvalidDecl() || decl->isInvalidDecl()) return true;

const ObjCMethodDecl *unmatched = impl;
ObjCMethodFamily family = declFamily;
unsigned errorID = diag::err_arc_lost_method_convention;
unsigned noteID = diag::note_arc_lost_method_convention;
if (declFamily == OMF_None) {
  unmatched = decl;
  family = implFamily;
  errorID = diag::err_arc_gained_method_convention;
  noteID = diag::note_arc_gained_method_convention;
}

// Indexes into a %select clause in the diagnostic.
enum FamilySelector {
  F_alloc, F_copy, F_mutableCopy = F_copy, F_init, F_new
};
FamilySelector familySelector = FamilySelector();

switch (family) {
case OMF_None: llvm_unreachable("logic error, no method convention")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("logic error, no method convention"
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclObjC.cpp"
, 2509);
case OMF_retain:
case OMF_release:
case OMF_autorelease:
case OMF_dealloc:
case OMF_finalize:
case OMF_retainCount:
case OMF_self:
case OMF_initialize:
case OMF_performSelector:
  // Mismatches for these methods don't change ownership
  // conventions, so we don't care.
  return false;

case OMF_init: familySelector = F_init; break;
case OMF_alloc: familySelector = F_alloc; break;
case OMF_copy: familySelector = F_copy; break;
case OMF_mutableCopy: familySelector = F_mutableCopy; break;
case OMF_new: familySelector = F_new; break;
}

enum ReasonSelector { R_NonObjectReturn, R_UnrelatedReturn };
ReasonSelector reasonSelector;

// The only reason these methods don't fall within their families is
// due to unusual result types.
if (unmatched->getReturnType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
  reasonSelector = R_UnrelatedReturn;
} else {
  reasonSelector = R_NonObjectReturn;
}

S.Diag(impl->getLocation(), errorID) << int(familySelector) << int(reasonSelector);
S.Diag(decl->getLocation(), noteID) << int(familySelector) << int(reasonSelector);

return true;
2545}

2547void Sema::WarnConflictingTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *ImpMethodDecl,
                                     ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl,
                                     bool IsProtocolMethodDecl) {
if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
    checkMethodFamilyMismatch(*this, ImpMethodDecl, MethodDecl))
  return;

CheckMethodOverrideReturn(*this, ImpMethodDecl, MethodDecl,
                          IsProtocolMethodDecl, false,
                          true);

for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator IM = ImpMethodDecl->param_begin(),
     IF = MethodDecl->param_begin(), EM = ImpMethodDecl->param_end(),
     EF = MethodDecl->param_end();
     IM != EM && IF != EF; ++IM, ++IF) {
  CheckMethodOverrideParam(*this, ImpMethodDecl, MethodDecl, *IM, *IF,
                           IsProtocolMethodDecl, false, true);
}

if (ImpMethodDecl->isVariadic() != MethodDecl->isVariadic()) {
  Diag(ImpMethodDecl->getLocation(),
       diag::warn_conflicting_variadic);
  Diag(MethodDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
}
2571}

2573void Sema::CheckConflictingOverridingMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
                                     ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden,
                                     bool IsProtocolMethodDecl) {

CheckMethodOverrideReturn(*this, Method, Overridden,
                          IsProtocolMethodDecl, true,
                          true);

for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator IM = Method->param_begin(),
     IF = Overridden->param_begin(), EM = Method->param_end(),
     EF = Overridden->param_end();
     IM != EM && IF != EF; ++IM, ++IF) {
  CheckMethodOverrideParam(*this, Method, Overridden, *IM, *IF,
                           IsProtocolMethodDecl, true, true);
}

if (Method->isVariadic() != Overridden->isVariadic()) {
  Diag(Method->getLocation(),
       diag::warn_conflicting_overriding_variadic);
  Diag(Overridden->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
}
2594}

2596/// WarnExactTypedMethods - This routine issues a warning if method
2597/// implementation declaration matches exactly that of its declaration.
2598void Sema::WarnExactTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *ImpMethodDecl,
                               ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl,
                               bool IsProtocolMethodDecl) {
// don't issue warning when protocol method is optional because primary
// class is not required to implement it and it is safe for protocol
// to implement it.
if (MethodDecl->getImplementationControl() == ObjCMethodDecl::Optional)
  return;
// don't issue warning when primary class's method is
// depecated/unavailable.
if (MethodDecl->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>() ||
    MethodDecl->hasAttr<DeprecatedAttr>())
  return;

bool match = CheckMethodOverrideReturn(*this, ImpMethodDecl, MethodDecl,
                                    IsProtocolMethodDecl, false, false);
if (match)
  for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator IM = ImpMethodDecl->param_begin(),
       IF = MethodDecl->param_begin(), EM = ImpMethodDecl->param_end(),
       EF = MethodDecl->param_end();
       IM != EM && IF != EF; ++IM, ++IF) {
    match = CheckMethodOverrideParam(*this, ImpMethodDecl, MethodDecl,
                                     *IM, *IF,
                                     IsProtocolMethodDecl, false, false);
    if (!match)
      break;
  }
if (match)
  match = (ImpMethodDecl->isVariadic() == MethodDecl->isVariadic());
if (match)
  match = !(MethodDecl->isClassMethod() &&
            MethodDecl->getSelector() == GetNullarySelector("load", Context));

if (match) {
  Diag(ImpMethodDecl->getLocation(),
       diag::warn_category_method_impl_match);
  Diag(MethodDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_method_declared_at)
    << MethodDecl->getDeclName();
}
2637}

2639/// FIXME: Type hierarchies in Objective-C can be deep. We could most likely
2640/// improve the efficiency of selector lookups and type checking by associating
2641/// with each protocol / interface / category the flattened instance tables. If
2642/// we used an immutable set to keep the table then it wouldn't add significant
2643/// memory cost and it would be handy for lookups.

2645typedef llvm::DenseSet<IdentifierInfo*> ProtocolNameSet;
2646typedef std::unique_ptr<ProtocolNameSet> LazyProtocolNameSet;

2648static void findProtocolsWithExplicitImpls(const ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl,
                                         ProtocolNameSet &PNS) {
if (PDecl->hasAttr<ObjCExplicitProtocolImplAttr>())
  PNS.insert(PDecl->getIdentifier());
for (const auto *PI : PDecl->protocols())
  findProtocolsWithExplicitImpls(PI, PNS);
2654}

2656/// Recursively populates a set with all conformed protocols in a class
2657/// hierarchy that have the 'objc_protocol_requires_explicit_implementation'
2658/// attribute.
2659static void findProtocolsWithExplicitImpls(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super,
                                         ProtocolNameSet &PNS) {
if (!Super)
  return;

for (const auto *I : Super->all_referenced_protocols())
  findProtocolsWithExplicitImpls(I, PNS);

findProtocolsWithExplicitImpls(Super->getSuperClass(), PNS);
2668}

2670/// CheckProtocolMethodDefs - This routine checks unimplemented methods
2671/// Declared in protocol, and those referenced by it.
2672static void CheckProtocolMethodDefs(Sema &S,
                                  SourceLocation ImpLoc,
                                  ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl,
                                  bool& IncompleteImpl,
                                  const Sema::SelectorSet &InsMap,
                                  const Sema::SelectorSet &ClsMap,
                                  ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl,
                                  LazyProtocolNameSet &ProtocolsExplictImpl) {
ObjCCategoryDecl *C = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CDecl);
ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = C ? C->getClassInterface()
                             : dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CDecl);
assert (IDecl && "CheckProtocolMethodDefs - IDecl is null")((IDecl && "CheckProtocolMethodDefs - IDecl is null")
 ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("IDecl && \"CheckProtocolMethodDefs - IDecl is null\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclObjC.cpp"
, 2683, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));

ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = IDecl->getSuperClass();
ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSIDecl = nullptr;

// If this protocol is marked 'objc_protocol_requires_explicit_implementation'
// then we should check if any class in the super class hierarchy also
// conforms to this protocol, either directly or via protocol inheritance.
// If so, we can skip checking this protocol completely because we
// know that a parent class already satisfies this protocol.
//
// Note: we could generalize this logic for all protocols, and merely
// add the limit on looking at the super class chain for just
// specially marked protocols.  This may be a good optimization.  This
// change is restricted to 'objc_protocol_requires_explicit_implementation'
// protocols for now for controlled evaluation.
if (PDecl->hasAttr<ObjCExplicitProtocolImplAttr>()) {
  if (!ProtocolsExplictImpl) {
    ProtocolsExplictImpl.reset(new ProtocolNameSet);
    findProtocolsWithExplicitImpls(Super, *ProtocolsExplictImpl);
  }
  if (ProtocolsExplictImpl->find(PDecl->getIdentifier()) !=
      ProtocolsExplictImpl->end())
    return;

  // If no super class conforms to the protocol, we should not search
  // for methods in the super class to implicitly satisfy the protocol.
  Super = nullptr;
}

if (S.getLangOpts().ObjCRuntime.isNeXTFamily()) {
  // check to see if class implements forwardInvocation method and objects
  // of this class are derived from 'NSProxy' so that to forward requests
  // from one object to another.
  // Under such conditions, which means that every method possible is
  // implemented in the class, we should not issue "Method definition not
  // found" warnings.
  // FIXME: Use a general GetUnarySelector method for this.
  IdentifierInfo* II = &S.Context.Idents.get("forwardInvocation");
  Selector fISelector = S.Context.Selectors.getSelector(1, &II);
  if (InsMap.count(fISelector))
    // Is IDecl derived from 'NSProxy'? If so, no instance methods
    // need be implemented in the implementation.
    NSIDecl = IDecl->lookupInheritedClass(&S.Context.Idents.get("NSProxy"));
}

// If this is a forward protocol declaration, get its definition.
if (!PDecl->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
    PDecl->getDefinition())
  PDecl = PDecl->getDefinition();

// If a method lookup fails locally we still need to look and see if
// the method was implemented by a base class or an inherited
// protocol. This lookup is slow, but occurs rarely in correct code
// and otherwise would terminate in a warning.

// check unimplemented instance methods.
if (!NSIDecl)
  for (auto *method : PDecl->instance_methods()) {
    if (method->getImplementationControl() != ObjCMethodDecl::Optional &&
        !method->isPropertyAccessor() &&
        !InsMap.count(method->getSelector()) &&
        (!Super || !Super->lookupMethod(method->getSelector(),
                                        true /* instance */,
                                        false /* shallowCategory */,
                                        true /* followsSuper */,
                                        nullptr /* category */))) {
          // If a method is not implemented in the category implementation but
          // has been declared in its primary class, superclass,
          // or in one of their protocols, no need to issue the warning.
          // This is because method will be implemented in the primary class
          // or one of its super class implementation.

          // Ugly, but necessary. Method declared in protocol might have
          // have been synthesized due to a property declared in the class which
          // uses the protocol.
          if (ObjCMethodDecl *MethodInClass =
                IDecl->lookupMethod(method->getSelector(),
                                    true /* instance */,
                                    true /* shallowCategoryLookup */,
                                    false /* followSuper */))
            if (C || MethodInClass->isPropertyAccessor())
              continue;
          unsigned DIAG = diag::warn_unimplemented_protocol_method;
          if (!S.Diags.isIgnored(DIAG, ImpLoc)) {
            WarnUndefinedMethod(S, ImpLoc, method, IncompleteImpl, DIAG,
                                PDecl);
          }
        }
  }
// check unimplemented class methods
for (auto *method : PDecl->class_methods()) {
  if (method->getImplementationControl() != ObjCMethodDecl::Optional &&
      !ClsMap.count(method->getSelector()) &&
      (!Super || !Super->lookupMethod(method->getSelector(),
                                      false /* class method */,
                                      false /* shallowCategoryLookup */,
                                      true  /* followSuper */,
                                      nullptr /* category */))) {
    // See above comment for instance method lookups.
    if (C && IDecl->lookupMethod(method->getSelector(),
                                 false /* class */,
                                 true /* shallowCategoryLookup */,
                                 false /* followSuper */))
      continue;

    unsigned DIAG = diag::warn_unimplemented_protocol_method;
    if (!S.Diags.isIgnored(DIAG, ImpLoc)) {
      WarnUndefinedMethod(S, ImpLoc, method, IncompleteImpl, DIAG, PDecl);
    }
  }
}
// Check on this protocols's referenced protocols, recursively.
for (auto *PI : PDecl->protocols())
  CheckProtocolMethodDefs(S, ImpLoc, PI, IncompleteImpl, InsMap, ClsMap,
                          CDecl, ProtocolsExplictImpl);
2799}

2801/// MatchAllMethodDeclarations - Check methods declared in interface
2802/// or protocol against those declared in their implementations.
2803///
2804void Sema::MatchAllMethodDeclarations(const SelectorSet &InsMap,
                                    const SelectorSet &ClsMap,
                                    SelectorSet &InsMapSeen,
                                    SelectorSet &ClsMapSeen,
                                    ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
                                    ObjCContainerDecl* CDecl,
                                    bool &IncompleteImpl,
                                    bool ImmediateClass,
                                    bool WarnCategoryMethodImpl) {
// Check and see if instance methods in class interface have been
// implemented in the implementation class. If so, their types match.
for (auto *I : CDecl->instance_methods()) {
  if (!InsMapSeen.insert(I->getSelector()).second)
    continue;
  if (!I->isPropertyAccessor() &&
      !InsMap.count(I->getSelector())) {
    if (ImmediateClass)
      WarnUndefinedMethod(*this, IMPDecl->getLocation(), I, IncompleteImpl,
                          diag::warn_undef_method_impl);
    continue;
  } else {
    ObjCMethodDecl *ImpMethodDecl =
      IMPDecl->getInstanceMethod(I->getSelector());
    assert(CDecl->getInstanceMethod(I->getSelector(), true/*AllowHidden*/) &&((CDecl->getInstanceMethod(I->getSelector(), true ) &&
 "Expected to find the method through lookup as well") ? static_cast
<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("CDecl->getInstanceMethod(I->getSelector(), true ) && \"Expected to find the method through lookup as well\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclObjC.cpp"
, 2828, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
           "Expected to find the method through lookup as well")((CDecl->getInstanceMethod(I->getSelector(), true ) &&
 "Expected to find the method through lookup as well") ? static_cast
<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("CDecl->getInstanceMethod(I->getSelector(), true ) && \"Expected to find the method through lookup as well\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclObjC.cpp"
, 2828, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
    // ImpMethodDecl may be null as in a @dynamic property.
    if (ImpMethodDecl) {
      if (!WarnCategoryMethodImpl)
        WarnConflictingTypedMethods(ImpMethodDecl, I,
                                    isa<ObjCProtocolDecl>(CDecl));
      else if (!I->isPropertyAccessor())
        WarnExactTypedMethods(ImpMethodDecl, I, isa<ObjCProtocolDecl>(CDecl));
    }
  }
}

// Check and see if class methods in class interface have been
// implemented in the implementation class. If so, their types match.
for (auto *I : CDecl->class_methods()) {
  if (!ClsMapSeen.insert(I->getSelector()).second)
    continue;
  if (!I->isPropertyAccessor() &&
      !ClsMap.count(I->getSelector())) {
    if (ImmediateClass)
      WarnUndefinedMethod(*this, IMPDecl->getLocation(), I, IncompleteImpl,
                          diag::warn_undef_method_impl);
  } else {
    ObjCMethodDecl *ImpMethodDecl =
      IMPDecl->getClassMethod(I->getSelector());
    assert(CDecl->getClassMethod(I->getSelector(), true/*AllowHidden*/) &&((CDecl->getClassMethod(I->getSelector(), true ) &&
 "Expected to find the method through lookup as well") ? static_cast
<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("CDecl->getClassMethod(I->getSelector(), true ) && \"Expected to find the method through lookup as well\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclObjC.cpp"
, 2854, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
           "Expected to find the method through lookup as well")((CDecl->getClassMethod(I->getSelector(), true ) &&
 "Expected to find the method through lookup as well") ? static_cast
<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("CDecl->getClassMethod(I->getSelector(), true ) && \"Expected to find the method through lookup as well\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclObjC.cpp"
, 2854, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
    // ImpMethodDecl may be null as in a @dynamic property.
    if (ImpMethodDecl) {
      if (!WarnCategoryMethodImpl)
        WarnConflictingTypedMethods(ImpMethodDecl, I,
                                    isa<ObjCProtocolDecl>(CDecl));
      else if (!I->isPropertyAccessor())
        WarnExactTypedMethods(ImpMethodDecl, I, isa<ObjCProtocolDecl>(CDecl));
    }
  }
}

if (ObjCProtocolDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl> (CDecl)) {
  // Also, check for methods declared in protocols inherited by
  // this protocol.
  for (auto *PI : PD->protocols())
    MatchAllMethodDeclarations(InsMap, ClsMap, InsMapSeen, ClsMapSeen,
                               IMPDecl, PI, IncompleteImpl, false,
                               WarnCategoryMethodImpl);
}

if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *I = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl> (CDecl)) {
  // when checking that methods in implementation match their declaration,
  // i.e. when WarnCategoryMethodImpl is false, check declarations in class
  // extension; as well as those in categories.
  if (!WarnCategoryMethodImpl) {
    for (auto *Cat : I->visible_categories())
      MatchAllMethodDeclarations(InsMap, ClsMap, InsMapSeen, ClsMapSeen,
                                 IMPDecl, Cat, IncompleteImpl,
                                 ImmediateClass && Cat->IsClassExtension(),
                                 WarnCategoryMethodImpl);
  } else {
    // Also methods in class extensions need be looked at next.
    for (auto *Ext : I->visible_extensions())
      MatchAllMethodDeclarations(InsMap, ClsMap, InsMapSeen, ClsMapSeen,
                                 IMPDecl, Ext, IncompleteImpl, false,
                                 WarnCategoryMethodImpl);
  }

  // Check for any implementation of a methods declared in protocol.
  for (auto *PI : I->all_referenced_protocols())
    MatchAllMethodDeclarations(InsMap, ClsMap, InsMapSeen, ClsMapSeen,
                               IMPDecl, PI, IncompleteImpl, false,
                               WarnCategoryMethodImpl);

  // FIXME. For now, we are not checking for exact match of methods
  // in category implementation and its primary class's super class.
  if (!WarnCategoryMethodImpl && I->getSuperClass())
    MatchAllMethodDeclarations(InsMap, ClsMap, InsMapSeen, ClsMapSeen,
                               IMPDecl,
                               I->getSuperClass(), IncompleteImpl, false);
}
2906}

2908/// CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches - Checks that methods implemented in
2909/// category matches with those implemented in its primary class and
2910/// warns each time an exact match is found.
2911void Sema::CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches(
                                ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatIMPDecl) {
// Get category's primary class.
ObjCCategoryDecl *CatDecl = CatIMPDecl->getCategoryDecl();
if (!CatDecl)
  return;
ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CatDecl->getClassInterface();
if (!IDecl)
  return;
ObjCInterfaceDecl *SuperIDecl = IDecl->getSuperClass();
SelectorSet InsMap, ClsMap;

for (const auto *I : CatIMPDecl->instance_methods()) {
  Selector Sel = I->getSelector();
  // When checking for methods implemented in the category, skip over
  // those declared in category class's super class. This is because
  // the super class must implement the method.
  if (SuperIDecl && SuperIDecl->lookupMethod(Sel, true))
    continue;
  InsMap.insert(Sel);
}

for (const auto *I : CatIMPDecl->class_methods()) {
  Selector Sel = I->getSelector();
  if (SuperIDecl && SuperIDecl->lookupMethod(Sel, false))
    continue;
  ClsMap.insert(Sel);
}
if (InsMap.empty() && ClsMap.empty())
  return;

SelectorSet InsMapSeen, ClsMapSeen;
bool IncompleteImpl = false;
MatchAllMethodDeclarations(InsMap, ClsMap, InsMapSeen, ClsMapSeen,
                           CatIMPDecl, IDecl,
                           IncompleteImpl, false,
                           true /*WarnCategoryMethodImpl*/);
2948}

2950void Sema::ImplMethodsVsClassMethods(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
                                   ObjCContainerDecl* CDecl,
                                   bool IncompleteImpl) {
SelectorSet InsMap;
// Check and see if instance methods in class interface have been
// implemented in the implementation class.
for (const auto *I : IMPDecl->instance_methods())
  InsMap.insert(I->getSelector());

// Add the selectors for getters/setters of @dynamic properties.
for (const auto *PImpl : IMPDecl->property_impls()) {
  // We only care about @dynamic implementations.
  if (PImpl->getPropertyImplementation() != ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic)
    continue;

  const auto *P = PImpl->getPropertyDecl();
  if (!P) continue;

  InsMap.insert(P->getGetterName());
  if (!P->getSetterName().isNull())
    InsMap.insert(P->getSetterName());
}

// Check and see if properties declared in the interface have either 1)
// an implementation or 2) there is a @synthesize/@dynamic implementation
// of the property in the @implementation.
if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CDecl)) {
  bool SynthesizeProperties = LangOpts.ObjCDefaultSynthProperties &&
                              LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() &&
                              !IDecl->isObjCRequiresPropertyDefs();
  DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties(S, IMPDecl, CDecl, SynthesizeProperties);
}

// Diagnose null-resettable synthesized setters.
diagnoseNullResettableSynthesizedSetters(IMPDecl);

SelectorSet ClsMap;
for (const auto *I : IMPDecl->class_methods())
  ClsMap.insert(I->getSelector());

// Check for type conflict of methods declared in a class/protocol and
// its implementation; if any.
SelectorSet InsMapSeen, ClsMapSeen;
MatchAllMethodDeclarations(InsMap, ClsMap, InsMapSeen, ClsMapSeen,
                           IMPDecl, CDecl,
                           IncompleteImpl, true);

// check all methods implemented in category against those declared
// in its primary class.
if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatDecl =
      dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(IMPDecl))
  CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches(CatDecl);

// Check the protocol list for unimplemented methods in the @implementation
// class.
// Check and see if class methods in class interface have been
// implemented in the implementation class.

LazyProtocolNameSet ExplicitImplProtocols;

if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *I = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl> (CDecl)) {
  for (auto *PI : I->all_referenced_protocols())
    CheckProtocolMethodDefs(*this, IMPDecl->getLocation(), PI, IncompleteImpl,
                            InsMap, ClsMap, I, ExplicitImplProtocols);
} else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *C = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CDecl)) {
  // For extended class, unimplemented methods in its protocols will
  // be reported in the primary class.
  if (!C->IsClassExtension()) {
    for (auto *P : C->protocols())
      CheckProtocolMethodDefs(*this, IMPDecl->getLocation(), P,
                              IncompleteImpl, InsMap, ClsMap, CDecl,
                              ExplicitImplProtocols);
    DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties(S, IMPDecl, CDecl,
                                    /*SynthesizeProperties=*/false);
  }
} else
  llvm_unreachable("invalid ObjCContainerDecl type.")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("invalid ObjCContainerDecl type."
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclObjC.cpp"
, 3026);
3027}

3029Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy
3030Sema::ActOnForwardClassDeclaration(SourceLocation AtClassLoc,
                                 IdentifierInfo **IdentList,
                                 SourceLocation *IdentLocs,
                                 ArrayRef<ObjCTypeParamList *> TypeParamLists,
                                 unsigned NumElts) {
SmallVector<Decl *, 8> DeclsInGroup;
for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElts; ++i) {
  // Check for another declaration kind with the same name.
  NamedDecl *PrevDecl
    = LookupSingleName(TUScope, IdentList[i], IdentLocs[i],
                       LookupOrdinaryName, forRedeclarationInCurContext());
  if (PrevDecl && !isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
    // GCC apparently allows the following idiom:
    //
    // typedef NSObject < XCElementTogglerP > XCElementToggler;
    // @class XCElementToggler;
    //
    // Here we have chosen to ignore the forward class declaration
    // with a warning. Since this is the implied behavior.
    TypedefNameDecl *TDD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl);
    if (!TDD || !TDD->getUnderlyingType()->isObjCObjectType()) {
      Diag(AtClassLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << IdentList[i];
      Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
    } else {
      // a forward class declaration matching a typedef name of a class refers
      // to the underlying class. Just ignore the forward class with a warning
      // as this will force the intended behavior which is to lookup the
      // typedef name.
      if (isa<ObjCObjectType>(TDD->getUnderlyingType())) {
        Diag(AtClassLoc, diag::warn_forward_class_redefinition)
            << IdentList[i];
        Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
        continue;
      }
    }
  }

  // Create a declaration to describe this forward declaration.
  ObjCInterfaceDecl *PrevIDecl
    = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(PrevDecl);

  IdentifierInfo *ClassName = IdentList[i];
  if (PrevIDecl && PrevIDecl->getIdentifier() != ClassName) {
    // A previous decl with a different name is because of
    // @compatibility_alias, for example:
    // \code
    //   @class NewImage;
    //   @compatibility_alias OldImage NewImage;
    // \endcode
    // A lookup for 'OldImage' will return the 'NewImage' decl.
    //
    // In such a case use the real declaration name, instead of the alias one,
    // otherwise we will break IdentifierResolver and redecls-chain invariants.
    // FIXME: If necessary, add a bit to indicate that this ObjCInterfaceDecl
    // has been aliased.
    ClassName = PrevIDecl->getIdentifier();
  }

  // If this forward declaration has type parameters, compare them with the
  // type parameters of the previous declaration.
  ObjCTypeParamList *TypeParams = TypeParamLists[i];
  if (PrevIDecl && TypeParams) {
    if (ObjCTypeParamList *PrevTypeParams = PrevIDecl->getTypeParamList()) {
      // Check for consistency with the previous declaration.
      if (checkTypeParamListConsistency(
            *this, PrevTypeParams, TypeParams,
            TypeParamListContext::ForwardDeclaration)) {
        TypeParams = nullptr;
      }
    } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = PrevIDecl->getDefinition()) {
      // The @interface does not have type parameters. Complain.
      Diag(IdentLocs[i], diag::err_objc_parameterized_forward_class)
        << ClassName
        << TypeParams->getSourceRange();
      Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_defined_here)
        << ClassName;

      TypeParams = nullptr;
    }
  }

  ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl
    = ObjCInterfaceDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, AtClassLoc,
                                ClassName, TypeParams, PrevIDecl,
                                IdentLocs[i]);
  IDecl->setAtEndRange(IdentLocs[i]);

  PushOnScopeChains(IDecl, TUScope);
  CheckObjCDeclScope(IDecl);
  DeclsInGroup.push_back(IDecl);
}

return BuildDeclaratorGroup(DeclsInGroup);
3123}

3125static bool tryMatchRecordTypes(ASTContext &Context,
                              Sema::MethodMatchStrategy strategy,
                              const Type *left, const Type *right);

3129static bool matchTypes(ASTContext &Context, Sema::MethodMatchStrategy strategy,
                     QualType leftQT, QualType rightQT) {
const Type *left =
  Context.getCanonicalType(leftQT).getUnqualifiedType().getTypePtr();
const Type *right =
  Context.getCanonicalType(rightQT).getUnqualifiedType().getTypePtr();

if (left == right) return true;

// If we're doing a strict match, the types have to match exactly.
if (strategy == Sema::MMS_strict) return false;

if (left->isIncompleteType() || right->isIncompleteType()) return false;

// Otherwise, use this absurdly complicated algorithm to try to
// validate the basic, low-level compatibility of the two types.

// As a minimum, require the sizes and alignments to match.
TypeInfo LeftTI = Context.getTypeInfo(left);
TypeInfo RightTI = Context.getTypeInfo(right);
if (LeftTI.Width != RightTI.Width)
  return false;

if (LeftTI.Align != RightTI.Align)
  return false;

// Consider all the kinds of non-dependent canonical types:
// - functions and arrays aren't possible as return and parameter types

// - vector types of equal size can be arbitrarily mixed
if (isa<VectorType>(left)) return isa<VectorType>(right);
if (isa<VectorType>(right)) return false;

// - references should only match references of identical type
// - structs, unions, and Objective-C objects must match more-or-less
//   exactly
// - everything else should be a scalar
if (!left->isScalarType() || !right->isScalarType())
  return tryMatchRecordTypes(Context, strategy, left, right);

// Make scalars agree in kind, except count bools as chars, and group
// all non-member pointers together.
Type::ScalarTypeKind leftSK = left->getScalarTypeKind();
Type::ScalarTypeKind rightSK = right->getScalarTypeKind();
if (leftSK == Type::STK_Bool) leftSK = Type::STK_Integral;
if (rightSK == Type::STK_Bool) rightSK = Type::STK_Integral;
if (leftSK == Type::STK_CPointer || leftSK == Type::STK_BlockPointer)
  leftSK = Type::STK_ObjCObjectPointer;
if (rightSK == Type::STK_CPointer || rightSK == Type::STK_BlockPointer)
  rightSK = Type::STK_ObjCObjectPointer;

// Note that data member pointers and function member pointers don't
// intermix because of the size differences.

return (leftSK == rightSK);
3184}

3186static bool tryMatchRecordTypes(ASTContext &Context,
                              Sema::MethodMatchStrategy strategy,
                              const Type *lt, const Type *rt) {
assert(lt && rt && lt != rt)((lt && rt && lt != rt) ? static_cast<void
> (0) : __assert_fail ("lt && rt && lt != rt"
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclObjC.cpp"
, 3189, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));

if (!isa<RecordType>(lt) || !isa<RecordType>(rt)) return false;
RecordDecl *left = cast<RecordType>(lt)->getDecl();
RecordDecl *right = cast<RecordType>(rt)->getDecl();

// Require union-hood to match.
if (left->isUnion() != right->isUnion()) return false;

// Require an exact match if either is non-POD.
if ((isa<CXXRecordDecl>(left) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(left)->isPOD()) ||
    (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(right) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(right)->isPOD()))
  return false;

// Require size and alignment to match.
TypeInfo LeftTI = Context.getTypeInfo(lt);
TypeInfo RightTI = Context.getTypeInfo(rt);
if (LeftTI.Width != RightTI.Width)
  return false;

if (LeftTI.Align != RightTI.Align)
  return false;

// Require fields to match.
RecordDecl::field_iterator li = left->field_begin(), le = left->field_end();
RecordDecl::field_iterator ri = right->field_begin(), re = right->field_end();
for (; li != le && ri != re; ++li, ++ri) {
  if (!matchTypes(Context, strategy, li->getType(), ri->getType()))
    return false;
}
return (li == le && ri == re);
3220}

3222/// MatchTwoMethodDeclarations - Checks that two methods have matching type and
3223/// returns true, or false, accordingly.
3224/// TODO: Handle protocol list; such as id<p1,p2> in type comparisons
3225bool Sema::MatchTwoMethodDeclarations(const ObjCMethodDecl *left,
                                    const ObjCMethodDecl *right,
                                    MethodMatchStrategy strategy) {
if (!matchTypes(Context, strategy, left->getReturnType(),
                right->getReturnType()))
  return false;

// If either is hidden, it is not considered to match.
if (left->isHidden() || right->isHidden())
  return false;

if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
    (left->hasAttr<NSReturnsRetainedAttr>()
       != right->hasAttr<NSReturnsRetainedAttr>() ||
     left->hasAttr<NSConsumesSelfAttr>()
       != right->hasAttr<NSConsumesSelfAttr>()))
  return false;

ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator
  li = left->param_begin(), le = left->param_end(), ri = right->param_begin(),
  re = right->param_end();

for (; li != le && ri != re; ++li, ++ri) {
  assert(ri != right->param_end() && "Param mismatch")((ri != right->param_end() && "Param mismatch") ? static_cast
<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ri != right->param_end() && \"Param mismatch\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclObjC.cpp"
, 3248, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  const ParmVarDecl *lparm = *li, *rparm = *ri;

  if (!matchTypes(Context, strategy, lparm->getType(), rparm->getType()))
    return false;

  if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
      lparm->hasAttr<NSConsumedAttr>() != rparm->hasAttr<NSConsumedAttr>())
    return false;
}
return true;
3259}

3261static bool isMethodContextSameForKindofLookup(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
                                             ObjCMethodDecl *MethodInList) {
auto *MethodProtocol = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(Method->getDeclContext());
auto *MethodInListProtocol =
    dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(MethodInList->getDeclContext());
// If this method belongs to a protocol but the method in list does not, or
// vice versa, we say the context is not the same.
if ((MethodProtocol && !MethodInListProtocol) ||
    (!MethodProtocol && MethodInListProtocol))
  return false;

if (MethodProtocol && MethodInListProtocol)
  return true;

ObjCInterfaceDecl *MethodInterface = Method->getClassInterface();
ObjCInterfaceDecl *MethodInListInterface =
    MethodInList->getClassInterface();
return MethodInterface == MethodInListInterface;
3279}

3281void Sema::addMethodToGlobalList(ObjCMethodList *List,
                               ObjCMethodDecl *Method) {
// Record at the head of the list whether there were 0, 1, or >= 2 methods
// inside categories.
if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD =
        dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(Method->getDeclContext()))
  if (!CD->IsClassExtension() && List->getBits() < 2)
    List->setBits(List->getBits() + 1);

// If the list is empty, make it a singleton list.
if (List->getMethod() == nullptr) {
  List->setMethod(Method);
  List->setNext(nullptr);
  return;
}

// We've seen a method with this name, see if we have already seen this type
// signature.
ObjCMethodList *Previous = List;
ObjCMethodList *ListWithSameDeclaration = nullptr;
for (; List; Previous = List, List = List->getNext()) {
  // If we are building a module, keep all of the methods.
  if (getLangOpts().isCompilingModule())
    continue;

  bool SameDeclaration = MatchTwoMethodDeclarations(Method,
                                                    List->getMethod());
  // Looking for method with a type bound requires the correct context exists.
  // We need to insert a method into the list if the context is different.
  // If the method's declaration matches the list
  // a> the method belongs to a different context: we need to insert it, in
  //    order to emit the availability message, we need to prioritize over
  //    availability among the methods with the same declaration.
  // b> the method belongs to the same context: there is no need to insert a
  //    new entry.
  // If the method's declaration does not match the list, we insert it to the
  // end.
  if (!SameDeclaration ||
      !isMethodContextSameForKindofLookup(Method, List->getMethod())) {
    // Even if two method types do not match, we would like to say
    // there is more than one declaration so unavailability/deprecated
    // warning is not too noisy.
    if (!Method->isDefined())
      List->setHasMoreThanOneDecl(true);

    // For methods with the same declaration, the one that is deprecated
    // should be put in the front for better diagnostics.
    if (Method->isDeprecated() && SameDeclaration &&
        !ListWithSameDeclaration && !List->getMethod()->isDeprecated())
      ListWithSameDeclaration = List;

    if (Method->isUnavailable() && SameDeclaration &&
        !ListWithSameDeclaration &&
        List->getMethod()->getAvailability() < AR_Deprecated)
      ListWithSameDeclaration = List;
    continue;
  }

  ObjCMethodDecl *PrevObjCMethod = List->getMethod();

  // Propagate the 'defined' bit.
  if (Method->isDefined())
    PrevObjCMethod->setDefined(true);
  else {
    // Objective-C doesn't allow an @interface for a class after its
    // @implementation. So if Method is not defined and there already is
    // an entry for this type signature, Method has to be for a different
    // class than PrevObjCMethod.
    List->setHasMoreThanOneDecl(true);
  }

  // If a method is deprecated, push it in the global pool.
  // This is used for better diagnostics.
  if (Method->isDeprecated()) {
    if (!PrevObjCMethod->isDeprecated())
      List->setMethod(Method);
  }
  // If the new method is unavailable, push it into global pool
  // unless previous one is deprecated.
  if (Method->isUnavailable()) {
    if (PrevObjCMethod->getAvailability() < AR_Deprecated)
      List->setMethod(Method);
  }

  return;
}

// We have a new signature for an existing method - add it.
// This is extremely rare. Only 1% of Cocoa selectors are "overloaded".
ObjCMethodList *Mem = BumpAlloc.Allocate<ObjCMethodList>();

// We insert it right before ListWithSameDeclaration.
if (ListWithSameDeclaration) {
  auto *List = new (Mem) ObjCMethodList(*ListWithSameDeclaration);
  // FIXME: should we clear the other bits in ListWithSameDeclaration?
  ListWithSameDeclaration->setMethod(Method);
  ListWithSameDeclaration->setNext(List);
  return;
}

Previous->setNext(new (Mem) ObjCMethodList(Method));
3382}

3384/// Read the contents of the method pool for a given selector from
3385/// external storage.
3386void Sema::ReadMethodPool(Selector Sel) {
assert(ExternalSource && "We need an external AST source")((ExternalSource && "We need an external AST source")
 ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ExternalSource && \"We need an external AST source\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclObjC.cpp"
, 3387, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
ExternalSource->ReadMethodPool(Sel);
3389}

3391void Sema::updateOutOfDateSelector(Selector Sel) {
if (!ExternalSource)
  return;
ExternalSource->updateOutOfDateSelector(Sel);
3395}

3397void Sema::AddMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl,
                               bool instance) {
// Ignore methods of invalid containers.
if (cast<Decl>(Method->getDeclContext())->isInvalidDecl())
  return;

if (ExternalSource)
  ReadMethodPool(Method->getSelector());

GlobalMethodPool::iterator Pos = MethodPool.find(Method->getSelector());
if (Pos == MethodPool.end())
  Pos = MethodPool.insert(std::make_pair(Method->getSelector(),
                                         GlobalMethods())).first;

Method->setDefined(impl);

ObjCMethodList &Entry = instance ? Pos->second.first : Pos->second.second;
addMethodToGlobalList(&Entry, Method);
3415}

3417/// Determines if this is an "acceptable" loose mismatch in the global
3418/// method pool.  This exists mostly as a hack to get around certain
3419/// global mismatches which we can't afford to make warnings / errors.
3420/// Really, what we want is a way to take a method out of the global
3421/// method pool.
3422static bool isAcceptableMethodMismatch(ObjCMethodDecl *chosen,
                                     ObjCMethodDecl *other) {
if (!chosen->isInstanceMethod())
  return false;

Selector sel = chosen->getSelector();
if (!sel.isUnarySelector() || sel.getNameForSlot(0) != "length")
  return false;

// Don't complain about mismatches for -length if the method we
// chose has an integral result type.
return (chosen->getReturnType()->isIntegerType());
3434}

3436/// Return true if the given method is wthin the type bound.
3437static bool FilterMethodsByTypeBound(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
                                   const ObjCObjectType *TypeBound) {
if (!TypeBound)
  return true;

if (TypeBound->isObjCId())
  // FIXME: should we handle the case of bounding to id<A, B> differently?
  return true;

auto *BoundInterface = TypeBound->getInterface();
assert(BoundInterface && "unexpected object type!")((BoundInterface && "unexpected object type!") ? static_cast
<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("BoundInterface && \"unexpected object type!\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclObjC.cpp"
, 3447, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));

// Check if the Method belongs to a protocol. We should allow any method
// defined in any protocol, because any subclass could adopt the protocol.
auto *MethodProtocol = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(Method->getDeclContext());
if (MethodProtocol) {
  return true;
}

// If the Method belongs to a class, check if it belongs to the class
// hierarchy of the class bound.
if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *MethodInterface = Method->getClassInterface()) {
  // We allow methods declared within classes that are part of the hierarchy
  // of the class bound (superclass of, subclass of, or the same as the class
  // bound).
  return MethodInterface == BoundInterface ||
         MethodInterface->isSuperClassOf(BoundInterface) ||
         BoundInterface->isSuperClassOf(MethodInterface);
}
llvm_unreachable("unknown method context")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("unknown method context", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclObjC.cpp"
, 3466);
3467}

3469/// We first select the type of the method: Instance or Factory, then collect
3470/// all methods with that type.
3471bool Sema::CollectMultipleMethodsInGlobalPool(
  Selector Sel, SmallVectorImpl<ObjCMethodDecl *> &Methods,
  bool InstanceFirst, bool CheckTheOther,
  const ObjCObjectType *TypeBound) {
if (ExternalSource)
  ReadMethodPool(Sel);

GlobalMethodPool::iterator Pos = MethodPool.find(Sel);
if (Pos == MethodPool.end())
  return false;

// Gather the non-hidden methods.
ObjCMethodList &MethList = InstanceFirst ? Pos->second.first :
                           Pos->second.second;
for (ObjCMethodList *M = &MethList; M; M = M->getNext())
  if (M->getMethod() && !M->getMethod()->isHidden()) {
    if (FilterMethodsByTypeBound(M->getMethod(), TypeBound))
      Methods.push_back(M->getMethod());
  }

// Return if we find any method with the desired kind.
if (!Methods.empty())
  return Methods.size() > 1;

if (!CheckTheOther)
  return false;

// Gather the other kind.
ObjCMethodList &MethList2 = InstanceFirst ? Pos->second.second :
                            Pos->second.first;
for (ObjCMethodList *M = &MethList2; M; M = M->getNext())
  if (M->getMethod() && !M->getMethod()->isHidden()) {
    if (FilterMethodsByTypeBound(M->getMethod(), TypeBound))
      Methods.push_back(M->getMethod());
  }

return Methods.size() > 1;
3508}

3510bool Sema::AreMultipleMethodsInGlobalPool(
  Selector Sel, ObjCMethodDecl *BestMethod, SourceRange R,
  bool receiverIdOrClass, SmallVectorImpl<ObjCMethodDecl *> &Methods) {
// Diagnose finding more than one method in global pool.
SmallVector<ObjCMethodDecl *, 4> FilteredMethods;
FilteredMethods.push_back(BestMethod);

for (auto *M : Methods)
  if (M != BestMethod && !M->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>())
    FilteredMethods.push_back(M);

if (FilteredMethods.size() > 1)
  DiagnoseMultipleMethodInGlobalPool(FilteredMethods, Sel, R,
                                     receiverIdOrClass);

GlobalMethodPool::iterator Pos = MethodPool.find(Sel);
// Test for no method in the pool which should not trigger any warning by
// caller.
if (Pos == MethodPool.end())
  return true;
ObjCMethodList &MethList =
  BestMethod->isInstanceMethod() ? Pos->second.first : Pos->second.second;
return MethList.hasMoreThanOneDecl();
3533}

3535ObjCMethodDecl *Sema::LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
                                             bool receiverIdOrClass,
                                             bool instance) {
if (ExternalSource)
  ReadMethodPool(Sel);

GlobalMethodPool::iterator Pos = MethodPool.find(Sel);
if (Pos == MethodPool.end())
  return nullptr;

// Gather the non-hidden methods.
ObjCMethodList &MethList = instance ? Pos->second.first : Pos->second.second;
SmallVector<ObjCMethodDecl *, 4> Methods;
for (ObjCMethodList *M = &MethList; M; M = M->getNext()) {
  if (M->getMethod() && !M->getMethod()->isHidden())
    return M->getMethod();
}
return nullptr;
3553}

3555void Sema::DiagnoseMultipleMethodInGlobalPool(SmallVectorImpl<ObjCMethodDecl*> &Methods,
                                            Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
                                            bool receiverIdOrClass) {
// We found multiple methods, so we may have to complain.
bool issueDiagnostic = false, issueError = false;

// We support a warning which complains about *any* difference in
// method signature.
bool strictSelectorMatch =
receiverIdOrClass &&
!Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_strict_multiple_method_decl, R.getBegin());
if (strictSelectorMatch) {
  for (unsigned I = 1, N = Methods.size(); I != N; ++I) {
    if (!MatchTwoMethodDeclarations(Methods[0], Methods[I], MMS_strict)) {
      issueDiagnostic = true;
      break;
    }
  }
}

// If we didn't see any strict differences, we won't see any loose
// differences.  In ARC, however, we also need to check for loose
// mismatches, because most of them are errors.
if (!strictSelectorMatch ||
    (issueDiagnostic && getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount))
  for (unsigned I = 1, N = Methods.size(); I != N; ++I) {
    // This checks if the methods differ in type mismatch.
    if (!MatchTwoMethodDeclarations(Methods[0], Methods[I], MMS_loose) &&
        !isAcceptableMethodMismatch(Methods[0], Methods[I])) {
      issueDiagnostic = true;
      if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount)
        issueError = true;
      break;
    }
  }

if (issueDiagnostic) {
  if (issueError)
    Diag(R.getBegin(), diag::err_arc_multiple_method_decl) << Sel << R;
  else if (strictSelectorMatch)
    Diag(R.getBegin(), diag::warn_strict_multiple_method_decl) << Sel << R;
  else
    Diag(R.getBegin(), diag::warn_multiple_method_decl) << Sel << R;

  Diag(Methods[0]->getBeginLoc(),
       issueError ? diag::note_possibility : diag::note_using)
      << Methods[0]->getSourceRange();
  for (unsigned I = 1, N = Methods.size(); I != N; ++I) {
    Diag(Methods[I]->getBeginLoc(), diag::note_also_found)
        << Methods[I]->getSourceRange();
  }
}
3607}

3609ObjCMethodDecl *Sema::LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel) {
GlobalMethodPool::iterator Pos = MethodPool.find(Sel);
if (Pos == MethodPool.end())
  return nullptr;

GlobalMethods &Methods = Pos->second;
for (const ObjCMethodList *Method = &Methods.first; Method;
     Method = Method->getNext())
  if (Method->getMethod() &&
      (Method->getMethod()->isDefined() ||
       Method->getMethod()->isPropertyAccessor()))
    return Method->getMethod();

for (const ObjCMethodList *Method = &Methods.second; Method;
     Method = Method->getNext())
  if (Method->getMethod() &&
      (Method->getMethod()->isDefined() ||
       Method->getMethod()->isPropertyAccessor()))
    return Method->getMethod();
return nullptr;
3629}

3631static void
3632HelperSelectorsForTypoCorrection(
                    SmallVectorImpl<const ObjCMethodDecl *> &BestMethod,
                    StringRef Typo, const ObjCMethodDecl * Method) {
const unsigned MaxEditDistance = 1;
unsigned BestEditDistance = MaxEditDistance + 1;
std::string MethodName = Method->getSelector().getAsString();

unsigned MinPossibleEditDistance = abs((int)MethodName.size() - (int)Typo.size());
if (MinPossibleEditDistance > 0 &&
    Typo.size() / MinPossibleEditDistance < 1)
  return;
unsigned EditDistance = Typo.edit_distance(MethodName, true, MaxEditDistance);
if (EditDistance > MaxEditDistance)
  return;
if (EditDistance == BestEditDistance)
  BestMethod.push_back(Method);
else if (EditDistance < BestEditDistance) {
  BestMethod.clear();
  BestMethod.push_back(Method);
}
3652}

3654static bool HelperIsMethodInObjCType(Sema &S, Selector Sel,
                                   QualType ObjectType) {
if (ObjectType.isNull())
  return true;
if (S.LookupMethodInObjectType(Sel, ObjectType, true/*Instance method*/))
  return true;
return S.LookupMethodInObjectType(Sel, ObjectType, false/*Class method*/) !=
       nullptr;
3662}

3664const ObjCMethodDecl *
3665Sema::SelectorsForTypoCorrection(Selector Sel,
                               QualType ObjectType) {
unsigned NumArgs = Sel.getNumArgs();
SmallVector<const ObjCMethodDecl *, 8> Methods;
bool ObjectIsId = true, ObjectIsClass = true;
if (ObjectType.isNull())
  ObjectIsId = ObjectIsClass = false;
else if (!ObjectType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
  return nullptr;
else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *ObjCPtr =
         ObjectType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType()) {
  ObjectType = QualType(ObjCPtr->getInterfaceType(), 0);
  ObjectIsId = ObjectIsClass = false;
}
else if (ObjectType->isObjCIdType() || ObjectType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
  ObjectIsClass = false;
else if (ObjectType->isObjCClassType() || ObjectType->isObjCQualifiedClassType())
  ObjectIsId = false;
else
  return nullptr;

for (GlobalMethodPool::iterator b = MethodPool.begin(),
     e = MethodPool.end(); b != e; b++) {
  // instance methods
  for (ObjCMethodList *M = &b->second.first; M; M=M->getNext())
    if (M->getMethod() &&
        (M->getMethod()->getSelector().getNumArgs() == NumArgs) &&
        (M->getMethod()->getSelector() != Sel)) {
      if (ObjectIsId)
        Methods.push_back(M->getMethod());
      else if (!ObjectIsClass &&
               HelperIsMethodInObjCType(*this, M->getMethod()->getSelector(),
                                        ObjectType))
        Methods.push_back(M->getMethod());
    }
  // class methods
  for (ObjCMethodList *M = &b->second.second; M; M=M->getNext())
    if (M->getMethod() &&
        (M->getMethod()->getSelector().getNumArgs() == NumArgs) &&
        (M->getMethod()->getSelector() != Sel)) {
      if (ObjectIsClass)
        Methods.push_back(M->getMethod());
      else if (!ObjectIsId &&
               HelperIsMethodInObjCType(*this, M->getMethod()->getSelector(),
                                        ObjectType))
        Methods.push_back(M->getMethod());
    }
}

SmallVector<const ObjCMethodDecl *, 8> SelectedMethods;
for (unsigned i = 0, e = Methods.size(); i < e; i++) {
  HelperSelectorsForTypoCorrection(SelectedMethods,
                                   Sel.getAsString(), Methods[i]);
}
return (SelectedMethods.size() == 1) ? SelectedMethods[0] : nullptr;
3720}

3722/// DiagnoseDuplicateIvars -
3723/// Check for duplicate ivars in the entire class at the start of
3724/// \@implementation. This becomes necesssary because class extension can
3725/// add ivars to a class in random order which will not be known until
3726/// class's \@implementation is seen.
3727void Sema::DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID,
                                ObjCInterfaceDecl *SID) {
for (auto *Ivar : ID->ivars()) {
  if (Ivar->isInvalidDecl())
    continue;
  if (IdentifierInfo *II = Ivar->getIdentifier()) {
    ObjCIvarDecl* prevIvar = SID->lookupInstanceVariable(II);
    if (prevIvar) {
      Diag(Ivar->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
      Diag(prevIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
      Ivar->setInvalidDecl();
    }
  }
}
3741}

3743/// Diagnose attempts to define ARC-__weak ivars when __weak is disabled.
3744static void DiagnoseWeakIvars(Sema &S, ObjCImplementationDecl *ID) {
if (S.getLangOpts().ObjCWeak) return;

for (auto ivar = ID->getClassInterface()->all_declared_ivar_begin();
       ivar; ivar = ivar->getNextIvar()) {
  if (ivar->isInvalidDecl()) continue;
  if (ivar->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Weak) {
    if (S.getLangOpts().ObjCWeakRuntime) {
      S.Diag(ivar->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_weak_disabled);
    } else {
      S.Diag(ivar->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_weak_no_runtime);
    }
  }
}
3758}

3760/// Diagnose attempts to use flexible array member with retainable object type.
3761static void DiagnoseRetainableFlexibleArrayMember(Sema &S,
                                                ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID) {
if (!S.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount)
  return;

for (auto ivar = ID->all_declared_ivar_begin(); ivar;
     ivar = ivar->getNextIvar()) {
  if (ivar->isInvalidDecl())
    continue;
  QualType IvarTy = ivar->getType();
  if (IvarTy->isIncompleteArrayType() &&
      (IvarTy.getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) &&
      IvarTy->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
    S.Diag(ivar->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_arc_retainable);
    ivar->setInvalidDecl();
  }
}
3778}

3780Sema::ObjCContainerKind Sema::getObjCContainerKind() const {
switch (CurContext->getDeclKind()) {
  case Decl::ObjCInterface:
    return Sema::OCK_Interface;
  case Decl::ObjCProtocol:
    return Sema::OCK_Protocol;
  case Decl::ObjCCategory:
    if (cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)->IsClassExtension())
      return Sema::OCK_ClassExtension;
    return Sema::OCK_Category;
  case Decl::ObjCImplementation:
    return Sema::OCK_Implementation;
  case Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl:
    return Sema::OCK_CategoryImplementation;

  default:
    return Sema::OCK_None;
}
3798}

3800static bool IsVariableSizedType(QualType T) {
if (T->isIncompleteArrayType())
  return true;
const auto *RecordTy = T->getAs<RecordType>();
return (RecordTy && RecordTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember());
3805}

3807static void DiagnoseVariableSizedIvars(Sema &S, ObjCContainerDecl *OCD) {
ObjCInterfaceDecl *IntfDecl = nullptr;
ObjCInterfaceDecl::ivar_range Ivars = llvm::make_range(
    ObjCInterfaceDecl::ivar_iterator(), ObjCInterfaceDecl::ivar_iterator());
if ((IntfDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(OCD))) {
  Ivars = IntfDecl->ivars();
} else if (auto *ImplDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(OCD)) {
  IntfDecl = ImplDecl->getClassInterface();
  Ivars = ImplDecl->ivars();
} else if (auto *CategoryDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(OCD)) {
  if (CategoryDecl->IsClassExtension()) {
    IntfDecl = CategoryDecl->getClassInterface();
    Ivars = CategoryDecl->ivars();
  }
}

// Check if variable sized ivar is in interface and visible to subclasses.
if (!isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(OCD)) {
  for (auto ivar : Ivars) {
    if (!ivar->isInvalidDecl() && IsVariableSizedType(ivar->getType())) {
      S.Diag(ivar->getLocation(), diag::warn_variable_sized_ivar_visibility)
          << ivar->getDeclName() << ivar->getType();
    }
  }
}

// Subsequent checks require interface decl.
if (!IntfDecl)
  return;

// Check if variable sized ivar is followed by another ivar.
for (ObjCIvarDecl *ivar = IntfDecl->all_declared_ivar_begin(); ivar;
     ivar = ivar->getNextIvar()) {
  if (ivar->isInvalidDecl() || !ivar->getNextIvar())
    continue;
  QualType IvarTy = ivar->getType();
  bool IsInvalidIvar = false;
  if (IvarTy->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
    S.Diag(ivar->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_not_at_end)
        << ivar->getDeclName() << IvarTy
        << TTK_Class; // Use "class" for Obj-C.
    IsInvalidIvar = true;
  } else if (const RecordType *RecordTy = IvarTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
    if (RecordTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) {
      S.Diag(ivar->getLocation(),
             diag::err_objc_variable_sized_type_not_at_end)
          << ivar->getDeclName() << IvarTy;
      IsInvalidIvar = true;
    }
  }
  if (IsInvalidIvar) {
    S.Diag(ivar->getNextIvar()->getLocation(),
           diag::note_next_ivar_declaration)
        << ivar->getNextIvar()->getSynthesize();
    ivar->setInvalidDecl();
  }
}

// Check if ObjC container adds ivars after variable sized ivar in superclass.
// Perform the check only if OCD is the first container to declare ivars to
// avoid multiple warnings for the same ivar.
ObjCIvarDecl *FirstIvar =
    (Ivars.begin() == Ivars.end()) ? nullptr : *Ivars.begin();
if (FirstIvar && (FirstIvar == IntfDecl->all_declared_ivar_begin())) {
  const ObjCInterfaceDecl *SuperClass = IntfDecl->getSuperClass();
  while (SuperClass && SuperClass->ivar_empty())
    SuperClass = SuperClass->getSuperClass();
  if (SuperClass) {
    auto IvarIter = SuperClass->ivar_begin();
    std::advance(IvarIter, SuperClass->ivar_size() - 1);
    const ObjCIvarDecl *LastIvar = *IvarIter;
    if (IsVariableSizedType(LastIvar->getType())) {
      S.Diag(FirstIvar->getLocation(),
             diag::warn_superclass_variable_sized_type_not_at_end)
          << FirstIvar->getDeclName() << LastIvar->getDeclName()
          << LastIvar->getType() << SuperClass->getDeclName();
      S.Diag(LastIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_entity_declared_at)
          << LastIvar->getDeclName();
    }
  }
}
3888}

3890// Note: For class/category implementations, allMethods is always null.
3891Decl *Sema::ActOnAtEnd(Scope *S, SourceRange AtEnd, ArrayRef<Decl *> allMethods,
                     ArrayRef<DeclGroupPtrTy> allTUVars) {
if (getObjCContainerKind() == Sema::OCK_None)
  return nullptr;

assert(AtEnd.isValid() && "Invalid location for '@end'")((AtEnd.isValid() && "Invalid location for '@end'") ?
 static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("AtEnd.isValid() && \"Invalid location for '@end'\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclObjC.cpp"
, 3896, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));

auto *OCD = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext);
Decl *ClassDecl = OCD;

bool isInterfaceDeclKind =
      isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ClassDecl) || isa<ObjCCategoryDecl>(ClassDecl)
       || isa<ObjCProtocolDecl>(ClassDecl);
bool checkIdenticalMethods = isa<ObjCImplementationDecl>(ClassDecl);

// FIXME: Remove these and use the ObjCContainerDecl/DeclContext.
llvm::DenseMap<Selector, const ObjCMethodDecl*> InsMap;
llvm::DenseMap<Selector, const ObjCMethodDecl*> ClsMap;

for (unsigned i = 0, e = allMethods.size(); i != e; i++ ) {
  ObjCMethodDecl *Method =
    cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(allMethods[i]);

  if (!Method) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
  if (Method->isInstanceMethod()) {
    /// Check for instance method of the same name with incompatible types
    const ObjCMethodDecl *&PrevMethod = InsMap[Method->getSelector()];
    bool match = PrevMethod ? MatchTwoMethodDeclarations(Method, PrevMethod)
                            : false;
    if ((isInterfaceDeclKind && PrevMethod && !match)
        || (checkIdenticalMethods && match)) {
        Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_method_decl)
          << Method->getDeclName();
        Diag(PrevMethod->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
      Method->setInvalidDecl();
    } else {
      if (PrevMethod) {
        Method->setAsRedeclaration(PrevMethod);
        if (!Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(
               Method->getLocation()))
          Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_method_decl)
            << Method->getDeclName();
        Diag(PrevMethod->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
      }
      InsMap[Method->getSelector()] = Method;
      /// The following allows us to typecheck messages to "id".
      AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool(Method);
    }
  } else {
    /// Check for class method of the same name with incompatible types
    const ObjCMethodDecl *&PrevMethod = ClsMap[Method->getSelector()];
    bool match = PrevMethod ? MatchTwoMethodDeclarations(Method, PrevMethod)
                            : false;
    if ((isInterfaceDeclKind && PrevMethod && !match)
        || (checkIdenticalMethods && match)) {
      Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_method_decl)
        << Method->getDeclName();
      Diag(PrevMethod->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
      Method->setInvalidDecl();
    } else {
      if (PrevMethod) {
        Method->setAsRedeclaration(PrevMethod);
        if (!Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(
               Method->getLocation()))
          Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_method_decl)
            << Method->getDeclName();
        Diag(PrevMethod->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
      }
      ClsMap[Method->getSelector()] = Method;
      AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool(Method);
    }
  }
}
if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ClassDecl)) {
  // Nothing to do here.
} else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *C = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(ClassDecl)) {
  // Categories are used to extend the class by declaring new methods.
  // By the same token, they are also used to add new properties. No
  // need to compare the added property to those in the class.

  if (C->IsClassExtension()) {
    ObjCInterfaceDecl *CCPrimary = C->getClassInterface();
    DiagnoseClassExtensionDupMethods(C, CCPrimary);
  }
}
if (ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(ClassDecl)) {
  if (CDecl->getIdentifier())
    // ProcessPropertyDecl is responsible for diagnosing conflicts with any
    // user-defined setter/getter. It also synthesizes setter/getter methods
    // and adds them to the DeclContext and global method pools.
    for (auto *I : CDecl->properties())
      ProcessPropertyDecl(I);
  CDecl->setAtEndRange(AtEnd);
}
if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IC=dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(ClassDecl)) {
  IC->setAtEndRange(AtEnd);
  if (ObjCInterfaceDecl* IDecl = IC->getClassInterface()) {
    // Any property declared in a class extension might have user
    // declared setter or getter in current class extension or one
    // of the other class extensions. Mark them as synthesized as
    // property will be synthesized when property with same name is
    // seen in the @implementation.
    for (const auto *Ext : IDecl->visible_extensions()) {
      for (const auto *Property : Ext->instance_properties()) {
        // Skip over properties declared @dynamic
        if (const ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PIDecl
            = IC->FindPropertyImplDecl(Property->getIdentifier(),
                                       Property->getQueryKind()))
          if (PIDecl->getPropertyImplementation()
                == ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic)
            continue;

        for (const auto *Ext : IDecl->visible_extensions()) {
          if (ObjCMethodDecl *GetterMethod
                = Ext->getInstanceMethod(Property->getGetterName()))
            GetterMethod->setPropertyAccessor(true);
          if (!Property->isReadOnly())
            if (ObjCMethodDecl *SetterMethod
                  = Ext->getInstanceMethod(Property->getSetterName()))
              SetterMethod->setPropertyAccessor(true);
        }
      }
    }
    ImplMethodsVsClassMethods(S, IC, IDecl);
    AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules(IC, IDecl);
    DiagnoseOwningPropertyGetterSynthesis(IC);
    DiagnoseUnusedBackingIvarInAccessor(S, IC);
    if (IDecl->hasDesignatedInitializers())
      DiagnoseMissingDesignatedInitOverrides(IC, IDecl);
    DiagnoseWeakIvars(*this, IC);
    DiagnoseRetainableFlexibleArrayMember(*this, IDecl);

    bool HasRootClassAttr = IDecl->hasAttr<ObjCRootClassAttr>();
    if (IDecl->getSuperClass() == nullptr) {
      // This class has no superclass, so check that it has been marked with
      // __attribute((objc_root_class)).
      if (!HasRootClassAttr) {
        SourceLocation DeclLoc(IDecl->getLocation());
        SourceLocation SuperClassLoc(getLocForEndOfToken(DeclLoc));
        Diag(DeclLoc, diag::warn_objc_root_class_missing)
          << IDecl->getIdentifier();
        // See if NSObject is in the current scope, and if it is, suggest
        // adding " : NSObject " to the class declaration.
        NamedDecl *IF = LookupSingleName(TUScope,
                                         NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(NSAPI::ClassId_NSObject),
                                         DeclLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
        ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSObjectDecl = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IF);
        if (NSObjectDecl && NSObjectDecl->getDefinition()) {
          Diag(SuperClassLoc, diag::note_objc_needs_superclass)
            << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SuperClassLoc, " : NSObject ");
        } else {
          Diag(SuperClassLoc, diag::note_objc_needs_superclass);
        }
      }
    } else if (HasRootClassAttr) {
      // Complain that only root classes may have this attribute.
      Diag(IDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_objc_root_class_subclass);
    }

    if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = IDecl->getSuperClass()) {
      // An interface can subclass another interface with a
      // objc_subclassing_restricted attribute when it has that attribute as
      // well (because of interfaces imported from Swift). Therefore we have
      // to check if we can subclass in the implementation as well.
      if (IDecl->hasAttr<ObjCSubclassingRestrictedAttr>() &&
          Super->hasAttr<ObjCSubclassingRestrictedAttr>()) {
        Diag(IC->getLocation(), diag::err_restricted_superclass_mismatch);
        Diag(Super->getLocation(), diag::note_class_declared);
      }
    }

    if (IDecl->hasAttr<ObjCClassStubAttr>())
      Diag(IC->getLocation(), diag::err_implementation_of_class_stub);

    if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile()) {
      while (IDecl->getSuperClass()) {
        DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(IDecl, IDecl->getSuperClass());
        IDecl = IDecl->getSuperClass();
      }
    }
  }
  SetIvarInitializers(IC);
} else if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl* CatImplClass =
                                 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(ClassDecl)) {
  CatImplClass->setAtEndRange(AtEnd);

  // Find category interface decl and then check that all methods declared
  // in this interface are implemented in the category @implementation.
  if (ObjCInterfaceDecl* IDecl = CatImplClass->getClassInterface()) {
    if (ObjCCategoryDecl *Cat
          = IDecl->FindCategoryDeclaration(CatImplClass->getIdentifier())) {
      ImplMethodsVsClassMethods(S, CatImplClass, Cat);
    }
  }
} else if (const auto *IntfDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ClassDecl)) {
  if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = IntfDecl->getSuperClass()) {
    if (!IntfDecl->hasAttr<ObjCSubclassingRestrictedAttr>() &&
        Super->hasAttr<ObjCSubclassingRestrictedAttr>()) {
      Diag(IntfDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_restricted_superclass_mismatch);
      Diag(Super->getLocation(), diag::note_class_declared);
    }
  }

  if (IntfDecl->hasAttr<ObjCClassStubAttr>() &&
      !IntfDecl->hasAttr<ObjCSubclassingRestrictedAttr>())
    Diag(IntfDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_class_stub_subclassing_mismatch);
}
DiagnoseVariableSizedIvars(*this, OCD);
if (isInterfaceDeclKind) {
  // Reject invalid vardecls.
  for (unsigned i = 0, e = allTUVars.size(); i != e; i++) {
    DeclGroupRef DG = allTUVars[i].get();
    for (DeclGroupRef::iterator I = DG.begin(), E = DG.end(); I != E; ++I)
      if (VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(*I)) {
        if (!VDecl->hasExternalStorage())
          Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_objc_var_decl_inclass);
      }
  }
}
ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition();

for (unsigned i = 0, e = allTUVars.size(); i != e; i++) {
  DeclGroupRef DG = allTUVars[i].get();
  for (DeclGroupRef::iterator I = DG.begin(), E = DG.end(); I != E; ++I)
    (*I)->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
  Consumer.HandleTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(DG);
}

ActOnDocumentableDecl(ClassDecl);
return ClassDecl;
4121}

4123/// CvtQTToAstBitMask - utility routine to produce an AST bitmask for
4124/// objective-c's type qualifier from the parser version of the same info.
4125static Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier
4126CvtQTToAstBitMask(ObjCDeclSpec::ObjCDeclQualifier PQTVal) {
return (Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier) (unsigned) PQTVal;
4128}

4130/// Check whether the declared result type of the given Objective-C
4131/// method declaration is compatible with the method's class.
4132///
4133static Sema::ResultTypeCompatibilityKind
4134CheckRelatedResultTypeCompatibility(Sema &S, ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
                                  ObjCInterfaceDecl *CurrentClass) {
QualType ResultType = Method->getReturnType();

// If an Objective-C method inherits its related result type, then its
// declared result type must be compatible with its own class type. The
// declared result type is compatible if:
if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *ResultObjectType
                              = ResultType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
  //   - it is id or qualified id, or
  if (ResultObjectType->isObjCIdType() ||
      ResultObjectType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
    return Sema::RTC_Compatible;

  if (CurrentClass) {
    if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ResultClass
                                    = ResultObjectType->getInterfaceDecl()) {
      //   - it is the same as the method's class type, or
      if (declaresSameEntity(CurrentClass, ResultClass))
        return Sema::RTC_Compatible;

      //   - it is a superclass of the method's class type
      if (ResultClass->isSuperClassOf(CurrentClass))
        return Sema::RTC_Compatible;
    }
  } else {
    // Any Objective-C pointer type might be acceptable for a protocol
    // method; we just don't know.
    return Sema::RTC_Unknown;
  }
}

return Sema::RTC_Incompatible;
4167}

4169namespace {
4170/// A helper class for searching for methods which a particular method
4171/// overrides.
4172class OverrideSearch {
4173public:
const ObjCMethodDecl *Method;
llvm::SmallSetVector<ObjCMethodDecl*, 4> Overridden;
bool Recursive;

4178public:
OverrideSearch(Sema &S, const ObjCMethodDecl *method) : Method(method) {
  Selector selector = method->getSelector();

  // Bypass this search if we've never seen an instance/class method
  // with this selector before.
  Sema::GlobalMethodPool::iterator it = S.MethodPool.find(selector);
  if (it == S.MethodPool.end()) {
    if (!S.getExternalSource()) return;
    S.ReadMethodPool(selector);

    it = S.MethodPool.find(selector);
    if (it == S.MethodPool.end())
      return;
  }
  const ObjCMethodList &list =
    method->isInstanceMethod() ? it->second.first : it->second.second;
  if (!list.getMethod()) return;

  const ObjCContainerDecl *container
    = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(method->getDeclContext());

  // Prevent the search from reaching this container again.  This is
  // important with categories, which override methods from the
  // interface and each other.
  if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *Category =
          dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(container)) {
    searchFromContainer(container);
    if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Interface = Category->getClassInterface())
      searchFromContainer(Interface);
  } else {
    searchFromContainer(container);
  }
}

typedef decltype(Overridden)::iterator iterator;
iterator begin() const { return Overridden.begin(); }
iterator end() const { return Overridden.end(); }

4217private:
void searchFromContainer(const ObjCContainerDecl *container) {
  if (container->isInvalidDecl()) return;

  switch (container->getDeclKind()) {
4222#define OBJCCONTAINER(type, base) \
  case Decl::type: \
    searchFrom(cast<type##Decl>(container)); \
    break;
4226#define ABSTRACT_DECL(expansion)
4227#define DECL(type, base) \
  case Decl::type:
4229#include "clang/AST/DeclNodes.inc"
    llvm_unreachable("not an ObjC container!")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("not an ObjC container!", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclObjC.cpp"
, 4230);
  }
}

void searchFrom(const ObjCProtocolDecl *protocol) {
  if (!protocol->hasDefinition())
    return;

  // A method in a protocol declaration overrides declarations from
  // referenced ("parent") protocols.
  search(protocol->getReferencedProtocols());
}

void searchFrom(const ObjCCategoryDecl *category) {
  // A method in a category declaration overrides declarations from
  // the main class and from protocols the category references.
  // The main class is handled in the constructor.
  search(category->getReferencedProtocols());
}

void searchFrom(const ObjCCategoryImplDecl *impl) {
  // A method in a category definition that has a category
  // declaration overrides declarations from the category
  // declaration.
  if (ObjCCategoryDecl *category = impl->getCategoryDecl()) {
    search(category);
    if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *Interface = category->getClassInterface())
      search(Interface);

  // Otherwise it overrides declarations from the class.
  } else if (const auto *Interface = impl->getClassInterface()) {
    search(Interface);
  }
}

void searchFrom(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *iface) {
  // A method in a class declaration overrides declarations from
  if (!iface->hasDefinition())
    return;

  //   - categories,
  for (auto *Cat : iface->known_categories())
    search(Cat);

  //   - the super class, and
  if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *super = iface->getSuperClass())
    search(super);

  //   - any referenced protocols.
  search(iface->getReferencedProtocols());
}

void searchFrom(const ObjCImplementationDecl *impl) {
  // A method in a class implementation overrides declarations from
  // the class interface.
  if (const auto *Interface = impl->getClassInterface())
    search(Interface);
}

void search(const ObjCProtocolList &protocols) {
  for (const auto *Proto : protocols)
    search(Proto);
}

void search(const ObjCContainerDecl *container) {
  // Check for a method in this container which matches this selector.
  ObjCMethodDecl *meth = container->getMethod(Method->getSelector(),
                                              Method->isInstanceMethod(),
                                              /*AllowHidden=*/true);

  // If we find one, record it and bail out.
  if (meth) {
    Overridden.insert(meth);
    return;
  }

  // Otherwise, search for methods that a hypothetical method here
  // would have overridden.

  // Note that we're now in a recursive case.
  Recursive = true;

  searchFromContainer(container);
}
4314};
4315} // end anonymous namespace

4317void Sema::CheckObjCMethodOverrides(ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod,
                                  ObjCInterfaceDecl *CurrentClass,
                                  ResultTypeCompatibilityKind RTC) {
if (!ObjCMethod)
  return;
// Search for overridden methods and merge information down from them.
OverrideSearch overrides(*this, ObjCMethod);
// Keep track if the method overrides any method in the class's base classes,
// its protocols, or its categories' protocols; we will keep that info
// in the ObjCMethodDecl.
// For this info, a method in an implementation is not considered as
// overriding the same method in the interface or its categories.
bool hasOverriddenMethodsInBaseOrProtocol = false;
for (ObjCMethodDecl *overridden : overrides) {
  if (!hasOverriddenMethodsInBaseOrProtocol) {
    if (isa<ObjCProtocolDecl>(overridden->getDeclContext()) ||
        CurrentClass != overridden->getClassInterface() ||
        overridden->isOverriding()) {
      hasOverriddenMethodsInBaseOrProtocol = true;

    } else if (isa<ObjCImplDecl>(ObjCMethod->getDeclContext())) {
      // OverrideSearch will return as "overridden" the same method in the
      // interface. For hasOverriddenMethodsInBaseOrProtocol, we need to
      // check whether a category of a base class introduced a method with the
      // same selector, after the interface method declaration.
      // To avoid unnecessary lookups in the majority of cases, we use the
      // extra info bits in GlobalMethodPool to check whether there were any
      // category methods with this selector.
      GlobalMethodPool::iterator It =
          MethodPool.find(ObjCMethod->getSelector());
      if (It != MethodPool.end()) {
        ObjCMethodList &List =
          ObjCMethod->isInstanceMethod()? It->second.first: It->second.second;
        unsigned CategCount = List.getBits();
        if (CategCount > 0) {
          // If the method is in a category we'll do lookup if there were at
          // least 2 category methods recorded, otherwise only one will do.
          if (CategCount > 1 ||
              !isa<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(overridden->getDeclContext())) {
            OverrideSearch overrides(*this, overridden);
            for (ObjCMethodDecl *SuperOverridden : overrides) {
              if (isa<ObjCProtocolDecl>(SuperOverridden->getDeclContext()) ||
                  CurrentClass != SuperOverridden->getClassInterface()) {
                hasOverriddenMethodsInBaseOrProtocol = true;
                overridden->setOverriding(true);
                break;
              }
            }
          }
        }
      }
    }
  }

  // Propagate down the 'related result type' bit from overridden methods.
  if (RTC != Sema::RTC_Incompatible && overridden->hasRelatedResultType())
    ObjCMethod->setRelatedResultType();

  // Then merge the declarations.
  mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethod, overridden);

  if (ObjCMethod->isImplicit() && overridden->isImplicit())
    continue; // Conflicting properties are detected elsewhere.

  // Check for overriding methods
  if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ObjCMethod->getDeclContext()) ||
      isa<ObjCImplementationDecl>(ObjCMethod->getDeclContext()))
    CheckConflictingOverridingMethod(ObjCMethod, overridden,
            isa<ObjCProtocolDecl>(overridden->getDeclContext()));

  if (CurrentClass && overridden->getDeclContext() != CurrentClass &&
      isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(overridden->getDeclContext()) &&
      !overridden->isImplicit() /* not meant for properties */) {
    ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator ParamI = ObjCMethod->param_begin(),
                                        E = ObjCMethod->param_end();
    ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PrevI = overridden->param_begin(),
                                   PrevE = overridden->param_end();
    for (; ParamI != E && PrevI != PrevE; ++ParamI, ++PrevI) {
      assert(PrevI != overridden->param_end() && "Param mismatch")((PrevI != overridden->param_end() && "Param mismatch"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("PrevI != overridden->param_end() && \"Param mismatch\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclObjC.cpp"
, 4395, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
      QualType T1 = Context.getCanonicalType((*ParamI)->getType());
      QualType T2 = Context.getCanonicalType((*PrevI)->getType());
      // If type of argument of method in this class does not match its
      // respective argument type in the super class method, issue warning;
      if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(T1, T2)) {
        Diag((*ParamI)->getLocation(), diag::ext_typecheck_base_super)
          << T1 << T2;
        Diag(overridden->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
        break;
      }
    }
  }
}

ObjCMethod->setOverriding(hasOverriddenMethodsInBaseOrProtocol);
4411}

4413/// Merge type nullability from for a redeclaration of the same entity,
4414/// producing the updated type of the redeclared entity.
4415static QualType mergeTypeNullabilityForRedecl(Sema &S, SourceLocation loc,
                                            QualType type,
                                            bool usesCSKeyword,
                                            SourceLocation prevLoc,
                                            QualType prevType,
                                            bool prevUsesCSKeyword) {
// Determine the nullability of both types.
auto nullability = type->getNullability(S.Context);
auto prevNullability = prevType->getNullability(S.Context);

// Easy case: both have nullability.
if (nullability.hasValue() == prevNullability.hasValue()) {
  // Neither has nullability; continue.
  if (!nullability)
    return type;

  // The nullabilities are equivalent; do nothing.
  if (*nullability == *prevNullability)
    return type;

  // Complain about mismatched nullability.
  S.Diag(loc, diag::err_nullability_conflicting)
    << DiagNullabilityKind(*nullability, usesCSKeyword)
    << DiagNullabilityKind(*prevNullability, prevUsesCSKeyword);
  return type;
}

// If it's the redeclaration that has nullability, don't change anything.
if (nullability)
  return type;

// Otherwise, provide the result with the same nullability.
return S.Context.getAttributedType(
         AttributedType::getNullabilityAttrKind(*prevNullability),
         type, type);
4450}

4452/// Merge information from the declaration of a method in the \@interface
4453/// (or a category/extension) into the corresponding method in the
4454/// @implementation (for a class or category).
4455static void mergeInterfaceMethodToImpl(Sema &S,
                                     ObjCMethodDecl *method,
                                     ObjCMethodDecl *prevMethod) {
// Merge the objc_requires_super attribute.
if (prevMethod->hasAttr<ObjCRequiresSuperAttr>() &&
    !method->hasAttr<ObjCRequiresSuperAttr>()) {
  // merge the attribute into implementation.
  method->addAttr(
    ObjCRequiresSuperAttr::CreateImplicit(S.Context,
                                          method->getLocation()));
}

// Merge nullability of the result type.
QualType newReturnType
  = mergeTypeNullabilityForRedecl(
      S, method->getReturnTypeSourceRange().getBegin(),
      method->getReturnType(),
      method->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability,
      prevMethod->getReturnTypeSourceRange().getBegin(),
      prevMethod->getReturnType(),
      prevMethod->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability);
method->setReturnType(newReturnType);

// Handle each of the parameters.
unsigned numParams = method->param_size();
unsigned numPrevParams = prevMethod->param_size();
for (unsigned i = 0, n = std::min(numParams, numPrevParams); i != n; ++i) {
  ParmVarDecl *param = method->param_begin()[i];
  ParmVarDecl *prevParam = prevMethod->param_begin()[i];

  // Merge nullability.
  QualType newParamType
    = mergeTypeNullabilityForRedecl(
        S, param->getLocation(), param->getType(),
        param->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability,
        prevParam->getLocation(), prevParam->getType(),
        prevParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability);
  param->setType(newParamType);
}
4494}

4496/// Verify that the method parameters/return value have types that are supported
4497/// by the x86 target.
4498static void checkObjCMethodX86VectorTypes(Sema &SemaRef,
                                        const ObjCMethodDecl *Method) {
assert(SemaRef.getASTContext().getTargetInfo().getTriple().getArch() ==((SemaRef.getASTContext().getTargetInfo().getTriple().getArch
() == llvm::Triple::x86 && "x86-specific check invoked for a different target"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("SemaRef.getASTContext().getTargetInfo().getTriple().getArch() == llvm::Triple::x86 && \"x86-specific check invoked for a different target\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclObjC.cpp"
, 4502, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
           llvm::Triple::x86 &&((SemaRef.getASTContext().getTargetInfo().getTriple().getArch
() == llvm::Triple::x86 && "x86-specific check invoked for a different target"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("SemaRef.getASTContext().getTargetInfo().getTriple().getArch() == llvm::Triple::x86 && \"x86-specific check invoked for a different target\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclObjC.cpp"
, 4502, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
       "x86-specific check invoked for a different target")((SemaRef.getASTContext().getTargetInfo().getTriple().getArch
() == llvm::Triple::x86 && "x86-specific check invoked for a different target"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("SemaRef.getASTContext().getTargetInfo().getTriple().getArch() == llvm::Triple::x86 && \"x86-specific check invoked for a different target\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclObjC.cpp"
, 4502, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
SourceLocation Loc;
QualType T;
for (const ParmVarDecl *P : Method->parameters()) {
  if (P->getType()->isVectorType()) {
    Loc = P->getBeginLoc();
    T = P->getType();
    break;
  }
}
if (Loc.isInvalid()) {
  if (Method->getReturnType()->isVectorType()) {
    Loc = Method->getReturnTypeSourceRange().getBegin();
    T = Method->getReturnType();
  } else
    return;
}

// Vector parameters/return values are not supported by objc_msgSend on x86 in
// iOS < 9 and macOS < 10.11.
const auto &Triple = SemaRef.getASTContext().getTargetInfo().getTriple();
VersionTuple AcceptedInVersion;
if (Triple.getOS() == llvm::Triple::IOS)
  AcceptedInVersion = VersionTuple(/*Major=*/9);
else if (Triple.isMacOSX())
  AcceptedInVersion = VersionTuple(/*Major=*/10, /*Minor=*/11);
else
  return;
if (SemaRef.getASTContext().getTargetInfo().getPlatformMinVersion() >=
    AcceptedInVersion)
  return;
SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::err_objc_method_unsupported_param_ret_type)
    << T << (Method->getReturnType()->isVectorType() ? /*return value*/ 1
                                                     : /*parameter*/ 0)
    << (Triple.isMacOSX() ? "macOS 10.11" : "iOS 9");
4537}

4539Decl *Sema::ActOnMethodDeclaration(
  Scope *S, SourceLocation MethodLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc,
  tok::TokenKind MethodType, ObjCDeclSpec &ReturnQT, ParsedType ReturnType,
  ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, Selector Sel,
  // optional arguments. The number of types/arguments is obtained
  // from the Sel.getNumArgs().
  ObjCArgInfo *ArgInfo, DeclaratorChunk::ParamInfo *CParamInfo,
  unsigned CNumArgs, // c-style args
  const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList, tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodDeclKind,
  bool isVariadic, bool MethodDefinition) {
// Make sure we can establish a context for the method.
if (!CurContext->isObjCContainer()) {
  Diag(MethodLoc, diag::err_missing_method_context);
  return nullptr;
}
Decl *ClassDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext);
QualType resultDeclType;

bool HasRelatedResultType = false;
TypeSourceInfo *ReturnTInfo = nullptr;
if (ReturnType) {
  resultDeclType = GetTypeFromParser(ReturnType, &ReturnTInfo);

  if (CheckFunctionReturnType(resultDeclType, MethodLoc))
    return nullptr;

  QualType bareResultType = resultDeclType;
  (void)AttributedType::stripOuterNullability(bareResultType);
  HasRelatedResultType = (bareResultType == Context.getObjCInstanceType());
} else { // get the type for "id".
  resultDeclType = Context.getObjCIdType();
  Diag(MethodLoc, diag::warn_missing_method_return_type)
    << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SelectorLocs.front(), "(id)");
}

ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod = ObjCMethodDecl::Create(
    Context, MethodLoc, EndLoc, Sel, resultDeclType, ReturnTInfo, CurContext,
    MethodType == tok::minus, isVariadic,
    /*isPropertyAccessor=*/false,
    /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, /*isDefined=*/false,
    MethodDeclKind == tok::objc_optional ? ObjCMethodDecl::Optional
                                         : ObjCMethodDecl::Required,
    HasRelatedResultType);

SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;

for (unsigned i = 0, e = Sel.getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) {
  QualType ArgType;
  TypeSourceInfo *DI;

  if (!ArgInfo[i].Type) {
    ArgType = Context.getObjCIdType();
    DI = nullptr;
  } else {
    ArgType = GetTypeFromParser(ArgInfo[i].Type, &DI);
  }

  LookupResult R(*this, ArgInfo[i].Name, ArgInfo[i].NameLoc,
                 LookupOrdinaryName, forRedeclarationInCurContext());
  LookupName(R, S);
  if (R.isSingleResult()) {
    NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
    if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
      Diag(ArgInfo[i].NameLoc,
           (MethodDefinition ? diag::warn_method_param_redefinition
                             : diag::warn_method_param_declaration))
        << ArgInfo[i].Name;
      Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(),
           diag::note_previous_declaration);
    }
  }

  SourceLocation StartLoc = DI
    ? DI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc()
    : ArgInfo[i].NameLoc;

  ParmVarDecl* Param = CheckParameter(ObjCMethod, StartLoc,
                                      ArgInfo[i].NameLoc, ArgInfo[i].Name,
                                      ArgType, DI, SC_None);

  Param->setObjCMethodScopeInfo(i);

  Param->setObjCDeclQualifier(
    CvtQTToAstBitMask(ArgInfo[i].DeclSpec.getObjCDeclQualifier()));

  // Apply the attributes to the parameter.
  ProcessDeclAttributeList(TUScope, Param, ArgInfo[i].ArgAttrs);
  AddPragmaAttributes(TUScope, Param);

  if (Param->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
    Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
    Param->setInvalidDecl();
  }
  S->AddDecl(Param);
  IdResolver.AddDecl(Param);

  Params.push_back(Param);
}

for (unsigned i = 0, e = CNumArgs; i != e; ++i) {
  ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(CParamInfo[i].Param);
  QualType ArgType = Param->getType();
  if (ArgType.isNull())
    ArgType = Context.getObjCIdType();
  else
    // Perform the default array/function conversions (C99 6.7.5.3p[7,8]).
    ArgType = Context.getAdjustedParameterType(ArgType);

  Param->setDeclContext(ObjCMethod);
  Params.push_back(Param);
}

ObjCMethod->setMethodParams(Context, Params, SelectorLocs);
ObjCMethod->setObjCDeclQualifier(
  CvtQTToAstBitMask(ReturnQT.getObjCDeclQualifier()));

ProcessDeclAttributeList(TUScope, ObjCMethod, AttrList);
AddPragmaAttributes(TUScope, ObjCMethod);

// Add the method now.
const ObjCMethodDecl *PrevMethod = nullptr;
if (ObjCImplDecl *ImpDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCImplDecl>(ClassDecl)) {
  if (MethodType == tok::minus) {
    PrevMethod = ImpDecl->getInstanceMethod(Sel);
    ImpDecl->addInstanceMethod(ObjCMethod);
  } else {
    PrevMethod = ImpDecl->getClassMethod(Sel);
    ImpDecl->addClassMethod(ObjCMethod);
  }

  // Merge information from the @interface declaration into the
  // @implementation.
  if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = ImpDecl->getClassInterface()) {
    if (auto *IMD = IDecl->lookupMethod(ObjCMethod->getSelector(),
                                        ObjCMethod->isInstanceMethod())) {
      mergeInterfaceMethodToImpl(*this, ObjCMethod, IMD);

      // Warn about defining -dealloc in a category.
      if (isa<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(ImpDecl) && IMD->isOverriding() &&
          ObjCMethod->getSelector().getMethodFamily() == OMF_dealloc) {
        Diag(ObjCMethod->getLocation(), diag::warn_dealloc_in_category)
          << ObjCMethod->getDeclName();
      }
    }

    // Warn if a method declared in a protocol to which a category or
    // extension conforms is non-escaping and the implementation's method is
    // escaping.
    for (auto *C : IDecl->visible_categories())
      for (auto &P : C->protocols())
        if (auto *IMD = P->lookupMethod(ObjCMethod->getSelector(),
                                        ObjCMethod->isInstanceMethod())) {
          assert(ObjCMethod->parameters().size() ==((ObjCMethod->parameters().size() == IMD->parameters().
size() && "Methods have different number of parameters"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ObjCMethod->parameters().size() == IMD->parameters().size() && \"Methods have different number of parameters\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclObjC.cpp"
, 4693, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
                     IMD->parameters().size() &&((ObjCMethod->parameters().size() == IMD->parameters().
size() && "Methods have different number of parameters"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ObjCMethod->parameters().size() == IMD->parameters().size() && \"Methods have different number of parameters\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclObjC.cpp"
, 4693, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
                 "Methods have different number of parameters")((ObjCMethod->parameters().size() == IMD->parameters().
size() && "Methods have different number of parameters"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ObjCMethod->parameters().size() == IMD->parameters().size() && \"Methods have different number of parameters\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclObjC.cpp"
, 4693, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
          auto OI = IMD->param_begin(), OE = IMD->param_end();
          auto NI = ObjCMethod->param_begin();
          for (; OI != OE; ++OI, ++NI)
            diagnoseNoescape(*NI, *OI, C, P, *this);
        }
  }
} else {
  cast<DeclContext>(ClassDecl)->addDecl(ObjCMethod);
}

if (PrevMethod) {
  // You can never have two method definitions with the same name.
  Diag(ObjCMethod->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_method_decl)
    << ObjCMethod->getDeclName();
  Diag(PrevMethod->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
  ObjCMethod->setInvalidDecl();
  return ObjCMethod;
}

// If this Objective-C method does not have a related result type, but we
// are allowed to infer related result types, try to do so based on the
// method family.
ObjCInterfaceDecl *CurrentClass = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ClassDecl);
if (!CurrentClass) {
  if (ObjCCategoryDecl *Cat = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(ClassDecl))
    CurrentClass = Cat->getClassInterface();
  else if (ObjCImplDecl *Impl = dyn_cast<ObjCImplDecl>(ClassDecl))
    CurrentClass = Impl->getClassInterface();
  else if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatImpl
                                 = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(ClassDecl))
    CurrentClass = CatImpl->getClassInterface();
}

ResultTypeCompatibilityKind RTC
  = CheckRelatedResultTypeCompatibility(*this, ObjCMethod, CurrentClass);

CheckObjCMethodOverrides(ObjCMethod, CurrentClass, RTC);

bool ARCError = false;
if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount)
  ARCError = CheckARCMethodDecl(ObjCMethod);

// Infer the related result type when possible.
if (!ARCError && RTC == Sema::RTC_Compatible &&
    !ObjCMethod->hasRelatedResultType() &&
    LangOpts.ObjCInferRelatedResultType) {
  bool InferRelatedResultType = false;
  switch (ObjCMethod->getMethodFamily()) {
  case OMF_None:
  case OMF_copy:
  case OMF_dealloc:
  case OMF_finalize:
  case OMF_mutableCopy:
  case OMF_release:
  case OMF_retainCount:
  case OMF_initialize:
  case OMF_performSelector:
    break;

  case OMF_alloc:
  case OMF_new:
      InferRelatedResultType = ObjCMethod->isClassMethod();
    break;

  case OMF_init:
  case OMF_autorelease:
  case OMF_retain:
  case OMF_self:
    InferRelatedResultType = ObjCMethod->isInstanceMethod();
    break;
  }

  if (InferRelatedResultType &&
      !ObjCMethod->getReturnType()->isObjCIndependentClassType())
    ObjCMethod->setRelatedResultType();
}

if (MethodDefinition &&
    Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().getArch() == llvm::Triple::x86)
  checkObjCMethodX86VectorTypes(*this, ObjCMethod);

// + load method cannot have availability attributes. It get called on
// startup, so it has to have the availability of the deployment target.
if (const auto *attr = ObjCMethod->getAttr<AvailabilityAttr>()) {
  if (ObjCMethod->isClassMethod() &&
      ObjCMethod->getSelector().getAsString() == "load") {
    Diag(attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_availability_on_static_initializer)
        << 0;
    ObjCMethod->dropAttr<AvailabilityAttr>();
  }
}

ActOnDocumentableDecl(ObjCMethod);

return ObjCMethod;
4789}

4791bool Sema::CheckObjCDeclScope(Decl *D) {
// Following is also an error. But it is caused by a missing @end
// and diagnostic is issued elsewhere.
if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext->getRedeclContext()))
  return false;

// If we switched context to translation unit while we are still lexically in
// an objc container, it means the parser missed emitting an error.
if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(getCurLexicalContext()->getRedeclContext()))
  return false;

Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_objc_decls_may_only_appear_in_global_scope);
D->setInvalidDecl();

return true;
4806}

4808/// Called whenever \@defs(ClassName) is encountered in the source.  Inserts the
4809/// instance variables of ClassName into Decls.
4810void Sema::ActOnDefs(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
                   IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
                   SmallVectorImpl<Decl*> &Decls) {
// Check that ClassName is a valid class
ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = getObjCInterfaceDecl(ClassName, DeclStart);
if (!Class) {
  Diag(DeclStart, diag::err_undef_interface) << ClassName;
  return;
}
if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile()) {
  Diag(DeclStart, diag::err_atdef_nonfragile_interface);
  return;
}

// Collect the instance variables
SmallVector<const ObjCIvarDecl*, 32> Ivars;
Context.DeepCollectObjCIvars(Class, true, Ivars);
// For each ivar, create a fresh ObjCAtDefsFieldDecl.
for (unsigned i = 0; i < Ivars.size(); i++) {
  const FieldDecl* ID = Ivars[i];
  RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(TagD);
  Decl *FD = ObjCAtDefsFieldDecl::Create(Context, Record,
                                         /*FIXME: StartL=*/ID->getLocation(),
                                         ID->getLocation(),
                                         ID->getIdentifier(), ID->getType(),
                                         ID->getBitWidth());
  Decls.push_back(FD);
}

// Introduce all of these fields into the appropriate scope.
for (SmallVectorImpl<Decl*>::iterator D = Decls.begin();
     D != Decls.end(); ++D) {
  FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*D);
  if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
    PushOnScopeChains(FD, S);
  else if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(TagD))
    Record->addDecl(FD);
}
4848}

4850/// Build a type-check a new Objective-C exception variable declaration.
4851VarDecl *Sema::BuildObjCExceptionDecl(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, QualType T,
                                    SourceLocation StartLoc,
                                    SourceLocation IdLoc,
                                    IdentifierInfo *Id,
                                    bool Invalid) {
// ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage
// duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier."
// Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have
// an address space.
if (T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::Default) {
17
←
Assuming the condition is false→
18
←
Taking false branch→
  Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space);
  Invalid = true;
}

// An @catch parameter must be an unqualified object pointer type;
// FIXME: Recover from "NSObject foo" by inserting the * in "NSObject *foo"?
if (Invalid18.1
'Invalid' is false
1
'Invalid' is false
1
'Invalid' is false
) {
19
←
Taking false branch→
  // Don't do any further checking.
} else if (T->isDependentType()) {
20
←
Assuming the condition is false→
21
←
Taking false branch→
  // Okay: we don't know what this type will instantiate to.
} else if (T->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
22
←
Calling 'Type::isObjCQualifiedIdType'→
26
←
Returning from 'Type::isObjCQualifiedIdType'→
27
←
Taking false branch→
  Invalid = true;
  Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_illegal_qualifiers_on_catch_parm);
} else if (T->isObjCIdType()) {
28
←
Calling 'Type::isObjCIdType'→
32
←
Returning from 'Type::isObjCIdType'→
33
←
Taking false branch→
  // Okay: we don't know what this type will instantiate to.
} else if (!T->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
34
←
Calling 'Type::isObjCObjectPointerType'→
37
←
Returning from 'Type::isObjCObjectPointerType'→
38
←
Taking false branch→
  Invalid = true;
  Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_catch_param_not_objc_type);
} else if (!T->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getInterfaceType()) {
39
←
Assuming the object is not a 'ObjCObjectPointerType'→
40
←
Called C++ object pointer is null
  Invalid = true;
  Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_catch_param_not_objc_type);
}

VarDecl *New = VarDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, StartLoc, IdLoc, Id,
                               T, TInfo, SC_None);
New->setExceptionVariable(true);

// In ARC, infer 'retaining' for variables of retainable type.
if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(New))
  Invalid = true;

if (Invalid)
  New->setInvalidDecl();
return New;
4895}

4897Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCExceptionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec();

// We allow the "register" storage class on exception variables because
// GCC did, but we drop it completely. Any other storage class is an error.
if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) {
1
Assuming the condition is false→
2
←
Taking false branch→
  Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::warn_register_objc_catch_parm)
    << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SourceRange(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()));
} else if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) {
3
←
Assuming 'SCS' is 0→
4
←
Taking false branch→
  Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_storage_spec_on_catch_parm)
    << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS);
}
if (DS.isInlineSpecified())
5
←
Assuming the condition is false→
6
←
Taking false branch→
  Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function)
      << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17;
if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec())
7
←
Assuming 'TSCS' is 0→
8
←
Taking false branch→
  Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
       diag::err_invalid_thread)
   << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs();

DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());

// Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this
// exception object (C++ only).
if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
9
←
Assuming field 'CPlusPlus' is 0→
10
←
Taking false branch→
  CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);

TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
QualType ExceptionType = TInfo->getType();

VarDecl *New = BuildObjCExceptionDecl(TInfo, ExceptionType,
16
←
Calling 'Sema::BuildObjCExceptionDecl'→
                                      D.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
                                      D.getIdentifierLoc(),
                                      D.getIdentifier(),
                                      D.isInvalidType());
11
←
Calling 'Declarator::isInvalidType'→
15
←
Returning from 'Declarator::isInvalidType'→

// Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
  Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_objc_catch_parm)
    << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
  New->setInvalidDecl();
}

// Add the parameter declaration into this scope.
S->AddDecl(New);
if (D.getIdentifier())
  IdResolver.AddDecl(New);

ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D);

if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
  Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
return New;
4951}

4953/// CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct - Collect those ivars which require
4954/// initialization.
4955void Sema::CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct(ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
                              SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars) {
for (ObjCIvarDecl *Iv = OI->all_declared_ivar_begin(); Iv;
     Iv= Iv->getNextIvar()) {
  QualType QT = Context.getBaseElementType(Iv->getType());
  if (QT->isRecordType())
    Ivars.push_back(Iv);
}
4963}

4965void Sema::DiagnoseUseOfUnimplementedSelectors() {
// Load referenced selectors from the external source.
if (ExternalSource) {
  SmallVector<std::pair<Selector, SourceLocation>, 4> Sels;
  ExternalSource->ReadReferencedSelectors(Sels);
  for (unsigned I = 0, N = Sels.size(); I != N; ++I)
    ReferencedSelectors[Sels[I].first] = Sels[I].second;
}

// Warning will be issued only when selector table is
// generated (which means there is at lease one implementation
// in the TU). This is to match gcc's behavior.
if (ReferencedSelectors.empty() ||
    !Context.AnyObjCImplementation())
  return;
for (auto &SelectorAndLocation : ReferencedSelectors) {
  Selector Sel = SelectorAndLocation.first;
  SourceLocation Loc = SelectorAndLocation.second;
  if (!LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool(Sel))
    Diag(Loc, diag::warn_unimplemented_selector) << Sel;
}
4986}

4988ObjCIvarDecl *
4989Sema::GetIvarBackingPropertyAccessor(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
                                   const ObjCPropertyDecl *&PDecl) const {
if (Method->isClassMethod())
  return nullptr;
const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = Method->getClassInterface();
if (!IDecl)
  return nullptr;
Method = IDecl->lookupMethod(Method->getSelector(), /*isInstance=*/true,
                             /*shallowCategoryLookup=*/false,
                             /*followSuper=*/false);
if (!Method || !Method->isPropertyAccessor())
  return nullptr;
if ((PDecl = Method->findPropertyDecl()))
  if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = PDecl->getPropertyIvarDecl()) {
    // property backing ivar must belong to property's class
    // or be a private ivar in class's implementation.
    // FIXME. fix the const-ness issue.
    IV = const_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl *>(IDecl)->lookupInstanceVariable(
                                                      IV->getIdentifier());
    return IV;
  }
return nullptr;
5011}

5013namespace {
/// Used by Sema::DiagnoseUnusedBackingIvarInAccessor to check if a property
/// accessor references the backing ivar.
class UnusedBackingIvarChecker :
    public RecursiveASTVisitor<UnusedBackingIvarChecker> {
public:
  Sema &S;
  const ObjCMethodDecl *Method;
  const ObjCIvarDecl *IvarD;
  bool AccessedIvar;
  bool InvokedSelfMethod;

  UnusedBackingIvarChecker(Sema &S, const ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
                           const ObjCIvarDecl *IvarD)
    : S(S), Method(Method), IvarD(IvarD),
      AccessedIvar(false), InvokedSelfMethod(false) {
    assert(IvarD)((IvarD) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("IvarD"
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclObjC.cpp"
, 5029, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  }

  bool VisitObjCIvarRefExpr(ObjCIvarRefExpr *E) {
    if (E->getDecl() == IvarD) {
      AccessedIvar = true;
      return false;
    }
    return true;
  }

  bool VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) {
    if (E->getReceiverKind() == ObjCMessageExpr::Instance &&
        S.isSelfExpr(E->getInstanceReceiver(), Method)) {
      InvokedSelfMethod = true;
    }
    return true;
  }
};
5048} // end anonymous namespace

5050void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedBackingIvarInAccessor(Scope *S,
                                        const ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD) {
if (S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred())
  return;

for (const auto *CurMethod : ImplD->instance_methods()) {
  unsigned DIAG = diag::warn_unused_property_backing_ivar;
  SourceLocation Loc = CurMethod->getLocation();
  if (Diags.isIgnored(DIAG, Loc))
    continue;

  const ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl;
  const ObjCIvarDecl *IV = GetIvarBackingPropertyAccessor(CurMethod, PDecl);
  if (!IV)
    continue;

  UnusedBackingIvarChecker Checker(*this, CurMethod, IV);
  Checker.TraverseStmt(CurMethod->getBody());
  if (Checker.AccessedIvar)
    continue;

  // Do not issue this warning if backing ivar is used somewhere and accessor
  // implementation makes a self call. This is to prevent false positive in
  // cases where the ivar is accessed by another method that the accessor
  // delegates to.
  if (!IV->isReferenced() || !Checker.InvokedSelfMethod) {
    Diag(Loc, DIAG) << IV;
    Diag(PDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_property_declare);
  }
}
5080}

←

/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h

→

1//===--- DeclSpec.h - Parsed declaration specifiers -------------*- C++ -*-===//
2//
3// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
4// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
5// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
6//
7//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
8///
9/// \file
10/// This file defines the classes used to store parsed information about
11/// declaration-specifiers and declarators.
12///
13/// \verbatim
14///   static const int volatile x, *y, *(*(*z)[10])(const void *x);
15///   ------------------------- -  --  ---------------------------
16///     declaration-specifiers  \  |   /
17///                            declarators
18/// \endverbatim
19///
20//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//

22#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_DECLSPEC_H
23#define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_DECLSPEC_H

25#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
26#include "clang/AST/NestedNameSpecifier.h"
27#include "clang/Basic/ExceptionSpecificationType.h"
28#include "clang/Basic/Lambda.h"
29#include "clang/Basic/OperatorKinds.h"
30#include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h"
31#include "clang/Lex/Token.h"
32#include "clang/Sema/Ownership.h"
33#include "clang/Sema/ParsedAttr.h"
34#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
35#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
36#include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"

38namespace clang {
class ASTContext;
class CXXRecordDecl;
class TypeLoc;
class LangOptions;
class IdentifierInfo;
class NamespaceAliasDecl;
class NamespaceDecl;
class ObjCDeclSpec;
class Sema;
class Declarator;
struct TemplateIdAnnotation;

51/// Represents a C++ nested-name-specifier or a global scope specifier.
52///
53/// These can be in 3 states:
54///   1) Not present, identified by isEmpty()
55///   2) Present, identified by isNotEmpty()
56///      2.a) Valid, identified by isValid()
57///      2.b) Invalid, identified by isInvalid().
58///
59/// isSet() is deprecated because it mostly corresponded to "valid" but was
60/// often used as if it meant "present".
61///
62/// The actual scope is described by getScopeRep().
63class CXXScopeSpec {
SourceRange Range;
NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder Builder;

67public:
SourceRange getRange() const { return Range; }
void setRange(SourceRange R) { Range = R; }
void setBeginLoc(SourceLocation Loc) { Range.setBegin(Loc); }
void setEndLoc(SourceLocation Loc) { Range.setEnd(Loc); }
SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const { return Range.getBegin(); }
SourceLocation getEndLoc() const { return Range.getEnd(); }

/// Retrieve the representation of the nested-name-specifier.
NestedNameSpecifier *getScopeRep() const {
  return Builder.getRepresentation();
}

/// Extend the current nested-name-specifier by another
/// nested-name-specifier component of the form 'type::'.
///
/// \param Context The AST context in which this nested-name-specifier
/// resides.
///
/// \param TemplateKWLoc The location of the 'template' keyword, if present.
///
/// \param TL The TypeLoc that describes the type preceding the '::'.
///
/// \param ColonColonLoc The location of the trailing '::'.
void Extend(ASTContext &Context, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, TypeLoc TL,
            SourceLocation ColonColonLoc);

/// Extend the current nested-name-specifier by another
/// nested-name-specifier component of the form 'identifier::'.
///
/// \param Context The AST context in which this nested-name-specifier
/// resides.
///
/// \param Identifier The identifier.
///
/// \param IdentifierLoc The location of the identifier.
///
/// \param ColonColonLoc The location of the trailing '::'.
void Extend(ASTContext &Context, IdentifierInfo *Identifier,
            SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, SourceLocation ColonColonLoc);

/// Extend the current nested-name-specifier by another
/// nested-name-specifier component of the form 'namespace::'.
///
/// \param Context The AST context in which this nested-name-specifier
/// resides.
///
/// \param Namespace The namespace.
///
/// \param NamespaceLoc The location of the namespace name.
///
/// \param ColonColonLoc The location of the trailing '::'.
void Extend(ASTContext &Context, NamespaceDecl *Namespace,
            SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, SourceLocation ColonColonLoc);

/// Extend the current nested-name-specifier by another
/// nested-name-specifier component of the form 'namespace-alias::'.
///
/// \param Context The AST context in which this nested-name-specifier
/// resides.
///
/// \param Alias The namespace alias.
///
/// \param AliasLoc The location of the namespace alias
/// name.
///
/// \param ColonColonLoc The location of the trailing '::'.
void Extend(ASTContext &Context, NamespaceAliasDecl *Alias,
            SourceLocation AliasLoc, SourceLocation ColonColonLoc);

/// Turn this (empty) nested-name-specifier into the global
/// nested-name-specifier '::'.
void MakeGlobal(ASTContext &Context, SourceLocation ColonColonLoc);

/// Turns this (empty) nested-name-specifier into '__super'
/// nested-name-specifier.
///
/// \param Context The AST context in which this nested-name-specifier
/// resides.
///
/// \param RD The declaration of the class in which nested-name-specifier
/// appeared.
///
/// \param SuperLoc The location of the '__super' keyword.
/// name.
///
/// \param ColonColonLoc The location of the trailing '::'.
void MakeSuper(ASTContext &Context, CXXRecordDecl *RD,
               SourceLocation SuperLoc, SourceLocation ColonColonLoc);

/// Make a new nested-name-specifier from incomplete source-location
/// information.
///
/// FIXME: This routine should be used very, very rarely, in cases where we
/// need to synthesize a nested-name-specifier. Most code should instead use
/// \c Adopt() with a proper \c NestedNameSpecifierLoc.
void MakeTrivial(ASTContext &Context, NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
                 SourceRange R);

/// Adopt an existing nested-name-specifier (with source-range
/// information).
void Adopt(NestedNameSpecifierLoc Other);

/// Retrieve a nested-name-specifier with location information, copied
/// into the given AST context.
///
/// \param Context The context into which this nested-name-specifier will be
/// copied.
NestedNameSpecifierLoc getWithLocInContext(ASTContext &Context) const;

/// Retrieve the location of the name in the last qualifier
/// in this nested name specifier.
///
/// For example, the location of \c bar
/// in
/// \verbatim
///   \::foo::bar<0>::
///           ^~~
/// \endverbatim
SourceLocation getLastQualifierNameLoc() const;

/// No scope specifier.
bool isEmpty() const { return !Range.isValid(); }
/// A scope specifier is present, but may be valid or invalid.
bool isNotEmpty() const { return !isEmpty(); }

/// An error occurred during parsing of the scope specifier.
bool isInvalid() const { return isNotEmpty() && getScopeRep() == nullptr; }
/// A scope specifier is present, and it refers to a real scope.
bool isValid() const { return isNotEmpty() && getScopeRep() != nullptr; }

/// Indicate that this nested-name-specifier is invalid.
void SetInvalid(SourceRange R) {
  assert(R.isValid() && "Must have a valid source range")((R.isValid() && "Must have a valid source range") ? static_cast
<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("R.isValid() && \"Must have a valid source range\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
, 200, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  if (Range.getBegin().isInvalid())
    Range.setBegin(R.getBegin());
  Range.setEnd(R.getEnd());
  Builder.Clear();
}

/// Deprecated.  Some call sites intend isNotEmpty() while others intend
/// isValid().
bool isSet() const { return getScopeRep() != nullptr; }

void clear() {
  Range = SourceRange();
  Builder.Clear();
}

/// Retrieve the data associated with the source-location information.
char *location_data() const { return Builder.getBuffer().first; }

/// Retrieve the size of the data associated with source-location
/// information.
unsigned location_size() const { return Builder.getBuffer().second; }
222};

224/// Captures information about "declaration specifiers".
225///
226/// "Declaration specifiers" encompasses storage-class-specifiers,
227/// type-specifiers, type-qualifiers, and function-specifiers.
228class DeclSpec {
229public:
/// storage-class-specifier
/// \note The order of these enumerators is important for diagnostics.
enum SCS {
  SCS_unspecified = 0,
  SCS_typedef,
  SCS_extern,
  SCS_static,
  SCS_auto,
  SCS_register,
  SCS_private_extern,
  SCS_mutable
};

// Import thread storage class specifier enumeration and constants.
// These can be combined with SCS_extern and SCS_static.
typedef ThreadStorageClassSpecifier TSCS;
static const TSCS TSCS_unspecified = clang::TSCS_unspecified;
static const TSCS TSCS___thread = clang::TSCS___thread;
static const TSCS TSCS_thread_local = clang::TSCS_thread_local;
static const TSCS TSCS__Thread_local = clang::TSCS__Thread_local;

// Import type specifier width enumeration and constants.
typedef TypeSpecifierWidth TSW;
static const TSW TSW_unspecified = clang::TSW_unspecified;
static const TSW TSW_short = clang::TSW_short;
static const TSW TSW_long = clang::TSW_long;
static const TSW TSW_longlong = clang::TSW_longlong;

enum TSC {
  TSC_unspecified,
  TSC_imaginary,
  TSC_complex
};

// Import type specifier sign enumeration and constants.
typedef TypeSpecifierSign TSS;
static const TSS TSS_unspecified = clang::TSS_unspecified;
static const TSS TSS_signed = clang::TSS_signed;
static const TSS TSS_unsigned = clang::TSS_unsigned;

// Import type specifier type enumeration and constants.
typedef TypeSpecifierType TST;
static const TST TST_unspecified = clang::TST_unspecified;
static const TST TST_void = clang::TST_void;
static const TST TST_char = clang::TST_char;
static const TST TST_wchar = clang::TST_wchar;
static const TST TST_char8 = clang::TST_char8;
static const TST TST_char16 = clang::TST_char16;
static const TST TST_char32 = clang::TST_char32;
static const TST TST_int = clang::TST_int;
static const TST TST_int128 = clang::TST_int128;
static const TST TST_half = clang::TST_half;
static const TST TST_float = clang::TST_float;
static const TST TST_double = clang::TST_double;
static const TST TST_float16 = clang::TST_Float16;
static const TST TST_accum = clang::TST_Accum;
static const TST TST_fract = clang::TST_Fract;
static const TST TST_float128 = clang::TST_float128;
static const TST TST_bool = clang::TST_bool;
static const TST TST_decimal32 = clang::TST_decimal32;
static const TST TST_decimal64 = clang::TST_decimal64;
static const TST TST_decimal128 = clang::TST_decimal128;
static const TST TST_enum = clang::TST_enum;
static const TST TST_union = clang::TST_union;
static const TST TST_struct = clang::TST_struct;
static const TST TST_interface = clang::TST_interface;
static const TST TST_class = clang::TST_class;
static const TST TST_typename = clang::TST_typename;
static const TST TST_typeofType = clang::TST_typeofType;
static const TST TST_typeofExpr = clang::TST_typeofExpr;
static const TST TST_decltype = clang::TST_decltype;
static const TST TST_decltype_auto = clang::TST_decltype_auto;
static const TST TST_underlyingType = clang::TST_underlyingType;
static const TST TST_auto = clang::TST_auto;
static const TST TST_auto_type = clang::TST_auto_type;
static const TST TST_unknown_anytype = clang::TST_unknown_anytype;
static const TST TST_atomic = clang::TST_atomic;
307#define GENERIC_IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id) \
static const TST TST_##ImgType##_t = clang::TST_##ImgType##_t;
309#include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def"
static const TST TST_error = clang::TST_error;

// type-qualifiers
enum TQ {   // NOTE: These flags must be kept in sync with Qualifiers::TQ.
  TQ_unspecified = 0,
  TQ_const       = 1,
  TQ_restrict    = 2,
  TQ_volatile    = 4,
  TQ_unaligned   = 8,
  // This has no corresponding Qualifiers::TQ value, because it's not treated
  // as a qualifier in our type system.
  TQ_atomic      = 16
};

/// ParsedSpecifiers - Flags to query which specifiers were applied.  This is
/// returned by getParsedSpecifiers.
enum ParsedSpecifiers {
  PQ_None                  = 0,
  PQ_StorageClassSpecifier = 1,
  PQ_TypeSpecifier         = 2,
  PQ_TypeQualifier         = 4,
  PQ_FunctionSpecifier     = 8
  // FIXME: Attributes should be included here.
};

335private:
// storage-class-specifier
/*SCS*/unsigned StorageClassSpec : 3;
/*TSCS*/unsigned ThreadStorageClassSpec : 2;
unsigned SCS_extern_in_linkage_spec : 1;

// type-specifier
/*TSW*/unsigned TypeSpecWidth : 2;
/*TSC*/unsigned TypeSpecComplex : 2;
/*TSS*/unsigned TypeSpecSign : 2;
/*TST*/unsigned TypeSpecType : 6;
unsigned TypeAltiVecVector : 1;
unsigned TypeAltiVecPixel : 1;
unsigned TypeAltiVecBool : 1;
unsigned TypeSpecOwned : 1;
unsigned TypeSpecPipe : 1;
unsigned TypeSpecSat : 1;

// type-qualifiers
unsigned TypeQualifiers : 5;  // Bitwise OR of TQ.

// function-specifier
unsigned FS_inline_specified : 1;
unsigned FS_forceinline_specified: 1;
unsigned FS_virtual_specified : 1;
unsigned FS_noreturn_specified : 1;

// friend-specifier
unsigned Friend_specified : 1;

// constexpr-specifier
unsigned ConstexprSpecifier : 2;

union {
  UnionParsedType TypeRep;
  Decl *DeclRep;
  Expr *ExprRep;
};

/// ExplicitSpecifier - Store information about explicit spicifer.
ExplicitSpecifier FS_explicit_specifier;

// attributes.
ParsedAttributes Attrs;

// Scope specifier for the type spec, if applicable.
CXXScopeSpec TypeScope;

// SourceLocation info.  These are null if the item wasn't specified or if
// the setting was synthesized.
SourceRange Range;

SourceLocation StorageClassSpecLoc, ThreadStorageClassSpecLoc;
SourceRange TSWRange;
SourceLocation TSCLoc, TSSLoc, TSTLoc, AltiVecLoc, TSSatLoc;
/// TSTNameLoc - If TypeSpecType is any of class, enum, struct, union,
/// typename, then this is the location of the named type (if present);
/// otherwise, it is the same as TSTLoc. Hence, the pair TSTLoc and
/// TSTNameLoc provides source range info for tag types.
SourceLocation TSTNameLoc;
SourceRange TypeofParensRange;
SourceLocation TQ_constLoc, TQ_restrictLoc, TQ_volatileLoc, TQ_atomicLoc,
    TQ_unalignedLoc;
SourceLocation FS_inlineLoc, FS_virtualLoc, FS_explicitLoc, FS_noreturnLoc;
SourceLocation FS_explicitCloseParenLoc;
SourceLocation FS_forceinlineLoc;
SourceLocation FriendLoc, ModulePrivateLoc, ConstexprLoc;
SourceLocation TQ_pipeLoc;

WrittenBuiltinSpecs writtenBS;
void SaveWrittenBuiltinSpecs();

ObjCDeclSpec *ObjCQualifiers;

static bool isTypeRep(TST T) {
  return (T == TST_typename || T == TST_typeofType ||
          T == TST_underlyingType || T == TST_atomic);
}
static bool isExprRep(TST T) {
  return (T == TST_typeofExpr || T == TST_decltype);
}

DeclSpec(const DeclSpec &) = delete;
void operator=(const DeclSpec &) = delete;
419public:
static bool isDeclRep(TST T) {
  return (T == TST_enum || T == TST_struct ||
          T == TST_interface || T == TST_union ||
          T == TST_class);
}

DeclSpec(AttributeFactory &attrFactory)
    : StorageClassSpec(SCS_unspecified),
      ThreadStorageClassSpec(TSCS_unspecified),
      SCS_extern_in_linkage_spec(false), TypeSpecWidth(TSW_unspecified),
      TypeSpecComplex(TSC_unspecified), TypeSpecSign(TSS_unspecified),
      TypeSpecType(TST_unspecified), TypeAltiVecVector(false),
      TypeAltiVecPixel(false), TypeAltiVecBool(false), TypeSpecOwned(false),
      TypeSpecPipe(false), TypeSpecSat(false), TypeQualifiers(TQ_unspecified),
      FS_inline_specified(false), FS_forceinline_specified(false),
      FS_virtual_specified(false), FS_noreturn_specified(false),
      Friend_specified(false), ConstexprSpecifier(CSK_unspecified),
      FS_explicit_specifier(), Attrs(attrFactory), writtenBS(),
      ObjCQualifiers(nullptr) {}

// storage-class-specifier
SCS getStorageClassSpec() const { return (SCS)StorageClassSpec; }
TSCS getThreadStorageClassSpec() const {
  return (TSCS)ThreadStorageClassSpec;
}
bool isExternInLinkageSpec() const { return SCS_extern_in_linkage_spec; }
void setExternInLinkageSpec(bool Value) {
  SCS_extern_in_linkage_spec = Value;
}

SourceLocation getStorageClassSpecLoc() const { return StorageClassSpecLoc; }
SourceLocation getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc() const {
  return ThreadStorageClassSpecLoc;
}

void ClearStorageClassSpecs() {
  StorageClassSpec           = DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified;
  ThreadStorageClassSpec     = DeclSpec::TSCS_unspecified;
  SCS_extern_in_linkage_spec = false;
  StorageClassSpecLoc        = SourceLocation();
  ThreadStorageClassSpecLoc  = SourceLocation();
}

void ClearTypeSpecType() {
  TypeSpecType = DeclSpec::TST_unspecified;
  TypeSpecOwned = false;
  TSTLoc = SourceLocation();
}

// type-specifier
TSW getTypeSpecWidth() const { return (TSW)TypeSpecWidth; }
TSC getTypeSpecComplex() const { return (TSC)TypeSpecComplex; }
TSS getTypeSpecSign() const { return (TSS)TypeSpecSign; }
TST getTypeSpecType() const { return (TST)TypeSpecType; }
bool isTypeAltiVecVector() const { return TypeAltiVecVector; }
bool isTypeAltiVecPixel() const { return TypeAltiVecPixel; }
bool isTypeAltiVecBool() const { return TypeAltiVecBool; }
bool isTypeSpecOwned() const { return TypeSpecOwned; }
bool isTypeRep() const { return isTypeRep((TST) TypeSpecType); }
bool isTypeSpecPipe() const { return TypeSpecPipe; }
bool isTypeSpecSat() const { return TypeSpecSat; }

ParsedType getRepAsType() const {
  assert(isTypeRep((TST) TypeSpecType) && "DeclSpec does not store a type")((isTypeRep((TST) TypeSpecType) && "DeclSpec does not store a type"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isTypeRep((TST) TypeSpecType) && \"DeclSpec does not store a type\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
, 483, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  return TypeRep;
}
Decl *getRepAsDecl() const {
  assert(isDeclRep((TST) TypeSpecType) && "DeclSpec does not store a decl")((isDeclRep((TST) TypeSpecType) && "DeclSpec does not store a decl"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isDeclRep((TST) TypeSpecType) && \"DeclSpec does not store a decl\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
, 487, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  return DeclRep;
}
Expr *getRepAsExpr() const {
  assert(isExprRep((TST) TypeSpecType) && "DeclSpec does not store an expr")((isExprRep((TST) TypeSpecType) && "DeclSpec does not store an expr"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isExprRep((TST) TypeSpecType) && \"DeclSpec does not store an expr\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
, 491, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  return ExprRep;
}
CXXScopeSpec &getTypeSpecScope() { return TypeScope; }
const CXXScopeSpec &getTypeSpecScope() const { return TypeScope; }

SourceRange getSourceRange() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { return Range; }
SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { return Range.getBegin(); }
SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { return Range.getEnd(); }

SourceLocation getTypeSpecWidthLoc() const { return TSWRange.getBegin(); }
SourceRange getTypeSpecWidthRange() const { return TSWRange; }
SourceLocation getTypeSpecComplexLoc() const { return TSCLoc; }
SourceLocation getTypeSpecSignLoc() const { return TSSLoc; }
SourceLocation getTypeSpecTypeLoc() const { return TSTLoc; }
SourceLocation getAltiVecLoc() const { return AltiVecLoc; }
SourceLocation getTypeSpecSatLoc() const { return TSSatLoc; }

SourceLocation getTypeSpecTypeNameLoc() const {
  assert(isDeclRep((TST) TypeSpecType) || TypeSpecType == TST_typename)((isDeclRep((TST) TypeSpecType) || TypeSpecType == TST_typename
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isDeclRep((TST) TypeSpecType) || TypeSpecType == TST_typename"
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
, 510, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  return TSTNameLoc;
}

SourceRange getTypeofParensRange() const { return TypeofParensRange; }
void setTypeofParensRange(SourceRange range) { TypeofParensRange = range; }

bool hasAutoTypeSpec() const {
  return (TypeSpecType == TST_auto || TypeSpecType == TST_auto_type ||
          TypeSpecType == TST_decltype_auto);
}

bool hasTagDefinition() const;

/// Turn a type-specifier-type into a string like "_Bool" or "union".
static const char *getSpecifierName(DeclSpec::TST T,
                                    const PrintingPolicy &Policy);
static const char *getSpecifierName(DeclSpec::TQ Q);
static const char *getSpecifierName(DeclSpec::TSS S);
static const char *getSpecifierName(DeclSpec::TSC C);
static const char *getSpecifierName(DeclSpec::TSW W);
static const char *getSpecifierName(DeclSpec::SCS S);
static const char *getSpecifierName(DeclSpec::TSCS S);
static const char *getSpecifierName(ConstexprSpecKind C);

// type-qualifiers

/// getTypeQualifiers - Return a set of TQs.
unsigned getTypeQualifiers() const { return TypeQualifiers; }
SourceLocation getConstSpecLoc() const { return TQ_constLoc; }
SourceLocation getRestrictSpecLoc() const { return TQ_restrictLoc; }
SourceLocation getVolatileSpecLoc() const { return TQ_volatileLoc; }
SourceLocation getAtomicSpecLoc() const { return TQ_atomicLoc; }
SourceLocation getUnalignedSpecLoc() const { return TQ_unalignedLoc; }
SourceLocation getPipeLoc() const { return TQ_pipeLoc; }

/// Clear out all of the type qualifiers.
void ClearTypeQualifiers() {
  TypeQualifiers = 0;
  TQ_constLoc = SourceLocation();
  TQ_restrictLoc = SourceLocation();
  TQ_volatileLoc = SourceLocation();
  TQ_atomicLoc = SourceLocation();
  TQ_unalignedLoc = SourceLocation();
  TQ_pipeLoc = SourceLocation();
}

// function-specifier
bool isInlineSpecified() const {
  return FS_inline_specified | FS_forceinline_specified;
}
SourceLocation getInlineSpecLoc() const {
  return FS_inline_specified ? FS_inlineLoc : FS_forceinlineLoc;
}

ExplicitSpecifier getExplicitSpecifier() const {
  return FS_explicit_specifier;
}

bool isVirtualSpecified() const { return FS_virtual_specified; }
SourceLocation getVirtualSpecLoc() const { return FS_virtualLoc; }

bool hasExplicitSpecifier() const {
  return FS_explicit_specifier.isSpecified();
}
SourceLocation getExplicitSpecLoc() const { return FS_explicitLoc; }
SourceRange getExplicitSpecRange() const {
  return FS_explicit_specifier.getExpr()
             ? SourceRange(FS_explicitLoc, FS_explicitCloseParenLoc)
             : SourceRange(FS_explicitLoc);
}

bool isNoreturnSpecified() const { return FS_noreturn_specified; }
SourceLocation getNoreturnSpecLoc() const { return FS_noreturnLoc; }

void ClearFunctionSpecs() {
  FS_inline_specified = false;
  FS_inlineLoc = SourceLocation();
  FS_forceinline_specified = false;
  FS_forceinlineLoc = SourceLocation();
  FS_virtual_specified = false;
  FS_virtualLoc = SourceLocation();
  FS_explicit_specifier = ExplicitSpecifier();
  FS_explicitLoc = SourceLocation();
  FS_explicitCloseParenLoc = SourceLocation();
  FS_noreturn_specified = false;
  FS_noreturnLoc = SourceLocation();
}

/// This method calls the passed in handler on each CVRU qual being
/// set.
/// Handle - a handler to be invoked.
void forEachCVRUQualifier(
    llvm::function_ref<void(TQ, StringRef, SourceLocation)> Handle);

/// This method calls the passed in handler on each qual being
/// set.
/// Handle - a handler to be invoked.
void forEachQualifier(
    llvm::function_ref<void(TQ, StringRef, SourceLocation)> Handle);

/// Return true if any type-specifier has been found.
bool hasTypeSpecifier() const {
  return getTypeSpecType() != DeclSpec::TST_unspecified ||
         getTypeSpecWidth() != DeclSpec::TSW_unspecified ||
         getTypeSpecComplex() != DeclSpec::TSC_unspecified ||
         getTypeSpecSign() != DeclSpec::TSS_unspecified;
}

/// Return a bitmask of which flavors of specifiers this
/// DeclSpec includes.
unsigned getParsedSpecifiers() const;

/// isEmpty - Return true if this declaration specifier is completely empty:
/// no tokens were parsed in the production of it.
bool isEmpty() const {
  return getParsedSpecifiers() == DeclSpec::PQ_None;
}

void SetRangeStart(SourceLocation Loc) { Range.setBegin(Loc); }
void SetRangeEnd(SourceLocation Loc) { Range.setEnd(Loc); }

/// These methods set the specified attribute of the DeclSpec and
/// return false if there was no error.  If an error occurs (for
/// example, if we tried to set "auto" on a spec with "extern"
/// already set), they return true and set PrevSpec and DiagID
/// such that
///   Diag(Loc, DiagID) << PrevSpec;
/// will yield a useful result.
///
/// TODO: use a more general approach that still allows these
/// diagnostics to be ignored when desired.
bool SetStorageClassSpec(Sema &S, SCS SC, SourceLocation Loc,
                         const char *&PrevSpec, unsigned &DiagID,
                         const PrintingPolicy &Policy);
bool SetStorageClassSpecThread(TSCS TSC, SourceLocation Loc,
                               const char *&PrevSpec, unsigned &DiagID);
bool SetTypeSpecWidth(TSW W, SourceLocation Loc, const char *&PrevSpec,
                      unsigned &DiagID, const PrintingPolicy &Policy);
bool SetTypeSpecComplex(TSC C, SourceLocation Loc, const char *&PrevSpec,
                        unsigned &DiagID);
bool SetTypeSpecSign(TSS S, SourceLocation Loc, const char *&PrevSpec,
                     unsigned &DiagID);
bool SetTypeSpecType(TST T, SourceLocation Loc, const char *&PrevSpec,
                     unsigned &DiagID, const PrintingPolicy &Policy);
bool SetTypeSpecType(TST T, SourceLocation Loc, const char *&PrevSpec,
                     unsigned &DiagID, ParsedType Rep,
                     const PrintingPolicy &Policy);
bool SetTypeSpecType(TST T, SourceLocation Loc, const char *&PrevSpec,
                     unsigned &DiagID, Decl *Rep, bool Owned,
                     const PrintingPolicy &Policy);
bool SetTypeSpecType(TST T, SourceLocation TagKwLoc,
                     SourceLocation TagNameLoc, const char *&PrevSpec,
                     unsigned &DiagID, ParsedType Rep,
                     const PrintingPolicy &Policy);
bool SetTypeSpecType(TST T, SourceLocation TagKwLoc,
                     SourceLocation TagNameLoc, const char *&PrevSpec,
                     unsigned &DiagID, Decl *Rep, bool Owned,
                     const PrintingPolicy &Policy);

bool SetTypeSpecType(TST T, SourceLocation Loc, const char *&PrevSpec,
                     unsigned &DiagID, Expr *Rep,
                     const PrintingPolicy &policy);
bool SetTypeAltiVecVector(bool isAltiVecVector, SourceLocation Loc,
                     const char *&PrevSpec, unsigned &DiagID,
                     const PrintingPolicy &Policy);
bool SetTypeAltiVecPixel(bool isAltiVecPixel, SourceLocation Loc,
                     const char *&PrevSpec, unsigned &DiagID,
                     const PrintingPolicy &Policy);
bool SetTypeAltiVecBool(bool isAltiVecBool, SourceLocation Loc,
                     const char *&PrevSpec, unsigned &DiagID,
                     const PrintingPolicy &Policy);
bool SetTypePipe(bool isPipe, SourceLocation Loc,
                     const char *&PrevSpec, unsigned &DiagID,
                     const PrintingPolicy &Policy);
bool SetTypeSpecSat(SourceLocation Loc, const char *&PrevSpec,
                    unsigned &DiagID);
bool SetTypeSpecError();
void UpdateDeclRep(Decl *Rep) {
  assert(isDeclRep((TST) TypeSpecType))((isDeclRep((TST) TypeSpecType)) ? static_cast<void> (0
) : __assert_fail ("isDeclRep((TST) TypeSpecType)", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
, 689, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  DeclRep = Rep;
}
void UpdateTypeRep(ParsedType Rep) {
  assert(isTypeRep((TST) TypeSpecType))((isTypeRep((TST) TypeSpecType)) ? static_cast<void> (0
) : __assert_fail ("isTypeRep((TST) TypeSpecType)", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
, 693, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  TypeRep = Rep;
}
void UpdateExprRep(Expr *Rep) {
  assert(isExprRep((TST) TypeSpecType))((isExprRep((TST) TypeSpecType)) ? static_cast<void> (0
) : __assert_fail ("isExprRep((TST) TypeSpecType)", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
, 697, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  ExprRep = Rep;
}

bool SetTypeQual(TQ T, SourceLocation Loc);

bool SetTypeQual(TQ T, SourceLocation Loc, const char *&PrevSpec,
                 unsigned &DiagID, const LangOptions &Lang);

bool setFunctionSpecInline(SourceLocation Loc, const char *&PrevSpec,
                           unsigned &DiagID);
bool setFunctionSpecForceInline(SourceLocation Loc, const char *&PrevSpec,
                                unsigned &DiagID);
bool setFunctionSpecVirtual(SourceLocation Loc, const char *&PrevSpec,
                            unsigned &DiagID);
bool setFunctionSpecExplicit(SourceLocation Loc, const char *&PrevSpec,
                             unsigned &DiagID, ExplicitSpecifier ExplicitSpec,
                             SourceLocation CloseParenLoc);
bool setFunctionSpecNoreturn(SourceLocation Loc, const char *&PrevSpec,
                             unsigned &DiagID);

bool SetFriendSpec(SourceLocation Loc, const char *&PrevSpec,
                   unsigned &DiagID);
bool setModulePrivateSpec(SourceLocation Loc, const char *&PrevSpec,
                          unsigned &DiagID);
bool SetConstexprSpec(ConstexprSpecKind ConstexprKind, SourceLocation Loc,
                      const char *&PrevSpec, unsigned &DiagID);

bool isFriendSpecified() const { return Friend_specified; }
SourceLocation getFriendSpecLoc() const { return FriendLoc; }

bool isModulePrivateSpecified() const { return ModulePrivateLoc.isValid(); }
SourceLocation getModulePrivateSpecLoc() const { return ModulePrivateLoc; }

ConstexprSpecKind getConstexprSpecifier() const {
  return ConstexprSpecKind(ConstexprSpecifier);
}

SourceLocation getConstexprSpecLoc() const { return ConstexprLoc; }
bool hasConstexprSpecifier() const {
  return ConstexprSpecifier != CSK_unspecified;
}

void ClearConstexprSpec() {
  ConstexprSpecifier = CSK_unspecified;
  ConstexprLoc = SourceLocation();
}

AttributePool &getAttributePool() const {
  return Attrs.getPool();
}

/// Concatenates two attribute lists.
///
/// The GCC attribute syntax allows for the following:
///
/// \code
/// short __attribute__(( unused, deprecated ))
/// int __attribute__(( may_alias, aligned(16) )) var;
/// \endcode
///
/// This declares 4 attributes using 2 lists. The following syntax is
/// also allowed and equivalent to the previous declaration.
///
/// \code
/// short __attribute__((unused)) __attribute__((deprecated))
/// int __attribute__((may_alias)) __attribute__((aligned(16))) var;
/// \endcode
///
void addAttributes(ParsedAttributesView &AL) {
  Attrs.addAll(AL.begin(), AL.end());
}

bool hasAttributes() const { return !Attrs.empty(); }

ParsedAttributes &getAttributes() { return Attrs; }
const ParsedAttributes &getAttributes() const { return Attrs; }

void takeAttributesFrom(ParsedAttributes &attrs) {
  Attrs.takeAllFrom(attrs);
}

/// Finish - This does final analysis of the declspec, issuing diagnostics for
/// things like "_Imaginary" (lacking an FP type).  After calling this method,
/// DeclSpec is guaranteed self-consistent, even if an error occurred.
void Finish(Sema &S, const PrintingPolicy &Policy);

const WrittenBuiltinSpecs& getWrittenBuiltinSpecs() const {
  return writtenBS;
}

ObjCDeclSpec *getObjCQualifiers() const { return ObjCQualifiers; }
void setObjCQualifiers(ObjCDeclSpec *quals) { ObjCQualifiers = quals; }

/// Checks if this DeclSpec can stand alone, without a Declarator.
///
/// Only tag declspecs can stand alone.
bool isMissingDeclaratorOk();
795};

797/// Captures information about "declaration specifiers" specific to
798/// Objective-C.
799class ObjCDeclSpec {
800public:
/// ObjCDeclQualifier - Qualifier used on types in method
/// declarations.  Not all combinations are sensible.  Parameters
/// can be one of { in, out, inout } with one of { bycopy, byref }.
/// Returns can either be { oneway } or not.
///
/// This should be kept in sync with Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier.
enum ObjCDeclQualifier {
  DQ_None = 0x0,
  DQ_In = 0x1,
  DQ_Inout = 0x2,
  DQ_Out = 0x4,
  DQ_Bycopy = 0x8,
  DQ_Byref = 0x10,
  DQ_Oneway = 0x20,
  DQ_CSNullability = 0x40
};

/// PropertyAttributeKind - list of property attributes.
/// Keep this list in sync with LLVM's Dwarf.h ApplePropertyAttributes.
enum ObjCPropertyAttributeKind {
  DQ_PR_noattr = 0x0,
  DQ_PR_readonly = 0x01,
  DQ_PR_getter = 0x02,
  DQ_PR_assign = 0x04,
  DQ_PR_readwrite = 0x08,
  DQ_PR_retain = 0x10,
  DQ_PR_copy = 0x20,
  DQ_PR_nonatomic = 0x40,
  DQ_PR_setter = 0x80,
  DQ_PR_atomic = 0x100,
  DQ_PR_weak =   0x200,
  DQ_PR_strong = 0x400,
  DQ_PR_unsafe_unretained = 0x800,
  DQ_PR_nullability = 0x1000,
  DQ_PR_null_resettable = 0x2000,
  DQ_PR_class = 0x4000
};

ObjCDeclSpec()
  : objcDeclQualifier(DQ_None), PropertyAttributes(DQ_PR_noattr),
    Nullability(0), GetterName(nullptr), SetterName(nullptr) { }

ObjCDeclQualifier getObjCDeclQualifier() const {
  return (ObjCDeclQualifier)objcDeclQualifier;
}
void setObjCDeclQualifier(ObjCDeclQualifier DQVal) {
  objcDeclQualifier = (ObjCDeclQualifier) (objcDeclQualifier | DQVal);
}
void clearObjCDeclQualifier(ObjCDeclQualifier DQVal) {
  objcDeclQualifier = (ObjCDeclQualifier) (objcDeclQualifier & ~DQVal);
}

ObjCPropertyAttributeKind getPropertyAttributes() const {
  return ObjCPropertyAttributeKind(PropertyAttributes);
}
void setPropertyAttributes(ObjCPropertyAttributeKind PRVal) {
  PropertyAttributes =
    (ObjCPropertyAttributeKind)(PropertyAttributes | PRVal);
}

NullabilityKind getNullability() const {
  assert(((getObjCDeclQualifier() & DQ_CSNullability) ||((((getObjCDeclQualifier() & DQ_CSNullability) || (getPropertyAttributes
() & DQ_PR_nullability)) && "Objective-C declspec doesn't have nullability"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("((getObjCDeclQualifier() & DQ_CSNullability) || (getPropertyAttributes() & DQ_PR_nullability)) && \"Objective-C declspec doesn't have nullability\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
, 864, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
          (getPropertyAttributes() & DQ_PR_nullability)) &&((((getObjCDeclQualifier() & DQ_CSNullability) || (getPropertyAttributes
() & DQ_PR_nullability)) && "Objective-C declspec doesn't have nullability"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("((getObjCDeclQualifier() & DQ_CSNullability) || (getPropertyAttributes() & DQ_PR_nullability)) && \"Objective-C declspec doesn't have nullability\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
, 864, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
         "Objective-C declspec doesn't have nullability")((((getObjCDeclQualifier() & DQ_CSNullability) || (getPropertyAttributes
() & DQ_PR_nullability)) && "Objective-C declspec doesn't have nullability"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("((getObjCDeclQualifier() & DQ_CSNullability) || (getPropertyAttributes() & DQ_PR_nullability)) && \"Objective-C declspec doesn't have nullability\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
, 864, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  return static_cast<NullabilityKind>(Nullability);
}

SourceLocation getNullabilityLoc() const {
  assert(((getObjCDeclQualifier() & DQ_CSNullability) ||((((getObjCDeclQualifier() & DQ_CSNullability) || (getPropertyAttributes
() & DQ_PR_nullability)) && "Objective-C declspec doesn't have nullability"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("((getObjCDeclQualifier() & DQ_CSNullability) || (getPropertyAttributes() & DQ_PR_nullability)) && \"Objective-C declspec doesn't have nullability\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
, 871, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
          (getPropertyAttributes() & DQ_PR_nullability)) &&((((getObjCDeclQualifier() & DQ_CSNullability) || (getPropertyAttributes
() & DQ_PR_nullability)) && "Objective-C declspec doesn't have nullability"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("((getObjCDeclQualifier() & DQ_CSNullability) || (getPropertyAttributes() & DQ_PR_nullability)) && \"Objective-C declspec doesn't have nullability\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
, 871, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
         "Objective-C declspec doesn't have nullability")((((getObjCDeclQualifier() & DQ_CSNullability) || (getPropertyAttributes
() & DQ_PR_nullability)) && "Objective-C declspec doesn't have nullability"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("((getObjCDeclQualifier() & DQ_CSNullability) || (getPropertyAttributes() & DQ_PR_nullability)) && \"Objective-C declspec doesn't have nullability\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
, 871, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  return NullabilityLoc;
}

void setNullability(SourceLocation loc, NullabilityKind kind) {
  assert(((getObjCDeclQualifier() & DQ_CSNullability) ||((((getObjCDeclQualifier() & DQ_CSNullability) || (getPropertyAttributes
() & DQ_PR_nullability)) && "Set the nullability declspec or property attribute first"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("((getObjCDeclQualifier() & DQ_CSNullability) || (getPropertyAttributes() & DQ_PR_nullability)) && \"Set the nullability declspec or property attribute first\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
, 878, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
          (getPropertyAttributes() & DQ_PR_nullability)) &&((((getObjCDeclQualifier() & DQ_CSNullability) || (getPropertyAttributes
() & DQ_PR_nullability)) && "Set the nullability declspec or property attribute first"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("((getObjCDeclQualifier() & DQ_CSNullability) || (getPropertyAttributes() & DQ_PR_nullability)) && \"Set the nullability declspec or property attribute first\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
, 878, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
         "Set the nullability declspec or property attribute first")((((getObjCDeclQualifier() & DQ_CSNullability) || (getPropertyAttributes
() & DQ_PR_nullability)) && "Set the nullability declspec or property attribute first"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("((getObjCDeclQualifier() & DQ_CSNullability) || (getPropertyAttributes() & DQ_PR_nullability)) && \"Set the nullability declspec or property attribute first\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
, 878, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  Nullability = static_cast<unsigned>(kind);
  NullabilityLoc = loc;
}

const IdentifierInfo *getGetterName() const { return GetterName; }
IdentifierInfo *getGetterName() { return GetterName; }
SourceLocation getGetterNameLoc() const { return GetterNameLoc; }
void setGetterName(IdentifierInfo *name, SourceLocation loc) {
  GetterName = name;
  GetterNameLoc = loc;
}

const IdentifierInfo *getSetterName() const { return SetterName; }
IdentifierInfo *getSetterName() { return SetterName; }
SourceLocation getSetterNameLoc() const { return SetterNameLoc; }
void setSetterName(IdentifierInfo *name, SourceLocation loc) {
  SetterName = name;
  SetterNameLoc = loc;
}

899private:
// FIXME: These two are unrelated and mutually exclusive. So perhaps
// we can put them in a union to reflect their mutual exclusivity
// (space saving is negligible).
unsigned objcDeclQualifier : 7;

// NOTE: VC++ treats enums as signed, avoid using ObjCPropertyAttributeKind
unsigned PropertyAttributes : 15;

unsigned Nullability : 2;

SourceLocation NullabilityLoc;

IdentifierInfo *GetterName;    // getter name or NULL if no getter
IdentifierInfo *SetterName;    // setter name or NULL if no setter
SourceLocation GetterNameLoc; // location of the getter attribute's value
SourceLocation SetterNameLoc; // location of the setter attribute's value

917};

919/// Describes the kind of unqualified-id parsed.
920enum class UnqualifiedIdKind {
/// An identifier.
IK_Identifier,
/// An overloaded operator name, e.g., operator+.
IK_OperatorFunctionId,
/// A conversion function name, e.g., operator int.
IK_ConversionFunctionId,
/// A user-defined literal name, e.g., operator "" _i.
IK_LiteralOperatorId,
/// A constructor name.
IK_ConstructorName,
/// A constructor named via a template-id.
IK_ConstructorTemplateId,
/// A destructor name.
IK_DestructorName,
/// A template-id, e.g., f<int>.
IK_TemplateId,
/// An implicit 'self' parameter
IK_ImplicitSelfParam,
/// A deduction-guide name (a template-name)
IK_DeductionGuideName
941};

943/// Represents a C++ unqualified-id that has been parsed.
944class UnqualifiedId {
945private:
UnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Other) = delete;
const UnqualifiedId &operator=(const UnqualifiedId &) = delete;

949public:
/// Describes the kind of unqualified-id parsed.
UnqualifiedIdKind Kind;

struct OFI {
  /// The kind of overloaded operator.
  OverloadedOperatorKind Operator;

  /// The source locations of the individual tokens that name
  /// the operator, e.g., the "new", "[", and "]" tokens in
  /// operator new [].
  ///
  /// Different operators have different numbers of tokens in their name,
  /// up to three. Any remaining source locations in this array will be
  /// set to an invalid value for operators with fewer than three tokens.
  unsigned SymbolLocations[3];
};

/// Anonymous union that holds extra data associated with the
/// parsed unqualified-id.
union {
  /// When Kind == IK_Identifier, the parsed identifier, or when
  /// Kind == IK_UserLiteralId, the identifier suffix.
  IdentifierInfo *Identifier;

  /// When Kind == IK_OperatorFunctionId, the overloaded operator
  /// that we parsed.
  struct OFI OperatorFunctionId;

  /// When Kind == IK_ConversionFunctionId, the type that the
  /// conversion function names.
  UnionParsedType ConversionFunctionId;

  /// When Kind == IK_ConstructorName, the class-name of the type
  /// whose constructor is being referenced.
  UnionParsedType ConstructorName;

  /// When Kind == IK_DestructorName, the type referred to by the
  /// class-name.
  UnionParsedType DestructorName;

  /// When Kind == IK_DeductionGuideName, the parsed template-name.
  UnionParsedTemplateTy TemplateName;

  /// When Kind == IK_TemplateId or IK_ConstructorTemplateId,
  /// the template-id annotation that contains the template name and
  /// template arguments.
  TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId;
};

/// The location of the first token that describes this unqualified-id,
/// which will be the location of the identifier, "operator" keyword,
/// tilde (for a destructor), or the template name of a template-id.
SourceLocation StartLocation;

/// The location of the last token that describes this unqualified-id.
SourceLocation EndLocation;

UnqualifiedId()
    : Kind(UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_Identifier), Identifier(nullptr) {}

/// Clear out this unqualified-id, setting it to default (invalid)
/// state.
void clear() {
  Kind = UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_Identifier;
  Identifier = nullptr;
  StartLocation = SourceLocation();
  EndLocation = SourceLocation();
}

/// Determine whether this unqualified-id refers to a valid name.
bool isValid() const { return StartLocation.isValid(); }

/// Determine whether this unqualified-id refers to an invalid name.
bool isInvalid() const { return !isValid(); }

/// Determine what kind of name we have.
UnqualifiedIdKind getKind() const { return Kind; }
void setKind(UnqualifiedIdKind kind) { Kind = kind; }

/// Specify that this unqualified-id was parsed as an identifier.
///
/// \param Id the parsed identifier.
/// \param IdLoc the location of the parsed identifier.
void setIdentifier(const IdentifierInfo *Id, SourceLocation IdLoc) {
  Kind = UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_Identifier;
  Identifier = const_cast<IdentifierInfo *>(Id);
  StartLocation = EndLocation = IdLoc;
}

/// Specify that this unqualified-id was parsed as an
/// operator-function-id.
///
/// \param OperatorLoc the location of the 'operator' keyword.
///
/// \param Op the overloaded operator.
///
/// \param SymbolLocations the locations of the individual operator symbols
/// in the operator.
void setOperatorFunctionId(SourceLocation OperatorLoc,
                           OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
                           SourceLocation SymbolLocations[3]);

/// Specify that this unqualified-id was parsed as a
/// conversion-function-id.
///
/// \param OperatorLoc the location of the 'operator' keyword.
///
/// \param Ty the type to which this conversion function is converting.
///
/// \param EndLoc the location of the last token that makes up the type name.
void setConversionFunctionId(SourceLocation OperatorLoc,
                             ParsedType Ty,
                             SourceLocation EndLoc) {
  Kind = UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConversionFunctionId;
  StartLocation = OperatorLoc;
  EndLocation = EndLoc;
  ConversionFunctionId = Ty;
}

/// Specific that this unqualified-id was parsed as a
/// literal-operator-id.
///
/// \param Id the parsed identifier.
///
/// \param OpLoc the location of the 'operator' keyword.
///
/// \param IdLoc the location of the identifier.
void setLiteralOperatorId(const IdentifierInfo *Id, SourceLocation OpLoc,
                            SourceLocation IdLoc) {
  Kind = UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_LiteralOperatorId;
  Identifier = const_cast<IdentifierInfo *>(Id);
  StartLocation = OpLoc;
  EndLocation = IdLoc;
}

/// Specify that this unqualified-id was parsed as a constructor name.
///
/// \param ClassType the class type referred to by the constructor name.
///
/// \param ClassNameLoc the location of the class name.
///
/// \param EndLoc the location of the last token that makes up the type name.
void setConstructorName(ParsedType ClassType,
                        SourceLocation ClassNameLoc,
                        SourceLocation EndLoc) {
  Kind = UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConstructorName;
  StartLocation = ClassNameLoc;
  EndLocation = EndLoc;
  ConstructorName = ClassType;
}

/// Specify that this unqualified-id was parsed as a
/// template-id that names a constructor.
///
/// \param TemplateId the template-id annotation that describes the parsed
/// template-id. This UnqualifiedId instance will take ownership of the
/// \p TemplateId and will free it on destruction.
void setConstructorTemplateId(TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId);

/// Specify that this unqualified-id was parsed as a destructor name.
///
/// \param TildeLoc the location of the '~' that introduces the destructor
/// name.
///
/// \param ClassType the name of the class referred to by the destructor name.
void setDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc,
                       ParsedType ClassType,
                       SourceLocation EndLoc) {
  Kind = UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_DestructorName;
  StartLocation = TildeLoc;
  EndLocation = EndLoc;
  DestructorName = ClassType;
}

/// Specify that this unqualified-id was parsed as a template-id.
///
/// \param TemplateId the template-id annotation that describes the parsed
/// template-id. This UnqualifiedId instance will take ownership of the
/// \p TemplateId and will free it on destruction.
void setTemplateId(TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId);

/// Specify that this unqualified-id was parsed as a template-name for
/// a deduction-guide.
///
/// \param Template The parsed template-name.
/// \param TemplateLoc The location of the parsed template-name.
void setDeductionGuideName(ParsedTemplateTy Template,
                           SourceLocation TemplateLoc) {
  Kind = UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_DeductionGuideName;
  TemplateName = Template;
  StartLocation = EndLocation = TemplateLoc;
}

/// Return the source range that covers this unqualified-id.
SourceRange getSourceRange() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) {
  return SourceRange(StartLocation, EndLocation);
}
SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { return StartLocation; }
SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { return EndLocation; }
1149};

1151/// A set of tokens that has been cached for later parsing.
1152typedef SmallVector<Token, 4> CachedTokens;

1154/// One instance of this struct is used for each type in a
1155/// declarator that is parsed.
1156///
1157/// This is intended to be a small value object.
1158struct DeclaratorChunk {
enum {
  Pointer, Reference, Array, Function, BlockPointer, MemberPointer, Paren, Pipe
} Kind;

/// Loc - The place where this type was defined.
SourceLocation Loc;
/// EndLoc - If valid, the place where this chunck ends.
SourceLocation EndLoc;

SourceRange getSourceRange() const {
  if (EndLoc.isInvalid())
    return SourceRange(Loc, Loc);
  return SourceRange(Loc, EndLoc);
}

ParsedAttributesView AttrList;

struct PointerTypeInfo {
  /// The type qualifiers: const/volatile/restrict/unaligned/atomic.
  unsigned TypeQuals : 5;

  /// The location of the const-qualifier, if any.
  unsigned ConstQualLoc;

  /// The location of the volatile-qualifier, if any.
  unsigned VolatileQualLoc;

  /// The location of the restrict-qualifier, if any.
  unsigned RestrictQualLoc;

  /// The location of the _Atomic-qualifier, if any.
  unsigned AtomicQualLoc;

  /// The location of the __unaligned-qualifier, if any.
  unsigned UnalignedQualLoc;

  void destroy() {
  }
};

struct ReferenceTypeInfo {
  /// The type qualifier: restrict. [GNU] C++ extension
  bool HasRestrict : 1;
  /// True if this is an lvalue reference, false if it's an rvalue reference.
  bool LValueRef : 1;
  void destroy() {
  }
};

struct ArrayTypeInfo {
  /// The type qualifiers for the array:
  /// const/volatile/restrict/__unaligned/_Atomic.
  unsigned TypeQuals : 5;

  /// True if this dimension included the 'static' keyword.
  unsigned hasStatic : 1;

  /// True if this dimension was [*].  In this case, NumElts is null.
  unsigned isStar : 1;

  /// This is the size of the array, or null if [] or [*] was specified.
  /// Since the parser is multi-purpose, and we don't want to impose a root
  /// expression class on all clients, NumElts is untyped.
  Expr *NumElts;

  void destroy() {}
};

/// ParamInfo - An array of paraminfo objects is allocated whenever a function
/// declarator is parsed.  There are two interesting styles of parameters
/// here:
/// K&R-style identifier lists and parameter type lists.  K&R-style identifier
/// lists will have information about the identifier, but no type information.
/// Parameter type lists will have type info (if the actions module provides
/// it), but may have null identifier info: e.g. for 'void foo(int X, int)'.
struct ParamInfo {
  IdentifierInfo *Ident;
  SourceLocation IdentLoc;
  Decl *Param;

  /// DefaultArgTokens - When the parameter's default argument
  /// cannot be parsed immediately (because it occurs within the
  /// declaration of a member function), it will be stored here as a
  /// sequence of tokens to be parsed once the class definition is
  /// complete. Non-NULL indicates that there is a default argument.
  std::unique_ptr<CachedTokens> DefaultArgTokens;

  ParamInfo() = default;
  ParamInfo(IdentifierInfo *ident, SourceLocation iloc,
            Decl *param,
            std::unique_ptr<CachedTokens> DefArgTokens = nullptr)
    : Ident(ident), IdentLoc(iloc), Param(param),
      DefaultArgTokens(std::move(DefArgTokens)) {}
};

struct TypeAndRange {
  ParsedType Ty;
  SourceRange Range;
};

struct FunctionTypeInfo {
  /// hasPrototype - This is true if the function had at least one typed
  /// parameter.  If the function is () or (a,b,c), then it has no prototype,
  /// and is treated as a K&R-style function.
  unsigned hasPrototype : 1;

  /// isVariadic - If this function has a prototype, and if that
  /// proto ends with ',...)', this is true. When true, EllipsisLoc
  /// contains the location of the ellipsis.
  unsigned isVariadic : 1;

  /// Can this declaration be a constructor-style initializer?
  unsigned isAmbiguous : 1;

  /// Whether the ref-qualifier (if any) is an lvalue reference.
  /// Otherwise, it's an rvalue reference.
  unsigned RefQualifierIsLValueRef : 1;

  /// ExceptionSpecType - An ExceptionSpecificationType value.
  unsigned ExceptionSpecType : 4;

  /// DeleteParams - If this is true, we need to delete[] Params.
  unsigned DeleteParams : 1;

  /// HasTrailingReturnType - If this is true, a trailing return type was
  /// specified.
  unsigned HasTrailingReturnType : 1;

  /// The location of the left parenthesis in the source.
  unsigned LParenLoc;

  /// When isVariadic is true, the location of the ellipsis in the source.
  unsigned EllipsisLoc;

  /// The location of the right parenthesis in the source.
  unsigned RParenLoc;

  /// NumParams - This is the number of formal parameters specified by the
  /// declarator.
  unsigned NumParams;

  /// NumExceptionsOrDecls - This is the number of types in the
  /// dynamic-exception-decl, if the function has one. In C, this is the
  /// number of declarations in the function prototype.
  unsigned NumExceptionsOrDecls;

  /// The location of the ref-qualifier, if any.
  ///
  /// If this is an invalid location, there is no ref-qualifier.
  unsigned RefQualifierLoc;

  /// The location of the 'mutable' qualifer in a lambda-declarator, if
  /// any.
  unsigned MutableLoc;

  /// The beginning location of the exception specification, if any.
  unsigned ExceptionSpecLocBeg;

  /// The end location of the exception specification, if any.
  unsigned ExceptionSpecLocEnd;

  /// Params - This is a pointer to a new[]'d array of ParamInfo objects that
  /// describe the parameters specified by this function declarator.  null if
  /// there are no parameters specified.
  ParamInfo *Params;

  /// DeclSpec for the function with the qualifier related info.
  DeclSpec *MethodQualifiers;

  /// AtttibuteFactory for the MethodQualifiers.
  AttributeFactory *QualAttrFactory;

  union {
    /// Pointer to a new[]'d array of TypeAndRange objects that
    /// contain the types in the function's dynamic exception specification
    /// and their locations, if there is one.
    TypeAndRange *Exceptions;

    /// Pointer to the expression in the noexcept-specifier of this
    /// function, if it has one.
    Expr *NoexceptExpr;

    /// Pointer to the cached tokens for an exception-specification
    /// that has not yet been parsed.
    CachedTokens *ExceptionSpecTokens;

    /// Pointer to a new[]'d array of declarations that need to be available
    /// for lookup inside the function body, if one exists. Does not exist in
    /// C++.
    NamedDecl **DeclsInPrototype;
  };

  /// If HasTrailingReturnType is true, this is the trailing return
  /// type specified.
  UnionParsedType TrailingReturnType;

  /// Reset the parameter list to having zero parameters.
  ///
  /// This is used in various places for error recovery.
  void freeParams() {
    for (unsigned I = 0; I < NumParams; ++I)
      Params[I].DefaultArgTokens.reset();
    if (DeleteParams) {
      delete[] Params;
      DeleteParams = false;
    }
    NumParams = 0;
  }

  void destroy() {
    freeParams();
    delete QualAttrFactory;
    delete MethodQualifiers;
    switch (getExceptionSpecType()) {
    default:
      break;
    case EST_Dynamic:
      delete[] Exceptions;
      break;
    case EST_Unparsed:
      delete ExceptionSpecTokens;
      break;
    case EST_None:
      if (NumExceptionsOrDecls != 0)
        delete[] DeclsInPrototype;
      break;
    }
  }

  DeclSpec &getOrCreateMethodQualifiers() {
    if (!MethodQualifiers) {
      QualAttrFactory = new AttributeFactory();
      MethodQualifiers = new DeclSpec(*QualAttrFactory);
    }
    return *MethodQualifiers;
  }

  /// isKNRPrototype - Return true if this is a K&R style identifier list,
  /// like "void foo(a,b,c)".  In a function definition, this will be followed
  /// by the parameter type definitions.
  bool isKNRPrototype() const { return !hasPrototype && NumParams != 0; }

  SourceLocation getLParenLoc() const {
    return SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding(LParenLoc);
  }

  SourceLocation getEllipsisLoc() const {
    return SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding(EllipsisLoc);
  }

  SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const {
    return SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding(RParenLoc);
  }

  SourceLocation getExceptionSpecLocBeg() const {
    return SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding(ExceptionSpecLocBeg);
  }

  SourceLocation getExceptionSpecLocEnd() const {
    return SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding(ExceptionSpecLocEnd);
  }

  SourceRange getExceptionSpecRange() const {
    return SourceRange(getExceptionSpecLocBeg(), getExceptionSpecLocEnd());
  }

  /// Retrieve the location of the ref-qualifier, if any.
  SourceLocation getRefQualifierLoc() const {
    return SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding(RefQualifierLoc);
  }

  /// Retrieve the location of the 'const' qualifier.
  SourceLocation getConstQualifierLoc() const {
    assert(MethodQualifiers)((MethodQualifiers) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail
 ("MethodQualifiers", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
, 1432, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
    return MethodQualifiers->getConstSpecLoc();
  }

  /// Retrieve the location of the 'volatile' qualifier.
  SourceLocation getVolatileQualifierLoc() const {
    assert(MethodQualifiers)((MethodQualifiers) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail
 ("MethodQualifiers", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
, 1438, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
    return MethodQualifiers->getVolatileSpecLoc();
  }

  /// Retrieve the location of the 'restrict' qualifier.
  SourceLocation getRestrictQualifierLoc() const {
    assert(MethodQualifiers)((MethodQualifiers) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail
 ("MethodQualifiers", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
, 1444, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
    return MethodQualifiers->getRestrictSpecLoc();
  }

  /// Retrieve the location of the 'mutable' qualifier, if any.
  SourceLocation getMutableLoc() const {
    return SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding(MutableLoc);
  }

  /// Determine whether this function declaration contains a
  /// ref-qualifier.
  bool hasRefQualifier() const { return getRefQualifierLoc().isValid(); }

  /// Determine whether this lambda-declarator contains a 'mutable'
  /// qualifier.
  bool hasMutableQualifier() const { return getMutableLoc().isValid(); }

  /// Determine whether this method has qualifiers.
  bool hasMethodTypeQualifiers() const {
    return MethodQualifiers && (MethodQualifiers->getTypeQualifiers() ||
                                MethodQualifiers->getAttributes().size());
  }

  /// Get the type of exception specification this function has.
  ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const {
    return static_cast<ExceptionSpecificationType>(ExceptionSpecType);
  }

  /// Get the number of dynamic exception specifications.
  unsigned getNumExceptions() const {
    assert(ExceptionSpecType != EST_None)((ExceptionSpecType != EST_None) ? static_cast<void> (0
) : __assert_fail ("ExceptionSpecType != EST_None", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
, 1474, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
    return NumExceptionsOrDecls;
  }

  /// Get the non-parameter decls defined within this function
  /// prototype. Typically these are tag declarations.
  ArrayRef<NamedDecl *> getDeclsInPrototype() const {
    assert(ExceptionSpecType == EST_None)((ExceptionSpecType == EST_None) ? static_cast<void> (0
) : __assert_fail ("ExceptionSpecType == EST_None", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
, 1481, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
    return llvm::makeArrayRef(DeclsInPrototype, NumExceptionsOrDecls);
  }

  /// Determine whether this function declarator had a
  /// trailing-return-type.
  bool hasTrailingReturnType() const { return HasTrailingReturnType; }

  /// Get the trailing-return-type for this function declarator.
  ParsedType getTrailingReturnType() const { return TrailingReturnType; }
};

struct BlockPointerTypeInfo {
  /// For now, sema will catch these as invalid.
  /// The type qualifiers: const/volatile/restrict/__unaligned/_Atomic.
  unsigned TypeQuals : 5;

  void destroy() {
  }
};

struct MemberPointerTypeInfo {
  /// The type qualifiers: const/volatile/restrict/__unaligned/_Atomic.
  unsigned TypeQuals : 5;
  // CXXScopeSpec has a constructor, so it can't be a direct member.
  // So we need some pointer-aligned storage and a bit of trickery.
  alignas(CXXScopeSpec) char ScopeMem[sizeof(CXXScopeSpec)];
  CXXScopeSpec &Scope() {
    return *reinterpret_cast<CXXScopeSpec *>(ScopeMem);
  }
  const CXXScopeSpec &Scope() const {
    return *reinterpret_cast<const CXXScopeSpec *>(ScopeMem);
  }
  void destroy() {
    Scope().~CXXScopeSpec();
  }
};

struct PipeTypeInfo {
  /// The access writes.
  unsigned AccessWrites : 3;

  void destroy() {}
};

union {
  PointerTypeInfo       Ptr;
  ReferenceTypeInfo     Ref;
  ArrayTypeInfo         Arr;
  FunctionTypeInfo      Fun;
  BlockPointerTypeInfo  Cls;
  MemberPointerTypeInfo Mem;
  PipeTypeInfo          PipeInfo;
};

void destroy() {
  switch (Kind) {
  case DeclaratorChunk::Function:      return Fun.destroy();
  case DeclaratorChunk::Pointer:       return Ptr.destroy();
  case DeclaratorChunk::BlockPointer:  return Cls.destroy();
  case DeclaratorChunk::Reference:     return Ref.destroy();
  case DeclaratorChunk::Array:         return Arr.destroy();
  case DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer: return Mem.destroy();
  case DeclaratorChunk::Paren:         return;
  case DeclaratorChunk::Pipe:          return PipeInfo.destroy();
  }
}

/// If there are attributes applied to this declaratorchunk, return
/// them.
const ParsedAttributesView &getAttrs() const { return AttrList; }
ParsedAttributesView &getAttrs() { return AttrList; }

/// Return a DeclaratorChunk for a pointer.
static DeclaratorChunk getPointer(unsigned TypeQuals, SourceLocation Loc,
                                  SourceLocation ConstQualLoc,
                                  SourceLocation VolatileQualLoc,
                                  SourceLocation RestrictQualLoc,
                                  SourceLocation AtomicQualLoc,
                                  SourceLocation UnalignedQualLoc) {
  DeclaratorChunk I;
  I.Kind                = Pointer;
  I.Loc                 = Loc;
  I.Ptr.TypeQuals       = TypeQuals;
  I.Ptr.ConstQualLoc    = ConstQualLoc.getRawEncoding();
  I.Ptr.VolatileQualLoc = VolatileQualLoc.getRawEncoding();
  I.Ptr.RestrictQualLoc = RestrictQualLoc.getRawEncoding();
  I.Ptr.AtomicQualLoc   = AtomicQualLoc.getRawEncoding();
  I.Ptr.UnalignedQualLoc = UnalignedQualLoc.getRawEncoding();
  return I;
}

/// Return a DeclaratorChunk for a reference.
static DeclaratorChunk getReference(unsigned TypeQuals, SourceLocation Loc,
                                    bool lvalue) {
  DeclaratorChunk I;
  I.Kind            = Reference;
  I.Loc             = Loc;
  I.Ref.HasRestrict = (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) != 0;
  I.Ref.LValueRef   = lvalue;
  return I;
}

/// Return a DeclaratorChunk for an array.
static DeclaratorChunk getArray(unsigned TypeQuals,
                                bool isStatic, bool isStar, Expr *NumElts,
                                SourceLocation LBLoc, SourceLocation RBLoc) {
  DeclaratorChunk I;
  I.Kind          = Array;
  I.Loc           = LBLoc;
  I.EndLoc        = RBLoc;
  I.Arr.TypeQuals = TypeQuals;
  I.Arr.hasStatic = isStatic;
  I.Arr.isStar    = isStar;
  I.Arr.NumElts   = NumElts;
  return I;
}

/// DeclaratorChunk::getFunction - Return a DeclaratorChunk for a function.
/// "TheDeclarator" is the declarator that this will be added to.
static DeclaratorChunk getFunction(bool HasProto,
                                   bool IsAmbiguous,
                                   SourceLocation LParenLoc,
                                   ParamInfo *Params, unsigned NumParams,
                                   SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
                                   SourceLocation RParenLoc,
                                   bool RefQualifierIsLvalueRef,
                                   SourceLocation RefQualifierLoc,
                                   SourceLocation MutableLoc,
                                   ExceptionSpecificationType ESpecType,
                                   SourceRange ESpecRange,
                                   ParsedType *Exceptions,
                                   SourceRange *ExceptionRanges,
                                   unsigned NumExceptions,
                                   Expr *NoexceptExpr,
                                   CachedTokens *ExceptionSpecTokens,
                                   ArrayRef<NamedDecl *> DeclsInPrototype,
                                   SourceLocation LocalRangeBegin,
                                   SourceLocation LocalRangeEnd,
                                   Declarator &TheDeclarator,
                                   TypeResult TrailingReturnType =
                                                  TypeResult(),
                                   DeclSpec *MethodQualifiers = nullptr);

/// Return a DeclaratorChunk for a block.
static DeclaratorChunk getBlockPointer(unsigned TypeQuals,
                                       SourceLocation Loc) {
  DeclaratorChunk I;
  I.Kind          = BlockPointer;
  I.Loc           = Loc;
  I.Cls.TypeQuals = TypeQuals;
  return I;
}

/// Return a DeclaratorChunk for a block.
static DeclaratorChunk getPipe(unsigned TypeQuals,
                               SourceLocation Loc) {
  DeclaratorChunk I;
  I.Kind          = Pipe;
  I.Loc           = Loc;
  I.Cls.TypeQuals = TypeQuals;
  return I;
}

static DeclaratorChunk getMemberPointer(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
                                        unsigned TypeQuals,
                                        SourceLocation Loc) {
  DeclaratorChunk I;
  I.Kind          = MemberPointer;
  I.Loc           = SS.getBeginLoc();
  I.EndLoc        = Loc;
  I.Mem.TypeQuals = TypeQuals;
  new (I.Mem.ScopeMem) CXXScopeSpec(SS);
  return I;
}

/// Return a DeclaratorChunk for a paren.
static DeclaratorChunk getParen(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
                                SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
  DeclaratorChunk I;
  I.Kind          = Paren;
  I.Loc           = LParenLoc;
  I.EndLoc        = RParenLoc;
  return I;
}

bool isParen() const {
  return Kind == Paren;
}
1670};

1672/// A parsed C++17 decomposition declarator of the form
1673///   '[' identifier-list ']'
1674class DecompositionDeclarator {
1675public:
struct Binding {
  IdentifierInfo *Name;
  SourceLocation NameLoc;
};

1681private:
/// The locations of the '[' and ']' tokens.
SourceLocation LSquareLoc, RSquareLoc;

/// The bindings.
Binding *Bindings;
unsigned NumBindings : 31;
unsigned DeleteBindings : 1;

friend class Declarator;

1692public:
DecompositionDeclarator()
    : Bindings(nullptr), NumBindings(0), DeleteBindings(false) {}
DecompositionDeclarator(const DecompositionDeclarator &G) = delete;
DecompositionDeclarator &operator=(const DecompositionDeclarator &G) = delete;
~DecompositionDeclarator() {
  if (DeleteBindings)
    delete[] Bindings;
}

void clear() {
  LSquareLoc = RSquareLoc = SourceLocation();
  if (DeleteBindings)
    delete[] Bindings;
  Bindings = nullptr;
  NumBindings = 0;
  DeleteBindings = false;
}

ArrayRef<Binding> bindings() const {
  return llvm::makeArrayRef(Bindings, NumBindings);
}

bool isSet() const { return LSquareLoc.isValid(); }

SourceLocation getLSquareLoc() const { return LSquareLoc; }
SourceLocation getRSquareLoc() const { return RSquareLoc; }
SourceRange getSourceRange() const {
  return SourceRange(LSquareLoc, RSquareLoc);
}
1722};

1724/// Described the kind of function definition (if any) provided for
1725/// a function.
1726enum FunctionDefinitionKind {
FDK_Declaration,
FDK_Definition,
FDK_Defaulted,
FDK_Deleted
1731};

1733enum class DeclaratorContext {
  FileContext,         // File scope declaration.
  PrototypeContext,    // Within a function prototype.
  ObjCResultContext,   // An ObjC method result type.
  ObjCParameterContext,// An ObjC method parameter type.
  KNRTypeListContext,  // K&R type definition list for formals.
  TypeNameContext,     // Abstract declarator for types.
  FunctionalCastContext, // Type in a C++ functional cast expression.
  MemberContext,       // Struct/Union field.
  BlockContext,        // Declaration within a block in a function.
  ForContext,          // Declaration within first part of a for loop.
  InitStmtContext,     // Declaration within optional init stmt of if/switch.
  ConditionContext,    // Condition declaration in a C++ if/switch/while/for.
  TemplateParamContext,// Within a template parameter list.
  CXXNewContext,       // C++ new-expression.
  CXXCatchContext,     // C++ catch exception-declaration
  ObjCCatchContext,    // Objective-C catch exception-declaration
  BlockLiteralContext, // Block literal declarator.
  LambdaExprContext,   // Lambda-expression declarator.
  LambdaExprParameterContext, // Lambda-expression parameter declarator.
  ConversionIdContext, // C++ conversion-type-id.
  TrailingReturnContext, // C++11 trailing-type-specifier.
  TrailingReturnVarContext, // C++11 trailing-type-specifier for variable.
  TemplateArgContext,  // Any template argument (in template argument list).
  TemplateTypeArgContext, // Template type argument (in default argument).
  AliasDeclContext,    // C++11 alias-declaration.
  AliasTemplateContext // C++11 alias-declaration template.
1760};


1763/// Information about one declarator, including the parsed type
1764/// information and the identifier.
1765///
1766/// When the declarator is fully formed, this is turned into the appropriate
1767/// Decl object.
1768///
1769/// Declarators come in two types: normal declarators and abstract declarators.
1770/// Abstract declarators are used when parsing types, and don't have an
1771/// identifier.  Normal declarators do have ID's.
1772///
1773/// Instances of this class should be a transient object that lives on the
1774/// stack, not objects that are allocated in large quantities on the heap.
1775class Declarator {

1777private:
const DeclSpec &DS;
CXXScopeSpec SS;
UnqualifiedId Name;
SourceRange Range;

/// Where we are parsing this declarator.
DeclaratorContext Context;

/// The C++17 structured binding, if any. This is an alternative to a Name.
DecompositionDeclarator BindingGroup;

/// DeclTypeInfo - This holds each type that the declarator includes as it is
/// parsed.  This is pushed from the identifier out, which means that element
/// #0 will be the most closely bound to the identifier, and
/// DeclTypeInfo.back() will be the least closely bound.
SmallVector<DeclaratorChunk, 8> DeclTypeInfo;

/// InvalidType - Set by Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator().
unsigned InvalidType : 1;

/// GroupingParens - Set by Parser::ParseParenDeclarator().
unsigned GroupingParens : 1;

/// FunctionDefinition - Is this Declarator for a function or member
/// definition and, if so, what kind?
///
/// Actually a FunctionDefinitionKind.
unsigned FunctionDefinition : 2;

/// Is this Declarator a redeclaration?
unsigned Redeclaration : 1;

/// true if the declaration is preceded by \c __extension__.
unsigned Extension : 1;

/// Indicates whether this is an Objective-C instance variable.
unsigned ObjCIvar : 1;

/// Indicates whether this is an Objective-C 'weak' property.
unsigned ObjCWeakProperty : 1;

/// Indicates whether the InlineParams / InlineBindings storage has been used.
unsigned InlineStorageUsed : 1;

/// Attrs - Attributes.
ParsedAttributes Attrs;

/// The asm label, if specified.
Expr *AsmLabel;

1828#ifndef _MSC_VER
union {
1830#endif
  /// InlineParams - This is a local array used for the first function decl
  /// chunk to avoid going to the heap for the common case when we have one
  /// function chunk in the declarator.
  DeclaratorChunk::ParamInfo InlineParams[16];
  DecompositionDeclarator::Binding InlineBindings[16];
1836#ifndef _MSC_VER
};
1838#endif

/// If this is the second or subsequent declarator in this declaration,
/// the location of the comma before this declarator.
SourceLocation CommaLoc;

/// If provided, the source location of the ellipsis used to describe
/// this declarator as a parameter pack.
SourceLocation EllipsisLoc;

friend struct DeclaratorChunk;

1850public:
Declarator(const DeclSpec &ds, DeclaratorContext C)
    : DS(ds), Range(ds.getSourceRange()), Context(C),
      InvalidType(DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error),
      GroupingParens(false), FunctionDefinition(FDK_Declaration),
      Redeclaration(false), Extension(false), ObjCIvar(false),
      ObjCWeakProperty(false), InlineStorageUsed(false),
      Attrs(ds.getAttributePool().getFactory()), AsmLabel(nullptr) {}

~Declarator() {
  clear();
}
/// getDeclSpec - Return the declaration-specifier that this declarator was
/// declared with.
const DeclSpec &getDeclSpec() const { return DS; }

/// getMutableDeclSpec - Return a non-const version of the DeclSpec.  This
/// should be used with extreme care: declspecs can often be shared between
/// multiple declarators, so mutating the DeclSpec affects all of the
/// Declarators.  This should only be done when the declspec is known to not
/// be shared or when in error recovery etc.
DeclSpec &getMutableDeclSpec() { return const_cast<DeclSpec &>(DS); }

AttributePool &getAttributePool() const {
  return Attrs.getPool();
}

/// getCXXScopeSpec - Return the C++ scope specifier (global scope or
/// nested-name-specifier) that is part of the declarator-id.
const CXXScopeSpec &getCXXScopeSpec() const { return SS; }
CXXScopeSpec &getCXXScopeSpec() { return SS; }

/// Retrieve the name specified by this declarator.
UnqualifiedId &getName() { return Name; }

const DecompositionDeclarator &getDecompositionDeclarator() const {
  return BindingGroup;
}

DeclaratorContext getContext() const { return Context; }

bool isPrototypeContext() const {
  return (Context == DeclaratorContext::PrototypeContext ||
          Context == DeclaratorContext::ObjCParameterContext ||
          Context == DeclaratorContext::ObjCResultContext ||
          Context == DeclaratorContext::LambdaExprParameterContext);
}

/// Get the source range that spans this declarator.
SourceRange getSourceRange() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { return Range; }
SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { return Range.getBegin(); }
SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { return Range.getEnd(); }

void SetSourceRange(SourceRange R) { Range = R; }
/// SetRangeBegin - Set the start of the source range to Loc, unless it's
/// invalid.
void SetRangeBegin(SourceLocation Loc) {
  if (!Loc.isInvalid())
    Range.setBegin(Loc);
}
/// SetRangeEnd - Set the end of the source range to Loc, unless it's invalid.
void SetRangeEnd(SourceLocation Loc) {
  if (!Loc.isInvalid())
    Range.setEnd(Loc);
}
/// ExtendWithDeclSpec - Extend the declarator source range to include the
/// given declspec, unless its location is invalid. Adopts the range start if
/// the current range start is invalid.
void ExtendWithDeclSpec(const DeclSpec &DS) {
  SourceRange SR = DS.getSourceRange();
  if (Range.getBegin().isInvalid())
    Range.setBegin(SR.getBegin());
  if (!SR.getEnd().isInvalid())
    Range.setEnd(SR.getEnd());
}

/// Reset the contents of this Declarator.
void clear() {
  SS.clear();
  Name.clear();
  Range = DS.getSourceRange();
  BindingGroup.clear();

  for (unsigned i = 0, e = DeclTypeInfo.size(); i != e; ++i)
    DeclTypeInfo[i].destroy();
  DeclTypeInfo.clear();
  Attrs.clear();
  AsmLabel = nullptr;
  InlineStorageUsed = false;
  ObjCIvar = false;
  ObjCWeakProperty = false;
  CommaLoc = SourceLocation();
  EllipsisLoc = SourceLocation();
}

/// mayOmitIdentifier - Return true if the identifier is either optional or
/// not allowed.  This is true for typenames, prototypes, and template
/// parameter lists.
bool mayOmitIdentifier() const {
  switch (Context) {
  case DeclaratorContext::FileContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::KNRTypeListContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::MemberContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::BlockContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::ForContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::InitStmtContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::ConditionContext:
    return false;

  case DeclaratorContext::TypeNameContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::FunctionalCastContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::AliasDeclContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::AliasTemplateContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::PrototypeContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::LambdaExprParameterContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::ObjCParameterContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::ObjCResultContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::TemplateParamContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::CXXNewContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::CXXCatchContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::ObjCCatchContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::BlockLiteralContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::LambdaExprContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::ConversionIdContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::TemplateArgContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::TemplateTypeArgContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::TrailingReturnContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::TrailingReturnVarContext:
    return true;
  }
  llvm_unreachable("unknown context kind!")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("unknown context kind!", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
, 1980);
}

/// mayHaveIdentifier - Return true if the identifier is either optional or
/// required.  This is true for normal declarators and prototypes, but not
/// typenames.
bool mayHaveIdentifier() const {
  switch (Context) {
  case DeclaratorContext::FileContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::KNRTypeListContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::MemberContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::BlockContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::ForContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::InitStmtContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::ConditionContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::PrototypeContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::LambdaExprParameterContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::TemplateParamContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::CXXCatchContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::ObjCCatchContext:
    return true;

  case DeclaratorContext::TypeNameContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::FunctionalCastContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::CXXNewContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::AliasDeclContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::AliasTemplateContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::ObjCParameterContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::ObjCResultContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::BlockLiteralContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::LambdaExprContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::ConversionIdContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::TemplateArgContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::TemplateTypeArgContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::TrailingReturnContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::TrailingReturnVarContext:
    return false;
  }
  llvm_unreachable("unknown context kind!")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("unknown context kind!", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
, 2018);
}

/// Return true if the context permits a C++17 decomposition declarator.
bool mayHaveDecompositionDeclarator() const {
  switch (Context) {
  case DeclaratorContext::FileContext:
    // FIXME: It's not clear that the proposal meant to allow file-scope
    // structured bindings, but it does.
  case DeclaratorContext::BlockContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::ForContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::InitStmtContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::ConditionContext:
    return true;

  case DeclaratorContext::MemberContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::PrototypeContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::TemplateParamContext:
    // Maybe one day...
    return false;

  // These contexts don't allow any kind of non-abstract declarator.
  case DeclaratorContext::KNRTypeListContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::TypeNameContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::FunctionalCastContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::AliasDeclContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::AliasTemplateContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::LambdaExprParameterContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::ObjCParameterContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::ObjCResultContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::CXXNewContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::CXXCatchContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::ObjCCatchContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::BlockLiteralContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::LambdaExprContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::ConversionIdContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::TemplateArgContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::TemplateTypeArgContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::TrailingReturnContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::TrailingReturnVarContext:
    return false;
  }
  llvm_unreachable("unknown context kind!")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("unknown context kind!", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
, 2060);
}

/// mayBeFollowedByCXXDirectInit - Return true if the declarator can be
/// followed by a C++ direct initializer, e.g. "int x(1);".
bool mayBeFollowedByCXXDirectInit() const {
  if (hasGroupingParens()) return false;

  if (getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
    return false;

  if (getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern &&
      Context != DeclaratorContext::FileContext)
    return false;

  // Special names can't have direct initializers.
  if (Name.getKind() != UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_Identifier)
    return false;

  switch (Context) {
  case DeclaratorContext::FileContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::BlockContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::ForContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::InitStmtContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::TrailingReturnVarContext:
    return true;

  case DeclaratorContext::ConditionContext:
    // This may not be followed by a direct initializer, but it can't be a
    // function declaration either, and we'd prefer to perform a tentative
    // parse in order to produce the right diagnostic.
    return true;

  case DeclaratorContext::KNRTypeListContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::MemberContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::PrototypeContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::LambdaExprParameterContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::ObjCParameterContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::ObjCResultContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::TemplateParamContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::CXXCatchContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::ObjCCatchContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::TypeNameContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::FunctionalCastContext: // FIXME
  case DeclaratorContext::CXXNewContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::AliasDeclContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::AliasTemplateContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::BlockLiteralContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::LambdaExprContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::ConversionIdContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::TemplateArgContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::TemplateTypeArgContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::TrailingReturnContext:
    return false;
  }
  llvm_unreachable("unknown context kind!")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("unknown context kind!", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
, 2115);
}

/// isPastIdentifier - Return true if we have parsed beyond the point where
/// the name would appear. (This may happen even if we haven't actually parsed
/// a name, perhaps because this context doesn't require one.)
bool isPastIdentifier() const { return Name.isValid(); }

/// hasName - Whether this declarator has a name, which might be an
/// identifier (accessible via getIdentifier()) or some kind of
/// special C++ name (constructor, destructor, etc.), or a structured
/// binding (which is not exactly a name, but occupies the same position).
bool hasName() const {
  return Name.getKind() != UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_Identifier ||
         Name.Identifier || isDecompositionDeclarator();
}

/// Return whether this declarator is a decomposition declarator.
bool isDecompositionDeclarator() const {
  return BindingGroup.isSet();
}

IdentifierInfo *getIdentifier() const {
  if (Name.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_Identifier)
    return Name.Identifier;

  return nullptr;
}
SourceLocation getIdentifierLoc() const { return Name.StartLocation; }

/// Set the name of this declarator to be the given identifier.
void SetIdentifier(IdentifierInfo *Id, SourceLocation IdLoc) {
  Name.setIdentifier(Id, IdLoc);
}

/// Set the decomposition bindings for this declarator.
void
setDecompositionBindings(SourceLocation LSquareLoc,
                         ArrayRef<DecompositionDeclarator::Binding> Bindings,
                         SourceLocation RSquareLoc);

/// AddTypeInfo - Add a chunk to this declarator. Also extend the range to
/// EndLoc, which should be the last token of the chunk.
/// This function takes attrs by R-Value reference because it takes ownership
/// of those attributes from the parameter.
void AddTypeInfo(const DeclaratorChunk &TI, ParsedAttributes &&attrs,
                 SourceLocation EndLoc) {
  DeclTypeInfo.push_back(TI);
  DeclTypeInfo.back().getAttrs().addAll(attrs.begin(), attrs.end());
  getAttributePool().takeAllFrom(attrs.getPool());

  if (!EndLoc.isInvalid())
    SetRangeEnd(EndLoc);
}

/// AddTypeInfo - Add a chunk to this declarator. Also extend the range to
/// EndLoc, which should be the last token of the chunk.
void AddTypeInfo(const DeclaratorChunk &TI, SourceLocation EndLoc) {
  DeclTypeInfo.push_back(TI);

  if (!EndLoc.isInvalid())
    SetRangeEnd(EndLoc);
}

/// Add a new innermost chunk to this declarator.
void AddInnermostTypeInfo(const DeclaratorChunk &TI) {
  DeclTypeInfo.insert(DeclTypeInfo.begin(), TI);
}

/// Return the number of types applied to this declarator.
unsigned getNumTypeObjects() const { return DeclTypeInfo.size(); }

/// Return the specified TypeInfo from this declarator.  TypeInfo #0 is
/// closest to the identifier.
const DeclaratorChunk &getTypeObject(unsigned i) const {
  assert(i < DeclTypeInfo.size() && "Invalid type chunk")((i < DeclTypeInfo.size() && "Invalid type chunk")
 ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("i < DeclTypeInfo.size() && \"Invalid type chunk\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
, 2190, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  return DeclTypeInfo[i];
}
DeclaratorChunk &getTypeObject(unsigned i) {
  assert(i < DeclTypeInfo.size() && "Invalid type chunk")((i < DeclTypeInfo.size() && "Invalid type chunk")
 ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("i < DeclTypeInfo.size() && \"Invalid type chunk\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
, 2194, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  return DeclTypeInfo[i];
}

typedef SmallVectorImpl<DeclaratorChunk>::const_iterator type_object_iterator;
typedef llvm::iterator_range<type_object_iterator> type_object_range;

/// Returns the range of type objects, from the identifier outwards.
type_object_range type_objects() const {
  return type_object_range(DeclTypeInfo.begin(), DeclTypeInfo.end());
}

void DropFirstTypeObject() {
  assert(!DeclTypeInfo.empty() && "No type chunks to drop.")((!DeclTypeInfo.empty() && "No type chunks to drop.")
 ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!DeclTypeInfo.empty() && \"No type chunks to drop.\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
, 2207, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  DeclTypeInfo.front().destroy();
  DeclTypeInfo.erase(DeclTypeInfo.begin());
}

/// Return the innermost (closest to the declarator) chunk of this
/// declarator that is not a parens chunk, or null if there are no
/// non-parens chunks.
const DeclaratorChunk *getInnermostNonParenChunk() const {
  for (unsigned i = 0, i_end = DeclTypeInfo.size(); i < i_end; ++i) {
    if (!DeclTypeInfo[i].isParen())
      return &DeclTypeInfo[i];
  }
  return nullptr;
}

/// Return the outermost (furthest from the declarator) chunk of
/// this declarator that is not a parens chunk, or null if there are
/// no non-parens chunks.
const DeclaratorChunk *getOutermostNonParenChunk() const {
  for (unsigned i = DeclTypeInfo.size(), i_end = 0; i != i_end; --i) {
    if (!DeclTypeInfo[i-1].isParen())
      return &DeclTypeInfo[i-1];
  }
  return nullptr;
}

/// isArrayOfUnknownBound - This method returns true if the declarator
/// is a declarator for an array of unknown bound (looking through
/// parentheses).
bool isArrayOfUnknownBound() const {
  const DeclaratorChunk *chunk = getInnermostNonParenChunk();
  return (chunk && chunk->Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Array &&
          !chunk->Arr.NumElts);
}

/// isFunctionDeclarator - This method returns true if the declarator
/// is a function declarator (looking through parentheses).
/// If true is returned, then the reference type parameter idx is
/// assigned with the index of the declaration chunk.
bool isFunctionDeclarator(unsigned& idx) const {
  for (unsigned i = 0, i_end = DeclTypeInfo.size(); i < i_end; ++i) {
    switch (DeclTypeInfo[i].Kind) {
    case DeclaratorChunk::Function:
      idx = i;
      return true;
    case DeclaratorChunk::Paren:
      continue;
    case DeclaratorChunk::Pointer:
    case DeclaratorChunk::Reference:
    case DeclaratorChunk::Array:
    case DeclaratorChunk::BlockPointer:
    case DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer:
    case DeclaratorChunk::Pipe:
      return false;
    }
    llvm_unreachable("Invalid type chunk")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Invalid type chunk", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
, 2263);
  }
  return false;
}

/// isFunctionDeclarator - Once this declarator is fully parsed and formed,
/// this method returns true if the identifier is a function declarator
/// (looking through parentheses).
bool isFunctionDeclarator() const {
  unsigned index;
  return isFunctionDeclarator(index);
}

/// getFunctionTypeInfo - Retrieves the function type info object
/// (looking through parentheses).
DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &getFunctionTypeInfo() {
  assert(isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!")((isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isFunctionDeclarator() && \"Not a function declarator!\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
, 2279, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  unsigned index = 0;
  isFunctionDeclarator(index);
  return DeclTypeInfo[index].Fun;
}

/// getFunctionTypeInfo - Retrieves the function type info object
/// (looking through parentheses).
const DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &getFunctionTypeInfo() const {
  return const_cast<Declarator*>(this)->getFunctionTypeInfo();
}

/// Determine whether the declaration that will be produced from
/// this declaration will be a function.
///
/// A declaration can declare a function even if the declarator itself
/// isn't a function declarator, if the type specifier refers to a function
/// type. This routine checks for both cases.
bool isDeclarationOfFunction() const;

/// Return true if this declaration appears in a context where a
/// function declarator would be a function declaration.
bool isFunctionDeclarationContext() const {
  if (getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
    return false;

  switch (Context) {
  case DeclaratorContext::FileContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::MemberContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::BlockContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::ForContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::InitStmtContext:
    return true;

  case DeclaratorContext::ConditionContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::KNRTypeListContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::TypeNameContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::FunctionalCastContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::AliasDeclContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::AliasTemplateContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::PrototypeContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::LambdaExprParameterContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::ObjCParameterContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::ObjCResultContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::TemplateParamContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::CXXNewContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::CXXCatchContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::ObjCCatchContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::BlockLiteralContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::LambdaExprContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::ConversionIdContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::TemplateArgContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::TemplateTypeArgContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::TrailingReturnContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::TrailingReturnVarContext:
    return false;
  }
  llvm_unreachable("unknown context kind!")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("unknown context kind!", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
, 2336);
}

/// Determine whether this declaration appears in a context where an
/// expression could appear.
bool isExpressionContext() const {
  switch (Context) {
  case DeclaratorContext::FileContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::KNRTypeListContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::MemberContext:

  // FIXME: sizeof(...) permits an expression.
  case DeclaratorContext::TypeNameContext:

  case DeclaratorContext::FunctionalCastContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::AliasDeclContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::AliasTemplateContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::PrototypeContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::LambdaExprParameterContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::ObjCParameterContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::ObjCResultContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::TemplateParamContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::CXXNewContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::CXXCatchContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::ObjCCatchContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::BlockLiteralContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::LambdaExprContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::ConversionIdContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::TrailingReturnContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::TrailingReturnVarContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::TemplateTypeArgContext:
    return false;

  case DeclaratorContext::BlockContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::ForContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::InitStmtContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::ConditionContext:
  case DeclaratorContext::TemplateArgContext:
    return true;
  }

  llvm_unreachable("unknown context kind!")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("unknown context kind!", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
, 2377);
}

/// Return true if a function declarator at this position would be a
/// function declaration.
bool isFunctionDeclaratorAFunctionDeclaration() const {
  if (!isFunctionDeclarationContext())
    return false;

  for (unsigned I = 0, N = getNumTypeObjects(); I != N; ++I)
    if (getTypeObject(I).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Paren)
      return false;

  return true;
}

/// Determine whether a trailing return type was written (at any
/// level) within this declarator.
bool hasTrailingReturnType() const {
  for (const auto &Chunk : type_objects())
    if (Chunk.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
        Chunk.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType())
      return true;
  return false;
}

/// takeAttributes - Takes attributes from the given parsed-attributes
/// set and add them to this declarator.
///
/// These examples both add 3 attributes to "var":
///  short int var __attribute__((aligned(16),common,deprecated));
///  short int x, __attribute__((aligned(16)) var
///                                 __attribute__((common,deprecated));
///
/// Also extends the range of the declarator.
void takeAttributes(ParsedAttributes &attrs, SourceLocation lastLoc) {
  Attrs.takeAllFrom(attrs);

  if (!lastLoc.isInvalid())
    SetRangeEnd(lastLoc);
}

const ParsedAttributes &getAttributes() const { return Attrs; }
ParsedAttributes &getAttributes() { return Attrs; }

/// hasAttributes - do we contain any attributes?
bool hasAttributes() const {
  if (!getAttributes().empty() || getDeclSpec().hasAttributes())
    return true;
  for (unsigned i = 0, e = getNumTypeObjects(); i != e; ++i)
    if (!getTypeObject(i).getAttrs().empty())
      return true;
  return false;
}

/// Return a source range list of C++11 attributes associated
/// with the declarator.
void getCXX11AttributeRanges(SmallVectorImpl<SourceRange> &Ranges) {
  for (const ParsedAttr &AL : Attrs)
    if (AL.isCXX11Attribute())
      Ranges.push_back(AL.getRange());
}

void setAsmLabel(Expr *E) { AsmLabel = E; }
Expr *getAsmLabel() const { return AsmLabel; }

void setExtension(bool Val = true) { Extension = Val; }
bool getExtension() const { return Extension; }

void setObjCIvar(bool Val = true) { ObjCIvar = Val; }
bool isObjCIvar() const { return ObjCIvar; }

void setObjCWeakProperty(bool Val = true) { ObjCWeakProperty = Val; }
bool isObjCWeakProperty() const { return ObjCWeakProperty; }

void setInvalidType(bool Val = true) { InvalidType = Val; }
bool isInvalidType() const {
  return InvalidType || DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error;
12
←
Assuming field 'InvalidType' is 0→
13
←
Assuming the condition is false→
14
←
Returning zero, which participates in a condition later→
}

void setGroupingParens(bool flag) { GroupingParens = flag; }
bool hasGroupingParens() const { return GroupingParens; }

bool isFirstDeclarator() const { return !CommaLoc.isValid(); }
SourceLocation getCommaLoc() const { return CommaLoc; }
void setCommaLoc(SourceLocation CL) { CommaLoc = CL; }

bool hasEllipsis() const { return EllipsisLoc.isValid(); }
SourceLocation getEllipsisLoc() const { return EllipsisLoc; }
void setEllipsisLoc(SourceLocation EL) { EllipsisLoc = EL; }

void setFunctionDefinitionKind(FunctionDefinitionKind Val) {
  FunctionDefinition = Val;
}

bool isFunctionDefinition() const {
  return getFunctionDefinitionKind() != FDK_Declaration;
}

FunctionDefinitionKind getFunctionDefinitionKind() const {
  return (FunctionDefinitionKind)FunctionDefinition;
}

/// Returns true if this declares a real member and not a friend.
bool isFirstDeclarationOfMember() {
  return getContext() == DeclaratorContext::MemberContext &&
         !getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
}

/// Returns true if this declares a static member.  This cannot be called on a
/// declarator outside of a MemberContext because we won't know until
/// redeclaration time if the decl is static.
bool isStaticMember();

/// Returns true if this declares a constructor or a destructor.
bool isCtorOrDtor();

void setRedeclaration(bool Val) { Redeclaration = Val; }
bool isRedeclaration() const { return Redeclaration; }
2496};

2498/// This little struct is used to capture information about
2499/// structure field declarators, which is basically just a bitfield size.
2500struct FieldDeclarator {
Declarator D;
Expr *BitfieldSize;
explicit FieldDeclarator(const DeclSpec &DS)
    : D(DS, DeclaratorContext::MemberContext),
      BitfieldSize(nullptr) {}
2506};

2508/// Represents a C++11 virt-specifier-seq.
2509class VirtSpecifiers {
2510public:
enum Specifier {
  VS_None = 0,
  VS_Override = 1,
  VS_Final = 2,
  VS_Sealed = 4,
  // Represents the __final keyword, which is legal for gcc in pre-C++11 mode.
  VS_GNU_Final = 8
};

VirtSpecifiers() : Specifiers(0), LastSpecifier(VS_None) { }

bool SetSpecifier(Specifier VS, SourceLocation Loc,
                  const char *&PrevSpec);

bool isUnset() const { return Specifiers == 0; }

bool isOverrideSpecified() const { return Specifiers & VS_Override; }
SourceLocation getOverrideLoc() const { return VS_overrideLoc; }

bool isFinalSpecified() const { return Specifiers & (VS_Final | VS_Sealed | VS_GNU_Final); }
bool isFinalSpelledSealed() const { return Specifiers & VS_Sealed; }
SourceLocation getFinalLoc() const { return VS_finalLoc; }

void clear() { Specifiers = 0; }

static const char *getSpecifierName(Specifier VS);

SourceLocation getFirstLocation() const { return FirstLocation; }
SourceLocation getLastLocation() const { return LastLocation; }
Specifier getLastSpecifier() const { return LastSpecifier; }

2542private:
unsigned Specifiers;
Specifier LastSpecifier;

SourceLocation VS_overrideLoc, VS_finalLoc;
SourceLocation FirstLocation;
SourceLocation LastLocation;
2549};

2551enum class LambdaCaptureInitKind {
NoInit,     //!< [a]
CopyInit,   //!< [a = b], [a = {b}]
DirectInit, //!< [a(b)]
ListInit    //!< [a{b}]
2556};

2558/// Represents a complete lambda introducer.
2559struct LambdaIntroducer {
/// An individual capture in a lambda introducer.
struct LambdaCapture {
  LambdaCaptureKind Kind;
  SourceLocation Loc;
  IdentifierInfo *Id;
  SourceLocation EllipsisLoc;
  LambdaCaptureInitKind InitKind;
  ExprResult Init;
  ParsedType InitCaptureType;
  SourceRange ExplicitRange;

  LambdaCapture(LambdaCaptureKind Kind, SourceLocation Loc,
                IdentifierInfo *Id, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
                LambdaCaptureInitKind InitKind, ExprResult Init,
                ParsedType InitCaptureType,
                SourceRange ExplicitRange)
      : Kind(Kind), Loc(Loc), Id(Id), EllipsisLoc(EllipsisLoc),
        InitKind(InitKind), Init(Init), InitCaptureType(InitCaptureType),
        ExplicitRange(ExplicitRange) {}
};

SourceRange Range;
SourceLocation DefaultLoc;
LambdaCaptureDefault Default;
SmallVector<LambdaCapture, 4> Captures;

LambdaIntroducer()
  : Default(LCD_None) {}

/// Append a capture in a lambda introducer.
void addCapture(LambdaCaptureKind Kind,
                SourceLocation Loc,
                IdentifierInfo* Id,
                SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
                LambdaCaptureInitKind InitKind,
                ExprResult Init,
                ParsedType InitCaptureType,
                SourceRange ExplicitRange) {
  Captures.push_back(LambdaCapture(Kind, Loc, Id, EllipsisLoc, InitKind, Init,
                                   InitCaptureType, ExplicitRange));
}
2601};

2603} // end namespace clang

2605#endif // LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_DECLSPEC_H

←

/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h

1//===- Type.h - C Language Family Type Representation -----------*- C++ -*-===//
2//
3// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
4// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
5// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
6//
7//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
8//
9/// \file
10/// C Language Family Type Representation
11///
12/// This file defines the clang::Type interface and subclasses, used to
13/// represent types for languages in the C family.
14//
15//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//

17#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_AST_TYPE_H
18#define LLVM_CLANG_AST_TYPE_H

20#include "clang/AST/NestedNameSpecifier.h"
21#include "clang/AST/TemplateName.h"
22#include "clang/Basic/AddressSpaces.h"
23#include "clang/Basic/AttrKinds.h"
24#include "clang/Basic/Diagnostic.h"
25#include "clang/Basic/ExceptionSpecificationType.h"
26#include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h"
27#include "clang/Basic/Linkage.h"
28#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
29#include "clang/Basic/SourceLocation.h"
30#include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h"
31#include "clang/Basic/Visibility.h"
32#include "llvm/ADT/APInt.h"
33#include "llvm/ADT/APSInt.h"
34#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
35#include "llvm/ADT/FoldingSet.h"
36#include "llvm/ADT/None.h"
37#include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h"
38#include "llvm/ADT/PointerIntPair.h"
39#include "llvm/ADT/PointerUnion.h"
40#include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
41#include "llvm/ADT/Twine.h"
42#include "llvm/ADT/iterator_range.h"
43#include "llvm/Support/Casting.h"
44#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
45#include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
46#include "llvm/Support/PointerLikeTypeTraits.h"
47#include "llvm/Support/type_traits.h"
48#include "llvm/Support/TrailingObjects.h"
49#include <cassert>
50#include <cstddef>
51#include <cstdint>
52#include <cstring>
53#include <string>
54#include <type_traits>
55#include <utility>

57namespace clang {

59class ExtQuals;
60class QualType;
61class TagDecl;
62class Type;

64enum {
TypeAlignmentInBits = 4,
TypeAlignment = 1 << TypeAlignmentInBits
67};

69} // namespace clang

71namespace llvm {

template <typename T>
struct PointerLikeTypeTraits;
template<>
struct PointerLikeTypeTraits< ::clang::Type*> {
  static inline void *getAsVoidPointer(::clang::Type *P) { return P; }

  static inline ::clang::Type *getFromVoidPointer(void *P) {
    return static_cast< ::clang::Type*>(P);
  }

  enum { NumLowBitsAvailable = clang::TypeAlignmentInBits };
};

template<>
struct PointerLikeTypeTraits< ::clang::ExtQuals*> {
  static inline void *getAsVoidPointer(::clang::ExtQuals *P) { return P; }

  static inline ::clang::ExtQuals *getFromVoidPointer(void *P) {
    return static_cast< ::clang::ExtQuals*>(P);
  }

  enum { NumLowBitsAvailable = clang::TypeAlignmentInBits };
};

97} // namespace llvm

99namespace clang {

101class ASTContext;
102template <typename> class CanQual;
103class CXXRecordDecl;
104class DeclContext;
105class EnumDecl;
106class Expr;
107class ExtQualsTypeCommonBase;
108class FunctionDecl;
109class IdentifierInfo;
110class NamedDecl;
111class ObjCInterfaceDecl;
112class ObjCProtocolDecl;
113class ObjCTypeParamDecl;
114struct PrintingPolicy;
115class RecordDecl;
116class Stmt;
117class TagDecl;
118class TemplateArgument;
119class TemplateArgumentListInfo;
120class TemplateArgumentLoc;
121class TemplateTypeParmDecl;
122class TypedefNameDecl;
123class UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl;

125using CanQualType = CanQual<Type>;

127// Provide forward declarations for all of the *Type classes.
128#define TYPE(Class, Base) class Class##Type;
129#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.inc"

131/// The collection of all-type qualifiers we support.
132/// Clang supports five independent qualifiers:
133/// * C99: const, volatile, and restrict
134/// * MS: __unaligned
135/// * Embedded C (TR18037): address spaces
136/// * Objective C: the GC attributes (none, weak, or strong)
137class Qualifiers {
138public:
enum TQ { // NOTE: These flags must be kept in sync with DeclSpec::TQ.
  Const    = 0x1,
  Restrict = 0x2,
  Volatile = 0x4,
  CVRMask = Const | Volatile | Restrict
};

enum GC {
  GCNone = 0,
  Weak,
  Strong
};

enum ObjCLifetime {
  /// There is no lifetime qualification on this type.
  OCL_None,

  /// This object can be modified without requiring retains or
  /// releases.
  OCL_ExplicitNone,

  /// Assigning into this object requires the old value to be
  /// released and the new value to be retained.  The timing of the
  /// release of the old value is inexact: it may be moved to
  /// immediately after the last known point where the value is
  /// live.
  OCL_Strong,

  /// Reading or writing from this object requires a barrier call.
  OCL_Weak,

  /// Assigning into this object requires a lifetime extension.
  OCL_Autoreleasing
};

enum {
  /// The maximum supported address space number.
  /// 23 bits should be enough for anyone.
  MaxAddressSpace = 0x7fffffu,

  /// The width of the "fast" qualifier mask.
  FastWidth = 3,

  /// The fast qualifier mask.
  FastMask = (1 << FastWidth) - 1
};

/// Returns the common set of qualifiers while removing them from
/// the given sets.
static Qualifiers removeCommonQualifiers(Qualifiers &L, Qualifiers &R) {
  // If both are only CVR-qualified, bit operations are sufficient.
  if (!(L.Mask & ~CVRMask) && !(R.Mask & ~CVRMask)) {
    Qualifiers Q;
    Q.Mask = L.Mask & R.Mask;
    L.Mask &= ~Q.Mask;
    R.Mask &= ~Q.Mask;
    return Q;
  }

  Qualifiers Q;
  unsigned CommonCRV = L.getCVRQualifiers() & R.getCVRQualifiers();
  Q.addCVRQualifiers(CommonCRV);
  L.removeCVRQualifiers(CommonCRV);
  R.removeCVRQualifiers(CommonCRV);

  if (L.getObjCGCAttr() == R.getObjCGCAttr()) {
    Q.setObjCGCAttr(L.getObjCGCAttr());
    L.removeObjCGCAttr();
    R.removeObjCGCAttr();
  }

  if (L.getObjCLifetime() == R.getObjCLifetime()) {
    Q.setObjCLifetime(L.getObjCLifetime());
    L.removeObjCLifetime();
    R.removeObjCLifetime();
  }

  if (L.getAddressSpace() == R.getAddressSpace()) {
    Q.setAddressSpace(L.getAddressSpace());
    L.removeAddressSpace();
    R.removeAddressSpace();
  }
  return Q;
}

static Qualifiers fromFastMask(unsigned Mask) {
  Qualifiers Qs;
  Qs.addFastQualifiers(Mask);
  return Qs;
}

static Qualifiers fromCVRMask(unsigned CVR) {
  Qualifiers Qs;
  Qs.addCVRQualifiers(CVR);
  return Qs;
}

static Qualifiers fromCVRUMask(unsigned CVRU) {
  Qualifiers Qs;
  Qs.addCVRUQualifiers(CVRU);
  return Qs;
}

// Deserialize qualifiers from an opaque representation.
static Qualifiers fromOpaqueValue(unsigned opaque) {
  Qualifiers Qs;
  Qs.Mask = opaque;
  return Qs;
}

// Serialize these qualifiers into an opaque representation.
unsigned getAsOpaqueValue() const {
  return Mask;
}

bool hasConst() const { return Mask & Const; }
bool hasOnlyConst() const { return Mask == Const; }
void removeConst() { Mask &= ~Const; }
void addConst() { Mask |= Const; }

bool hasVolatile() const { return Mask & Volatile; }
bool hasOnlyVolatile() const { return Mask == Volatile; }
void removeVolatile() { Mask &= ~Volatile; }
void addVolatile() { Mask |= Volatile; }

bool hasRestrict() const { return Mask & Restrict; }
bool hasOnlyRestrict() const { return Mask == Restrict; }
void removeRestrict() { Mask &= ~Restrict; }
void addRestrict() { Mask |= Restrict; }

bool hasCVRQualifiers() const { return getCVRQualifiers(); }
unsigned getCVRQualifiers() const { return Mask & CVRMask; }
unsigned getCVRUQualifiers() const { return Mask & (CVRMask | UMask); }

void setCVRQualifiers(unsigned mask) {
  assert(!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits")((!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~CVRMask) && \"bitmask contains non-CVR bits\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 274, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  Mask = (Mask & ~CVRMask) | mask;
}
void removeCVRQualifiers(unsigned mask) {
  assert(!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits")((!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~CVRMask) && \"bitmask contains non-CVR bits\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 278, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  Mask &= ~mask;
}
void removeCVRQualifiers() {
  removeCVRQualifiers(CVRMask);
}
void addCVRQualifiers(unsigned mask) {
  assert(!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits")((!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~CVRMask) && \"bitmask contains non-CVR bits\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 285, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  Mask |= mask;
}
void addCVRUQualifiers(unsigned mask) {
  assert(!(mask & ~CVRMask & ~UMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVRU bits")((!(mask & ~CVRMask & ~UMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVRU bits"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~CVRMask & ~UMask) && \"bitmask contains non-CVRU bits\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 289, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  Mask |= mask;
}

bool hasUnaligned() const { return Mask & UMask; }
void setUnaligned(bool flag) {
  Mask = (Mask & ~UMask) | (flag ? UMask : 0);
}
void removeUnaligned() { Mask &= ~UMask; }
void addUnaligned() { Mask |= UMask; }

bool hasObjCGCAttr() const { return Mask & GCAttrMask; }
GC getObjCGCAttr() const { return GC((Mask & GCAttrMask) >> GCAttrShift); }
void setObjCGCAttr(GC type) {
  Mask = (Mask & ~GCAttrMask) | (type << GCAttrShift);
}
void removeObjCGCAttr() { setObjCGCAttr(GCNone); }
void addObjCGCAttr(GC type) {
  assert(type)((type) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("type"
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 307, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  setObjCGCAttr(type);
}
Qualifiers withoutObjCGCAttr() const {
  Qualifiers qs = *this;
  qs.removeObjCGCAttr();
  return qs;
}
Qualifiers withoutObjCLifetime() const {
  Qualifiers qs = *this;
  qs.removeObjCLifetime();
  return qs;
}
Qualifiers withoutAddressSpace() const {
  Qualifiers qs = *this;
  qs.removeAddressSpace();
  return qs;
}

bool hasObjCLifetime() const { return Mask & LifetimeMask; }
ObjCLifetime getObjCLifetime() const {
  return ObjCLifetime((Mask & LifetimeMask) >> LifetimeShift);
}
void setObjCLifetime(ObjCLifetime type) {
  Mask = (Mask & ~LifetimeMask) | (type << LifetimeShift);
}
void removeObjCLifetime() { setObjCLifetime(OCL_None); }
void addObjCLifetime(ObjCLifetime type) {
  assert(type)((type) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("type"
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 335, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  assert(!hasObjCLifetime())((!hasObjCLifetime()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail
 ("!hasObjCLifetime()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 336, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  Mask |= (type << LifetimeShift);
}

/// True if the lifetime is neither None or ExplicitNone.
bool hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime() const {
  ObjCLifetime lifetime = getObjCLifetime();
  return (lifetime > OCL_ExplicitNone);
}

/// True if the lifetime is either strong or weak.
bool hasStrongOrWeakObjCLifetime() const {
  ObjCLifetime lifetime = getObjCLifetime();
  return (lifetime == OCL_Strong || lifetime == OCL_Weak);
}

bool hasAddressSpace() const { return Mask & AddressSpaceMask; }
LangAS getAddressSpace() const {
  return static_cast<LangAS>(Mask >> AddressSpaceShift);
}
bool hasTargetSpecificAddressSpace() const {
  return isTargetAddressSpace(getAddressSpace());
}
/// Get the address space attribute value to be printed by diagnostics.
unsigned getAddressSpaceAttributePrintValue() const {
  auto Addr = getAddressSpace();
  // This function is not supposed to be used with language specific
  // address spaces. If that happens, the diagnostic message should consider
  // printing the QualType instead of the address space value.
  assert(Addr == LangAS::Default || hasTargetSpecificAddressSpace())((Addr == LangAS::Default || hasTargetSpecificAddressSpace())
 ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Addr == LangAS::Default || hasTargetSpecificAddressSpace()"
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 365, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  if (Addr != LangAS::Default)
    return toTargetAddressSpace(Addr);
  // TODO: The diagnostic messages where Addr may be 0 should be fixed
  // since it cannot differentiate the situation where 0 denotes the default
  // address space or user specified __attribute__((address_space(0))).
  return 0;
}
void setAddressSpace(LangAS space) {
  assert((unsigned)space <= MaxAddressSpace)(((unsigned)space <= MaxAddressSpace) ? static_cast<void
> (0) : __assert_fail ("(unsigned)space <= MaxAddressSpace"
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 374, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  Mask = (Mask & ~AddressSpaceMask)
       | (((uint32_t) space) << AddressSpaceShift);
}
void removeAddressSpace() { setAddressSpace(LangAS::Default); }
void addAddressSpace(LangAS space) {
  assert(space != LangAS::Default)((space != LangAS::Default) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail
 ("space != LangAS::Default", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 380, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  setAddressSpace(space);
}

// Fast qualifiers are those that can be allocated directly
// on a QualType object.
bool hasFastQualifiers() const { return getFastQualifiers(); }
unsigned getFastQualifiers() const { return Mask & FastMask; }
void setFastQualifiers(unsigned mask) {
  assert(!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits")((!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~FastMask) && \"bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 389, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  Mask = (Mask & ~FastMask) | mask;
}
void removeFastQualifiers(unsigned mask) {
  assert(!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits")((!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~FastMask) && \"bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 393, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  Mask &= ~mask;
}
void removeFastQualifiers() {
  removeFastQualifiers(FastMask);
}
void addFastQualifiers(unsigned mask) {
  assert(!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits")((!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~FastMask) && \"bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 400, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  Mask |= mask;
}

/// Return true if the set contains any qualifiers which require an ExtQuals
/// node to be allocated.
bool hasNonFastQualifiers() const { return Mask & ~FastMask; }
Qualifiers getNonFastQualifiers() const {
  Qualifiers Quals = *this;
  Quals.setFastQualifiers(0);
  return Quals;
}

/// Return true if the set contains any qualifiers.
bool hasQualifiers() const { return Mask; }
bool empty() const { return !Mask; }

/// Add the qualifiers from the given set to this set.
void addQualifiers(Qualifiers Q) {
  // If the other set doesn't have any non-boolean qualifiers, just
  // bit-or it in.
  if (!(Q.Mask & ~CVRMask))
    Mask |= Q.Mask;
  else {
    Mask |= (Q.Mask & CVRMask);
    if (Q.hasAddressSpace())
      addAddressSpace(Q.getAddressSpace());
    if (Q.hasObjCGCAttr())
      addObjCGCAttr(Q.getObjCGCAttr());
    if (Q.hasObjCLifetime())
      addObjCLifetime(Q.getObjCLifetime());
  }
}

/// Remove the qualifiers from the given set from this set.
void removeQualifiers(Qualifiers Q) {
  // If the other set doesn't have any non-boolean qualifiers, just
  // bit-and the inverse in.
  if (!(Q.Mask & ~CVRMask))
    Mask &= ~Q.Mask;
  else {
    Mask &= ~(Q.Mask & CVRMask);
    if (getObjCGCAttr() == Q.getObjCGCAttr())
      removeObjCGCAttr();
    if (getObjCLifetime() == Q.getObjCLifetime())
      removeObjCLifetime();
    if (getAddressSpace() == Q.getAddressSpace())
      removeAddressSpace();
  }
}

/// Add the qualifiers from the given set to this set, given that
/// they don't conflict.
void addConsistentQualifiers(Qualifiers qs) {
  assert(getAddressSpace() == qs.getAddressSpace() ||((getAddressSpace() == qs.getAddressSpace() || !hasAddressSpace
() || !qs.hasAddressSpace()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail
 ("getAddressSpace() == qs.getAddressSpace() || !hasAddressSpace() || !qs.hasAddressSpace()"
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 455, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
         !hasAddressSpace() || !qs.hasAddressSpace())((getAddressSpace() == qs.getAddressSpace() || !hasAddressSpace
() || !qs.hasAddressSpace()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail
 ("getAddressSpace() == qs.getAddressSpace() || !hasAddressSpace() || !qs.hasAddressSpace()"
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 455, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  assert(getObjCGCAttr() == qs.getObjCGCAttr() ||((getObjCGCAttr() == qs.getObjCGCAttr() || !hasObjCGCAttr() ||
 !qs.hasObjCGCAttr()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail
 ("getObjCGCAttr() == qs.getObjCGCAttr() || !hasObjCGCAttr() || !qs.hasObjCGCAttr()"
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 457, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
         !hasObjCGCAttr() || !qs.hasObjCGCAttr())((getObjCGCAttr() == qs.getObjCGCAttr() || !hasObjCGCAttr() ||
 !qs.hasObjCGCAttr()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail
 ("getObjCGCAttr() == qs.getObjCGCAttr() || !hasObjCGCAttr() || !qs.hasObjCGCAttr()"
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 457, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  assert(getObjCLifetime() == qs.getObjCLifetime() ||((getObjCLifetime() == qs.getObjCLifetime() || !hasObjCLifetime
() || !qs.hasObjCLifetime()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail
 ("getObjCLifetime() == qs.getObjCLifetime() || !hasObjCLifetime() || !qs.hasObjCLifetime()"
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 459, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
         !hasObjCLifetime() || !qs.hasObjCLifetime())((getObjCLifetime() == qs.getObjCLifetime() || !hasObjCLifetime
() || !qs.hasObjCLifetime()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail
 ("getObjCLifetime() == qs.getObjCLifetime() || !hasObjCLifetime() || !qs.hasObjCLifetime()"
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 459, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  Mask |= qs.Mask;
}

/// Returns true if address space A is equal to or a superset of B.
/// OpenCL v2.0 defines conversion rules (OpenCLC v2.0 s6.5.5) and notion of
/// overlapping address spaces.
/// CL1.1 or CL1.2:
///   every address space is a superset of itself.
/// CL2.0 adds:
///   __generic is a superset of any address space except for __constant.
static bool isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(LangAS A, LangAS B) {
  // Address spaces must match exactly.
  return A == B ||
         // Otherwise in OpenCLC v2.0 s6.5.5: every address space except
         // for __constant can be used as __generic.
         (A == LangAS::opencl_generic && B != LangAS::opencl_constant);
}

/// Returns true if the address space in these qualifiers is equal to or
/// a superset of the address space in the argument qualifiers.
bool isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(Qualifiers other) const {
  return isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(getAddressSpace(), other.getAddressSpace());
}

/// Determines if these qualifiers compatibly include another set.
/// Generally this answers the question of whether an object with the other
/// qualifiers can be safely used as an object with these qualifiers.
bool compatiblyIncludes(Qualifiers other) const {
  return isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(other) &&
         // ObjC GC qualifiers can match, be added, or be removed, but can't
         // be changed.
         (getObjCGCAttr() == other.getObjCGCAttr() || !hasObjCGCAttr() ||
          !other.hasObjCGCAttr()) &&
         // ObjC lifetime qualifiers must match exactly.
         getObjCLifetime() == other.getObjCLifetime() &&
         // CVR qualifiers may subset.
         (((Mask & CVRMask) | (other.Mask & CVRMask)) == (Mask & CVRMask)) &&
         // U qualifier may superset.
         (!other.hasUnaligned() || hasUnaligned());
}

/// Determines if these qualifiers compatibly include another set of
/// qualifiers from the narrow perspective of Objective-C ARC lifetime.
///
/// One set of Objective-C lifetime qualifiers compatibly includes the other
/// if the lifetime qualifiers match, or if both are non-__weak and the
/// including set also contains the 'const' qualifier, or both are non-__weak
/// and one is None (which can only happen in non-ARC modes).
bool compatiblyIncludesObjCLifetime(Qualifiers other) const {
  if (getObjCLifetime() == other.getObjCLifetime())
    return true;

  if (getObjCLifetime() == OCL_Weak || other.getObjCLifetime() == OCL_Weak)
    return false;

  if (getObjCLifetime() == OCL_None || other.getObjCLifetime() == OCL_None)
    return true;

  return hasConst();
}

/// Determine whether this set of qualifiers is a strict superset of
/// another set of qualifiers, not considering qualifier compatibility.
bool isStrictSupersetOf(Qualifiers Other) const;

bool operator==(Qualifiers Other) const { return Mask == Other.Mask; }
bool operator!=(Qualifiers Other) const { return Mask != Other.Mask; }

explicit operator bool() const { return hasQualifiers(); }

Qualifiers &operator+=(Qualifiers R) {
  addQualifiers(R);
  return *this;
}

// Union two qualifier sets.  If an enumerated qualifier appears
// in both sets, use the one from the right.
friend Qualifiers operator+(Qualifiers L, Qualifiers R) {
  L += R;
  return L;
}

Qualifiers &operator-=(Qualifiers R) {
  removeQualifiers(R);
  return *this;
}

/// Compute the difference between two qualifier sets.
friend Qualifiers operator-(Qualifiers L, Qualifiers R) {
  L -= R;
  return L;
}

std::string getAsString() const;
std::string getAsString(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const;

bool isEmptyWhenPrinted(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const;
void print(raw_ostream &OS, const PrintingPolicy &Policy,
           bool appendSpaceIfNonEmpty = false) const;

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const {
  ID.AddInteger(Mask);
}

564private:
// bits:     |0 1 2|3|4 .. 5|6  ..  8|9   ...   31|
//           |C R V|U|GCAttr|Lifetime|AddressSpace|
uint32_t Mask = 0;

static const uint32_t UMask = 0x8;
static const uint32_t UShift = 3;
static const uint32_t GCAttrMask = 0x30;
static const uint32_t GCAttrShift = 4;
static const uint32_t LifetimeMask = 0x1C0;
static const uint32_t LifetimeShift = 6;
static const uint32_t AddressSpaceMask =
    ~(CVRMask | UMask | GCAttrMask | LifetimeMask);
static const uint32_t AddressSpaceShift = 9;
578};

580/// A std::pair-like structure for storing a qualified type split
581/// into its local qualifiers and its locally-unqualified type.
582struct SplitQualType {
/// The locally-unqualified type.
const Type *Ty = nullptr;

/// The local qualifiers.
Qualifiers Quals;

SplitQualType() = default;
SplitQualType(const Type *ty, Qualifiers qs) : Ty(ty), Quals(qs) {}

SplitQualType getSingleStepDesugaredType() const; // end of this file

// Make std::tie work.
std::pair<const Type *,Qualifiers> asPair() const {
  return std::pair<const Type *, Qualifiers>(Ty, Quals);
}

friend bool operator==(SplitQualType a, SplitQualType b) {
  return a.Ty == b.Ty && a.Quals == b.Quals;
}
friend bool operator!=(SplitQualType a, SplitQualType b) {
  return a.Ty != b.Ty || a.Quals != b.Quals;
}
605};

607/// The kind of type we are substituting Objective-C type arguments into.
608///
609/// The kind of substitution affects the replacement of type parameters when
610/// no concrete type information is provided, e.g., when dealing with an
611/// unspecialized type.
612enum class ObjCSubstitutionContext {
/// An ordinary type.
Ordinary,

/// The result type of a method or function.
Result,

/// The parameter type of a method or function.
Parameter,

/// The type of a property.
Property,

/// The superclass of a type.
Superclass,
627};

629/// A (possibly-)qualified type.
630///
631/// For efficiency, we don't store CV-qualified types as nodes on their
632/// own: instead each reference to a type stores the qualifiers.  This
633/// greatly reduces the number of nodes we need to allocate for types (for
634/// example we only need one for 'int', 'const int', 'volatile int',
635/// 'const volatile int', etc).
636///
637/// As an added efficiency bonus, instead of making this a pair, we
638/// just store the two bits we care about in the low bits of the
639/// pointer.  To handle the packing/unpacking, we make QualType be a
640/// simple wrapper class that acts like a smart pointer.  A third bit
641/// indicates whether there are extended qualifiers present, in which
642/// case the pointer points to a special structure.
643class QualType {
friend class QualifierCollector;

// Thankfully, these are efficiently composable.
llvm::PointerIntPair<llvm::PointerUnion<const Type *, const ExtQuals *>,
                     Qualifiers::FastWidth> Value;

const ExtQuals *getExtQualsUnsafe() const {
  return Value.getPointer().get<const ExtQuals*>();
}

const Type *getTypePtrUnsafe() const {
  return Value.getPointer().get<const Type*>();
}

const ExtQualsTypeCommonBase *getCommonPtr() const {
  assert(!isNull() && "Cannot retrieve a NULL type pointer")((!isNull() && "Cannot retrieve a NULL type pointer")
 ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!isNull() && \"Cannot retrieve a NULL type pointer\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 659, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  auto CommonPtrVal = reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(Value.getOpaqueValue());
  CommonPtrVal &= ~(uintptr_t)((1 << TypeAlignmentInBits) - 1);
  return reinterpret_cast<ExtQualsTypeCommonBase*>(CommonPtrVal);
}

665public:
QualType() = default;
QualType(const Type *Ptr, unsigned Quals) : Value(Ptr, Quals) {}
QualType(const ExtQuals *Ptr, unsigned Quals) : Value(Ptr, Quals) {}

unsigned getLocalFastQualifiers() const { return Value.getInt(); }
void setLocalFastQualifiers(unsigned Quals) { Value.setInt(Quals); }

/// Retrieves a pointer to the underlying (unqualified) type.
///
/// This function requires that the type not be NULL. If the type might be
/// NULL, use the (slightly less efficient) \c getTypePtrOrNull().
const Type *getTypePtr() const;

const Type *getTypePtrOrNull() const;

/// Retrieves a pointer to the name of the base type.
const IdentifierInfo *getBaseTypeIdentifier() const;

/// Divides a QualType into its unqualified type and a set of local
/// qualifiers.
SplitQualType split() const;

void *getAsOpaquePtr() const { return Value.getOpaqueValue(); }

static QualType getFromOpaquePtr(const void *Ptr) {
  QualType T;
  T.Value.setFromOpaqueValue(const_cast<void*>(Ptr));
  return T;
}

const Type &operator*() const {
  return *getTypePtr();
}

const Type *operator->() const {
  return getTypePtr();
}

bool isCanonical() const;
bool isCanonicalAsParam() const;

/// Return true if this QualType doesn't point to a type yet.
bool isNull() const {
  return Value.getPointer().isNull();
}

/// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has the
/// "const" qualifier set, without looking through typedefs that may have
/// added "const" at a different level.
bool isLocalConstQualified() const {
  return (getLocalFastQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const);
}

/// Determine whether this type is const-qualified.
bool isConstQualified() const;

/// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has the
/// "restrict" qualifier set, without looking through typedefs that may have
/// added "restrict" at a different level.
bool isLocalRestrictQualified() const {
  return (getLocalFastQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Restrict);
}

/// Determine whether this type is restrict-qualified.
bool isRestrictQualified() const;

/// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has the
/// "volatile" qualifier set, without looking through typedefs that may have
/// added "volatile" at a different level.
bool isLocalVolatileQualified() const {
  return (getLocalFastQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Volatile);
}

/// Determine whether this type is volatile-qualified.
bool isVolatileQualified() const;

/// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has any
/// qualifiers, without looking through any typedefs that might add
/// qualifiers at a different level.
bool hasLocalQualifiers() const {
  return getLocalFastQualifiers() || hasLocalNonFastQualifiers();
}

/// Determine whether this type has any qualifiers.
bool hasQualifiers() const;

/// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has any
/// "non-fast" qualifiers, e.g., those that are stored in an ExtQualType
/// instance.
bool hasLocalNonFastQualifiers() const {
  return Value.getPointer().is<const ExtQuals*>();
}

/// Retrieve the set of qualifiers local to this particular QualType
/// instance, not including any qualifiers acquired through typedefs or
/// other sugar.
Qualifiers getLocalQualifiers() const;

/// Retrieve the set of qualifiers applied to this type.
Qualifiers getQualifiers() const;

/// Retrieve the set of CVR (const-volatile-restrict) qualifiers
/// local to this particular QualType instance, not including any qualifiers
/// acquired through typedefs or other sugar.
unsigned getLocalCVRQualifiers() const {
  return getLocalFastQualifiers();
}

/// Retrieve the set of CVR (const-volatile-restrict) qualifiers
/// applied to this type.
unsigned getCVRQualifiers() const;

bool isConstant(const ASTContext& Ctx) const {
  return QualType::isConstant(*this, Ctx);
}

/// Determine whether this is a Plain Old Data (POD) type (C++ 3.9p10).
bool isPODType(const ASTContext &Context) const;

/// Return true if this is a POD type according to the rules of the C++98
/// standard, regardless of the current compilation's language.
bool isCXX98PODType(const ASTContext &Context) const;

/// Return true if this is a POD type according to the more relaxed rules
/// of the C++11 standard, regardless of the current compilation's language.
/// (C++0x [basic.types]p9). Note that, unlike
/// CXXRecordDecl::isCXX11StandardLayout, this takes DRs into account.
bool isCXX11PODType(const ASTContext &Context) const;

/// Return true if this is a trivial type per (C++0x [basic.types]p9)
bool isTrivialType(const ASTContext &Context) const;

/// Return true if this is a trivially copyable type (C++0x [basic.types]p9)
bool isTriviallyCopyableType(const ASTContext &Context) const;


/// Returns true if it is a class and it might be dynamic.
bool mayBeDynamicClass() const;

/// Returns true if it is not a class or if the class might not be dynamic.
bool mayBeNotDynamicClass() const;

// Don't promise in the API that anything besides 'const' can be
// easily added.

/// Add the `const` type qualifier to this QualType.
void addConst() {
  addFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Const);
}
QualType withConst() const {
  return withFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Const);
}

/// Add the `volatile` type qualifier to this QualType.
void addVolatile() {
  addFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Volatile);
}
QualType withVolatile() const {
  return withFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Volatile);
}

/// Add the `restrict` qualifier to this QualType.
void addRestrict() {
  addFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Restrict);
}
QualType withRestrict() const {
  return withFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Restrict);
}

QualType withCVRQualifiers(unsigned CVR) const {
  return withFastQualifiers(CVR);
}

void addFastQualifiers(unsigned TQs) {
  assert(!(TQs & ~Qualifiers::FastMask)((!(TQs & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && "non-fast qualifier bits set in mask!"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(TQs & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && \"non-fast qualifier bits set in mask!\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 841, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
         && "non-fast qualifier bits set in mask!")((!(TQs & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && "non-fast qualifier bits set in mask!"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(TQs & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && \"non-fast qualifier bits set in mask!\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 841, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  Value.setInt(Value.getInt() | TQs);
}

void removeLocalConst();
void removeLocalVolatile();
void removeLocalRestrict();
void removeLocalCVRQualifiers(unsigned Mask);

void removeLocalFastQualifiers() { Value.setInt(0); }
void removeLocalFastQualifiers(unsigned Mask) {
  assert(!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && "mask has non-fast qualifiers")((!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && "mask has non-fast qualifiers"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && \"mask has non-fast qualifiers\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 852, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  Value.setInt(Value.getInt() & ~Mask);
}

// Creates a type with the given qualifiers in addition to any
// qualifiers already on this type.
QualType withFastQualifiers(unsigned TQs) const {
  QualType T = *this;
  T.addFastQualifiers(TQs);
  return T;
}

// Creates a type with exactly the given fast qualifiers, removing
// any existing fast qualifiers.
QualType withExactLocalFastQualifiers(unsigned TQs) const {
  return withoutLocalFastQualifiers().withFastQualifiers(TQs);
}

// Removes fast qualifiers, but leaves any extended qualifiers in place.
QualType withoutLocalFastQualifiers() const {
  QualType T = *this;
  T.removeLocalFastQualifiers();
  return T;
}

QualType getCanonicalType() const;

/// Return this type with all of the instance-specific qualifiers
/// removed, but without removing any qualifiers that may have been applied
/// through typedefs.
QualType getLocalUnqualifiedType() const { return QualType(getTypePtr(), 0); }

/// Retrieve the unqualified variant of the given type,
/// removing as little sugar as possible.
///
/// This routine looks through various kinds of sugar to find the
/// least-desugared type that is unqualified. For example, given:
///
/// \code
/// typedef int Integer;
/// typedef const Integer CInteger;
/// typedef CInteger DifferenceType;
/// \endcode
///
/// Executing \c getUnqualifiedType() on the type \c DifferenceType will
/// desugar until we hit the type \c Integer, which has no qualifiers on it.
///
/// The resulting type might still be qualified if it's sugar for an array
/// type.  To strip qualifiers even from within a sugared array type, use
/// ASTContext::getUnqualifiedArrayType.
inline QualType getUnqualifiedType() const;

/// Retrieve the unqualified variant of the given type, removing as little
/// sugar as possible.
///
/// Like getUnqualifiedType(), but also returns the set of
/// qualifiers that were built up.
///
/// The resulting type might still be qualified if it's sugar for an array
/// type.  To strip qualifiers even from within a sugared array type, use
/// ASTContext::getUnqualifiedArrayType.
inline SplitQualType getSplitUnqualifiedType() const;

/// Determine whether this type is more qualified than the other
/// given type, requiring exact equality for non-CVR qualifiers.
bool isMoreQualifiedThan(QualType Other) const;

/// Determine whether this type is at least as qualified as the other
/// given type, requiring exact equality for non-CVR qualifiers.
bool isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(QualType Other) const;

QualType getNonReferenceType() const;

/// Determine the type of a (typically non-lvalue) expression with the
/// specified result type.
///
/// This routine should be used for expressions for which the return type is
/// explicitly specified (e.g., in a cast or call) and isn't necessarily
/// an lvalue. It removes a top-level reference (since there are no
/// expressions of reference type) and deletes top-level cvr-qualifiers
/// from non-class types (in C++) or all types (in C).
QualType getNonLValueExprType(const ASTContext &Context) const;

/// Return the specified type with any "sugar" removed from
/// the type.  This takes off typedefs, typeof's etc.  If the outer level of
/// the type is already concrete, it returns it unmodified.  This is similar
/// to getting the canonical type, but it doesn't remove *all* typedefs.  For
/// example, it returns "T*" as "T*", (not as "int*"), because the pointer is
/// concrete.
///
/// Qualifiers are left in place.
QualType getDesugaredType(const ASTContext &Context) const {
  return getDesugaredType(*this, Context);
}

SplitQualType getSplitDesugaredType() const {
  return getSplitDesugaredType(*this);
}

/// Return the specified type with one level of "sugar" removed from
/// the type.
///
/// This routine takes off the first typedef, typeof, etc. If the outer level
/// of the type is already concrete, it returns it unmodified.
QualType getSingleStepDesugaredType(const ASTContext &Context) const {
  return getSingleStepDesugaredTypeImpl(*this, Context);
}

/// Returns the specified type after dropping any
/// outer-level parentheses.
QualType IgnoreParens() const {
  if (isa<ParenType>(*this))
    return QualType::IgnoreParens(*this);
  return *this;
}

/// Indicate whether the specified types and qualifiers are identical.
friend bool operator==(const QualType &LHS, const QualType &RHS) {
  return LHS.Value == RHS.Value;
}
friend bool operator!=(const QualType &LHS, const QualType &RHS) {
  return LHS.Value != RHS.Value;
}
friend bool operator<(const QualType &LHS, const QualType &RHS) {
  return LHS.Value < RHS.Value;
}

static std::string getAsString(SplitQualType split,
                               const PrintingPolicy &Policy) {
  return getAsString(split.Ty, split.Quals, Policy);
}
static std::string getAsString(const Type *ty, Qualifiers qs,
                               const PrintingPolicy &Policy);

std::string getAsString() const;
std::string getAsString(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const;

void print(raw_ostream &OS, const PrintingPolicy &Policy,
           const Twine &PlaceHolder = Twine(),
           unsigned Indentation = 0) const;

static void print(SplitQualType split, raw_ostream &OS,
                  const PrintingPolicy &policy, const Twine &PlaceHolder,
                  unsigned Indentation = 0) {
  return print(split.Ty, split.Quals, OS, policy, PlaceHolder, Indentation);
}

static void print(const Type *ty, Qualifiers qs,
                  raw_ostream &OS, const PrintingPolicy &policy,
                  const Twine &PlaceHolder,
                  unsigned Indentation = 0);

void getAsStringInternal(std::string &Str,
                         const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const;

static void getAsStringInternal(SplitQualType split, std::string &out,
                                const PrintingPolicy &policy) {
  return getAsStringInternal(split.Ty, split.Quals, out, policy);
}

static void getAsStringInternal(const Type *ty, Qualifiers qs,
                                std::string &out,
                                const PrintingPolicy &policy);

class StreamedQualTypeHelper {
  const QualType &T;
  const PrintingPolicy &Policy;
  const Twine &PlaceHolder;
  unsigned Indentation;

public:
  StreamedQualTypeHelper(const QualType &T, const PrintingPolicy &Policy,
                         const Twine &PlaceHolder, unsigned Indentation)
      : T(T), Policy(Policy), PlaceHolder(PlaceHolder),
        Indentation(Indentation) {}

  friend raw_ostream &operator<<(raw_ostream &OS,
                                 const StreamedQualTypeHelper &SQT) {
    SQT.T.print(OS, SQT.Policy, SQT.PlaceHolder, SQT.Indentation);
    return OS;
  }
};

StreamedQualTypeHelper stream(const PrintingPolicy &Policy,
                              const Twine &PlaceHolder = Twine(),
                              unsigned Indentation = 0) const {
  return StreamedQualTypeHelper(*this, Policy, PlaceHolder, Indentation);
}

void dump(const char *s) const;
void dump() const;
void dump(llvm::raw_ostream &OS) const;

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const {
  ID.AddPointer(getAsOpaquePtr());
}

/// Return the address space of this type.
inline LangAS getAddressSpace() const;

/// Returns gc attribute of this type.
inline Qualifiers::GC getObjCGCAttr() const;

/// true when Type is objc's weak.
bool isObjCGCWeak() const {
  return getObjCGCAttr() == Qualifiers::Weak;
}

/// true when Type is objc's strong.
bool isObjCGCStrong() const {
  return getObjCGCAttr() == Qualifiers::Strong;
}

/// Returns lifetime attribute of this type.
Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime getObjCLifetime() const {
  return getQualifiers().getObjCLifetime();
}

bool hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime() const {
  return getQualifiers().hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime();
}

bool hasStrongOrWeakObjCLifetime() const {
  return getQualifiers().hasStrongOrWeakObjCLifetime();
}

// true when Type is objc's weak and weak is enabled but ARC isn't.
bool isNonWeakInMRRWithObjCWeak(const ASTContext &Context) const;

enum PrimitiveDefaultInitializeKind {
  /// The type does not fall into any of the following categories. Note that
  /// this case is zero-valued so that values of this enum can be used as a
  /// boolean condition for non-triviality.
  PDIK_Trivial,

  /// The type is an Objective-C retainable pointer type that is qualified
  /// with the ARC __strong qualifier.
  PDIK_ARCStrong,

  /// The type is an Objective-C retainable pointer type that is qualified
  /// with the ARC __weak qualifier.
  PDIK_ARCWeak,

  /// The type is a struct containing a field whose type is not PCK_Trivial.
  PDIK_Struct
};

/// Functions to query basic properties of non-trivial C struct types.

/// Check if this is a non-trivial type that would cause a C struct
/// transitively containing this type to be non-trivial to default initialize
/// and return the kind.
PrimitiveDefaultInitializeKind
isNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitialize() const;

enum PrimitiveCopyKind {
  /// The type does not fall into any of the following categories. Note that
  /// this case is zero-valued so that values of this enum can be used as a
  /// boolean condition for non-triviality.
  PCK_Trivial,

  /// The type would be trivial except that it is volatile-qualified. Types
  /// that fall into one of the other non-trivial cases may additionally be
  /// volatile-qualified.
  PCK_VolatileTrivial,

  /// The type is an Objective-C retainable pointer type that is qualified
  /// with the ARC __strong qualifier.
  PCK_ARCStrong,

  /// The type is an Objective-C retainable pointer type that is qualified
  /// with the ARC __weak qualifier.
  PCK_ARCWeak,

  /// The type is a struct containing a field whose type is neither
  /// PCK_Trivial nor PCK_VolatileTrivial.
  /// Note that a C++ struct type does not necessarily match this; C++ copying
  /// semantics are too complex to express here, in part because they depend
  /// on the exact constructor or assignment operator that is chosen by
  /// overload resolution to do the copy.
  PCK_Struct
};

/// Check if this is a non-trivial type that would cause a C struct
/// transitively containing this type to be non-trivial to copy and return the
/// kind.
PrimitiveCopyKind isNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopy() const;

/// Check if this is a non-trivial type that would cause a C struct
/// transitively containing this type to be non-trivial to destructively
/// move and return the kind. Destructive move in this context is a C++-style
/// move in which the source object is placed in a valid but unspecified state
/// after it is moved, as opposed to a truly destructive move in which the
/// source object is placed in an uninitialized state.
PrimitiveCopyKind isNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructiveMove() const;

enum DestructionKind {
  DK_none,
  DK_cxx_destructor,
  DK_objc_strong_lifetime,
  DK_objc_weak_lifetime,
  DK_nontrivial_c_struct
};

/// Returns a nonzero value if objects of this type require
/// non-trivial work to clean up after.  Non-zero because it's
/// conceivable that qualifiers (objc_gc(weak)?) could make
/// something require destruction.
DestructionKind isDestructedType() const {
  return isDestructedTypeImpl(*this);
}

/// Check if this is or contains a C union that is non-trivial to
/// default-initialize, which is a union that has a member that is non-trivial
/// to default-initialize. If this returns true,
/// isNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitialize returns PDIK_Struct.
bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() const;

/// Check if this is or contains a C union that is non-trivial to destruct,
/// which is a union that has a member that is non-trivial to destruct. If
/// this returns true, isDestructedType returns DK_nontrivial_c_struct.
bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() const;

/// Check if this is or contains a C union that is non-trivial to copy, which
/// is a union that has a member that is non-trivial to copy. If this returns
/// true, isNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopy returns PCK_Struct.
bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion() const;

/// Determine whether expressions of the given type are forbidden
/// from being lvalues in C.
///
/// The expression types that are forbidden to be lvalues are:
///   - 'void', but not qualified void
///   - function types
///
/// The exact rule here is C99 6.3.2.1:
///   An lvalue is an expression with an object type or an incomplete
///   type other than void.
bool isCForbiddenLValueType() const;

/// Substitute type arguments for the Objective-C type parameters used in the
/// subject type.
///
/// \param ctx ASTContext in which the type exists.
///
/// \param typeArgs The type arguments that will be substituted for the
/// Objective-C type parameters in the subject type, which are generally
/// computed via \c Type::getObjCSubstitutions. If empty, the type
/// parameters will be replaced with their bounds or id/Class, as appropriate
/// for the context.
///
/// \param context The context in which the subject type was written.
///
/// \returns the resulting type.
QualType substObjCTypeArgs(ASTContext &ctx,
                           ArrayRef<QualType> typeArgs,
                           ObjCSubstitutionContext context) const;

/// Substitute type arguments from an object type for the Objective-C type
/// parameters used in the subject type.
///
/// This operation combines the computation of type arguments for
/// substitution (\c Type::getObjCSubstitutions) with the actual process of
/// substitution (\c QualType::substObjCTypeArgs) for the convenience of
/// callers that need to perform a single substitution in isolation.
///
/// \param objectType The type of the object whose member type we're
/// substituting into. For example, this might be the receiver of a message
/// or the base of a property access.
///
/// \param dc The declaration context from which the subject type was
/// retrieved, which indicates (for example) which type parameters should
/// be substituted.
///
/// \param context The context in which the subject type was written.
///
/// \returns the subject type after replacing all of the Objective-C type
/// parameters with their corresponding arguments.
QualType substObjCMemberType(QualType objectType,
                             const DeclContext *dc,
                             ObjCSubstitutionContext context) const;

/// Strip Objective-C "__kindof" types from the given type.
QualType stripObjCKindOfType(const ASTContext &ctx) const;

/// Remove all qualifiers including _Atomic.
QualType getAtomicUnqualifiedType() const;

1240private:
// These methods are implemented in a separate translation unit;
// "static"-ize them to avoid creating temporary QualTypes in the
// caller.
static bool isConstant(QualType T, const ASTContext& Ctx);
static QualType getDesugaredType(QualType T, const ASTContext &Context);
static SplitQualType getSplitDesugaredType(QualType T);
static SplitQualType getSplitUnqualifiedTypeImpl(QualType type);
static QualType getSingleStepDesugaredTypeImpl(QualType type,
                                               const ASTContext &C);
static QualType IgnoreParens(QualType T);
static DestructionKind isDestructedTypeImpl(QualType type);

/// Check if \param RD is or contains a non-trivial C union.
static bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion(const RecordDecl *RD);
static bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion(const RecordDecl *RD);
static bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion(const RecordDecl *RD);
1257};

1259} // namespace clang

1261namespace llvm {

1263/// Implement simplify_type for QualType, so that we can dyn_cast from QualType
1264/// to a specific Type class.
1265template<> struct simplify_type< ::clang::QualType> {
using SimpleType = const ::clang::Type *;

static SimpleType getSimplifiedValue(::clang::QualType Val) {
  return Val.getTypePtr();
}
1271};

1273// Teach SmallPtrSet that QualType is "basically a pointer".
1274template<>
1275struct PointerLikeTypeTraits<clang::QualType> {
static inline void *getAsVoidPointer(clang::QualType P) {
  return P.getAsOpaquePtr();
}

static inline clang::QualType getFromVoidPointer(void *P) {
  return clang::QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(P);
}

// Various qualifiers go in low bits.
enum { NumLowBitsAvailable = 0 };
1286};

1288} // namespace llvm

1290namespace clang {

1292/// Base class that is common to both the \c ExtQuals and \c Type
1293/// classes, which allows \c QualType to access the common fields between the
1294/// two.
1295class ExtQualsTypeCommonBase {
friend class ExtQuals;
friend class QualType;
friend class Type;

/// The "base" type of an extended qualifiers type (\c ExtQuals) or
/// a self-referential pointer (for \c Type).
///
/// This pointer allows an efficient mapping from a QualType to its
/// underlying type pointer.
const Type *const BaseType;

/// The canonical type of this type.  A QualType.
QualType CanonicalType;

ExtQualsTypeCommonBase(const Type *baseType, QualType canon)
    : BaseType(baseType), CanonicalType(canon) {}
1312};

1314/// We can encode up to four bits in the low bits of a
1315/// type pointer, but there are many more type qualifiers that we want
1316/// to be able to apply to an arbitrary type.  Therefore we have this
1317/// struct, intended to be heap-allocated and used by QualType to
1318/// store qualifiers.
1319///
1320/// The current design tags the 'const', 'restrict', and 'volatile' qualifiers
1321/// in three low bits on the QualType pointer; a fourth bit records whether
1322/// the pointer is an ExtQuals node. The extended qualifiers (address spaces,
1323/// Objective-C GC attributes) are much more rare.
1324class ExtQuals : public ExtQualsTypeCommonBase, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
// NOTE: changing the fast qualifiers should be straightforward as
// long as you don't make 'const' non-fast.
// 1. Qualifiers:
//    a) Modify the bitmasks (Qualifiers::TQ and DeclSpec::TQ).
//       Fast qualifiers must occupy the low-order bits.
//    b) Update Qualifiers::FastWidth and FastMask.
// 2. QualType:
//    a) Update is{Volatile,Restrict}Qualified(), defined inline.
//    b) Update remove{Volatile,Restrict}, defined near the end of
//       this header.
// 3. ASTContext:
//    a) Update get{Volatile,Restrict}Type.

/// The immutable set of qualifiers applied by this node. Always contains
/// extended qualifiers.
Qualifiers Quals;

ExtQuals *this_() { return this; }

1344public:
ExtQuals(const Type *baseType, QualType canon, Qualifiers quals)
    : ExtQualsTypeCommonBase(baseType,
                             canon.isNull() ? QualType(this_(), 0) : canon),
      Quals(quals) {
  assert(Quals.hasNonFastQualifiers()((Quals.hasNonFastQualifiers() && "ExtQuals created with no fast qualifiers"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Quals.hasNonFastQualifiers() && \"ExtQuals created with no fast qualifiers\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 1350, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
         && "ExtQuals created with no fast qualifiers")((Quals.hasNonFastQualifiers() && "ExtQuals created with no fast qualifiers"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Quals.hasNonFastQualifiers() && \"ExtQuals created with no fast qualifiers\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 1350, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  assert(!Quals.hasFastQualifiers()((!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && "ExtQuals created with fast qualifiers"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && \"ExtQuals created with fast qualifiers\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 1352, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
         && "ExtQuals created with fast qualifiers")((!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && "ExtQuals created with fast qualifiers"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && \"ExtQuals created with fast qualifiers\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 1352, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
}

Qualifiers getQualifiers() const { return Quals; }

bool hasObjCGCAttr() const { return Quals.hasObjCGCAttr(); }
Qualifiers::GC getObjCGCAttr() const { return Quals.getObjCGCAttr(); }

bool hasObjCLifetime() const { return Quals.hasObjCLifetime(); }
Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime getObjCLifetime() const {
  return Quals.getObjCLifetime();
}

bool hasAddressSpace() const { return Quals.hasAddressSpace(); }
LangAS getAddressSpace() const { return Quals.getAddressSpace(); }

const Type *getBaseType() const { return BaseType; }

1370public:
void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const {
  Profile(ID, getBaseType(), Quals);
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
                    const Type *BaseType,
                    Qualifiers Quals) {
  assert(!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && "fast qualifiers in ExtQuals hash!")((!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && "fast qualifiers in ExtQuals hash!"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && \"fast qualifiers in ExtQuals hash!\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 1378, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  ID.AddPointer(BaseType);
  Quals.Profile(ID);
}
1382};

1384/// The kind of C++11 ref-qualifier associated with a function type.
1385/// This determines whether a member function's "this" object can be an
1386/// lvalue, rvalue, or neither.
1387enum RefQualifierKind {
/// No ref-qualifier was provided.
RQ_None = 0,

/// An lvalue ref-qualifier was provided (\c &).
RQ_LValue,

/// An rvalue ref-qualifier was provided (\c &&).
RQ_RValue
1396};

1398/// Which keyword(s) were used to create an AutoType.
1399enum class AutoTypeKeyword {
/// auto
Auto,

/// decltype(auto)
DecltypeAuto,

/// __auto_type (GNU extension)
GNUAutoType
1408};

1410/// The base class of the type hierarchy.
1411///
1412/// A central concept with types is that each type always has a canonical
1413/// type.  A canonical type is the type with any typedef names stripped out
1414/// of it or the types it references.  For example, consider:
1415///
1416///  typedef int  foo;
1417///  typedef foo* bar;
1418///    'int *'    'foo *'    'bar'
1419///
1420/// There will be a Type object created for 'int'.  Since int is canonical, its
1421/// CanonicalType pointer points to itself.  There is also a Type for 'foo' (a
1422/// TypedefType).  Its CanonicalType pointer points to the 'int' Type.  Next
1423/// there is a PointerType that represents 'int*', which, like 'int', is
1424/// canonical.  Finally, there is a PointerType type for 'foo*' whose canonical
1425/// type is 'int*', and there is a TypedefType for 'bar', whose canonical type
1426/// is also 'int*'.
1427///
1428/// Non-canonical types are useful for emitting diagnostics, without losing
1429/// information about typedefs being used.  Canonical types are useful for type
1430/// comparisons (they allow by-pointer equality tests) and useful for reasoning
1431/// about whether something has a particular form (e.g. is a function type),
1432/// because they implicitly, recursively, strip all typedefs out of a type.
1433///
1434/// Types, once created, are immutable.
1435///
1436class alignas(8) Type : public ExtQualsTypeCommonBase {
1437public:
enum TypeClass {
1439#define TYPE(Class, Base) Class,
1440#define LAST_TYPE(Class) TypeLast = Class
1441#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
1442#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.inc"
};

1445private:
/// Bitfields required by the Type class.
class TypeBitfields {
  friend class Type;
  template <class T> friend class TypePropertyCache;

  /// TypeClass bitfield - Enum that specifies what subclass this belongs to.
  unsigned TC : 8;

  /// Whether this type is a dependent type (C++ [temp.dep.type]).
  unsigned Dependent : 1;

  /// Whether this type somehow involves a template parameter, even
  /// if the resolution of the type does not depend on a template parameter.
  unsigned InstantiationDependent : 1;

  /// Whether this type is a variably-modified type (C99 6.7.5).
  unsigned VariablyModified : 1;

  /// Whether this type contains an unexpanded parameter pack
  /// (for C++11 variadic templates).
  unsigned ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack : 1;

  /// True if the cache (i.e. the bitfields here starting with
  /// 'Cache') is valid.
  mutable unsigned CacheValid : 1;

  /// Linkage of this type.
  mutable unsigned CachedLinkage : 3;

  /// Whether this type involves and local or unnamed types.
  mutable unsigned CachedLocalOrUnnamed : 1;

  /// Whether this type comes from an AST file.
  mutable unsigned FromAST : 1;

  bool isCacheValid() const {
    return CacheValid;
  }

  Linkage getLinkage() const {
    assert(isCacheValid() && "getting linkage from invalid cache")((isCacheValid() && "getting linkage from invalid cache"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isCacheValid() && \"getting linkage from invalid cache\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 1486, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
    return static_cast<Linkage>(CachedLinkage);
  }

  bool hasLocalOrUnnamedType() const {
    assert(isCacheValid() && "getting linkage from invalid cache")((isCacheValid() && "getting linkage from invalid cache"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isCacheValid() && \"getting linkage from invalid cache\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 1491, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
    return CachedLocalOrUnnamed;
  }
};
enum { NumTypeBits = 18 };

1497protected:
// These classes allow subclasses to somewhat cleanly pack bitfields
// into Type.

class ArrayTypeBitfields {
  friend class ArrayType;

  unsigned : NumTypeBits;

  /// CVR qualifiers from declarations like
  /// 'int X[static restrict 4]'. For function parameters only.
  unsigned IndexTypeQuals : 3;

  /// Storage class qualifiers from declarations like
  /// 'int X[static restrict 4]'. For function parameters only.
  /// Actually an ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier.
  unsigned SizeModifier : 3;
};

class ConstantArrayTypeBitfields {
  friend class ConstantArrayType;

  unsigned : NumTypeBits + 3 + 3;

  /// Whether we have a stored size expression.
  unsigned HasStoredSizeExpr : 1;
};

class BuiltinTypeBitfields {
  friend class BuiltinType;

  unsigned : NumTypeBits;

  /// The kind (BuiltinType::Kind) of builtin type this is.
  unsigned Kind : 8;
};

/// FunctionTypeBitfields store various bits belonging to FunctionProtoType.
/// Only common bits are stored here. Additional uncommon bits are stored
/// in a trailing object after FunctionProtoType.
class FunctionTypeBitfields {
  friend class FunctionProtoType;
  friend class FunctionType;

  unsigned : NumTypeBits;

  /// Extra information which affects how the function is called, like
  /// regparm and the calling convention.
  unsigned ExtInfo : 12;

  /// The ref-qualifier associated with a \c FunctionProtoType.
  ///
  /// This is a value of type \c RefQualifierKind.
  unsigned RefQualifier : 2;

  /// Used only by FunctionProtoType, put here to pack with the
  /// other bitfields.
  /// The qualifiers are part of FunctionProtoType because...
  ///
  /// C++ 8.3.5p4: The return type, the parameter type list and the
  /// cv-qualifier-seq, [...], are part of the function type.
  unsigned FastTypeQuals : Qualifiers::FastWidth;
  /// Whether this function has extended Qualifiers.
  unsigned HasExtQuals : 1;

  /// The number of parameters this function has, not counting '...'.
  /// According to [implimits] 8 bits should be enough here but this is
  /// somewhat easy to exceed with metaprogramming and so we would like to
  /// keep NumParams as wide as reasonably possible.
  unsigned NumParams : 16;

  /// The type of exception specification this function has.
  unsigned ExceptionSpecType : 4;

  /// Whether this function has extended parameter information.
  unsigned HasExtParameterInfos : 1;

  /// Whether the function is variadic.
  unsigned Variadic : 1;

  /// Whether this function has a trailing return type.
  unsigned HasTrailingReturn : 1;
};

class ObjCObjectTypeBitfields {
  friend class ObjCObjectType;

  unsigned : NumTypeBits;

  /// The number of type arguments stored directly on this object type.
  unsigned NumTypeArgs : 7;

  /// The number of protocols stored directly on this object type.
  unsigned NumProtocols : 6;

  /// Whether this is a "kindof" type.
  unsigned IsKindOf : 1;
};

class ReferenceTypeBitfields {
  friend class ReferenceType;

  unsigned : NumTypeBits;

  /// True if the type was originally spelled with an lvalue sigil.
  /// This is never true of rvalue references but can also be false
  /// on lvalue references because of C++0x [dcl.typedef]p9,
  /// as follows:
  ///
  ///   typedef int &ref;    // lvalue, spelled lvalue
  ///   typedef int &&rvref; // rvalue
  ///   ref &a;              // lvalue, inner ref, spelled lvalue
  ///   ref &&a;             // lvalue, inner ref
  ///   rvref &a;            // lvalue, inner ref, spelled lvalue
  ///   rvref &&a;           // rvalue, inner ref
  unsigned SpelledAsLValue : 1;

  /// True if the inner type is a reference type.  This only happens
  /// in non-canonical forms.
  unsigned InnerRef : 1;
};

class TypeWithKeywordBitfields {
  friend class TypeWithKeyword;

  unsigned : NumTypeBits;

  /// An ElaboratedTypeKeyword.  8 bits for efficient access.
  unsigned Keyword : 8;
};

enum { NumTypeWithKeywordBits = 8 };

class ElaboratedTypeBitfields {
  friend class ElaboratedType;

  unsigned : NumTypeBits;
  unsigned : NumTypeWithKeywordBits;

  /// Whether the ElaboratedType has a trailing OwnedTagDecl.
  unsigned HasOwnedTagDecl : 1;
};

class VectorTypeBitfields {
  friend class VectorType;
  friend class DependentVectorType;

  unsigned : NumTypeBits;

  /// The kind of vector, either a generic vector type or some
  /// target-specific vector type such as for AltiVec or Neon.
  unsigned VecKind : 3;

  /// The number of elements in the vector.
  unsigned NumElements : 29 - NumTypeBits;

  enum { MaxNumElements = (1 << (29 - NumTypeBits)) - 1 };
};

class AttributedTypeBitfields {
  friend class AttributedType;

  unsigned : NumTypeBits;

  /// An AttributedType::Kind
  unsigned AttrKind : 32 - NumTypeBits;
};

class AutoTypeBitfields {
  friend class AutoType;

  unsigned : NumTypeBits;

  /// Was this placeholder type spelled as 'auto', 'decltype(auto)',
  /// or '__auto_type'?  AutoTypeKeyword value.
  unsigned Keyword : 2;
};

class SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeBitfields {
  friend class SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType;

  unsigned : NumTypeBits;

  /// The number of template arguments in \c Arguments, which is
  /// expected to be able to hold at least 1024 according to [implimits].
  /// However as this limit is somewhat easy to hit with template
  /// metaprogramming we'd prefer to keep it as large as possible.
  /// At the moment it has been left as a non-bitfield since this type
  /// safely fits in 64 bits as an unsigned, so there is no reason to
  /// introduce the performance impact of a bitfield.
  unsigned NumArgs;
};

class TemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields {
  friend class TemplateSpecializationType;

  unsigned : NumTypeBits;

  /// Whether this template specialization type is a substituted type alias.
  unsigned TypeAlias : 1;

  /// The number of template arguments named in this class template
  /// specialization, which is expected to be able to hold at least 1024
  /// according to [implimits]. However, as this limit is somewhat easy to
  /// hit with template metaprogramming we'd prefer to keep it as large
  /// as possible. At the moment it has been left as a non-bitfield since
  /// this type safely fits in 64 bits as an unsigned, so there is no reason
  /// to introduce the performance impact of a bitfield.
  unsigned NumArgs;
};

class DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields {
  friend class DependentTemplateSpecializationType;

  unsigned : NumTypeBits;
  unsigned : NumTypeWithKeywordBits;

  /// The number of template arguments named in this class template
  /// specialization, which is expected to be able to hold at least 1024
  /// according to [implimits]. However, as this limit is somewhat easy to
  /// hit with template metaprogramming we'd prefer to keep it as large
  /// as possible. At the moment it has been left as a non-bitfield since
  /// this type safely fits in 64 bits as an unsigned, so there is no reason
  /// to introduce the performance impact of a bitfield.
  unsigned NumArgs;
};

class PackExpansionTypeBitfields {
  friend class PackExpansionType;

  unsigned : NumTypeBits;

  /// The number of expansions that this pack expansion will
  /// generate when substituted (+1), which is expected to be able to
  /// hold at least 1024 according to [implimits]. However, as this limit
  /// is somewhat easy to hit with template metaprogramming we'd prefer to
  /// keep it as large as possible. At the moment it has been left as a
  /// non-bitfield since this type safely fits in 64 bits as an unsigned, so
  /// there is no reason to introduce the performance impact of a bitfield.
  ///
  /// This field will only have a non-zero value when some of the parameter
  /// packs that occur within the pattern have been substituted but others
  /// have not.
  unsigned NumExpansions;
};

union {
  TypeBitfields TypeBits;
  ArrayTypeBitfields ArrayTypeBits;
  ConstantArrayTypeBitfields ConstantArrayTypeBits;
  AttributedTypeBitfields AttributedTypeBits;
  AutoTypeBitfields AutoTypeBits;
  BuiltinTypeBitfields BuiltinTypeBits;
  FunctionTypeBitfields FunctionTypeBits;
  ObjCObjectTypeBitfields ObjCObjectTypeBits;
  ReferenceTypeBitfields ReferenceTypeBits;
  TypeWithKeywordBitfields TypeWithKeywordBits;
  ElaboratedTypeBitfields ElaboratedTypeBits;
  VectorTypeBitfields VectorTypeBits;
  SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeBitfields SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeBits;
  TemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields TemplateSpecializationTypeBits;
  DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields
    DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeBits;
  PackExpansionTypeBitfields PackExpansionTypeBits;

  static_assert(sizeof(TypeBitfields) <= 8,
                "TypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!");
  static_assert(sizeof(ArrayTypeBitfields) <= 8,
                "ArrayTypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!");
  static_assert(sizeof(AttributedTypeBitfields) <= 8,
                "AttributedTypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!");
  static_assert(sizeof(AutoTypeBitfields) <= 8,
                "AutoTypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!");
  static_assert(sizeof(BuiltinTypeBitfields) <= 8,
                "BuiltinTypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!");
  static_assert(sizeof(FunctionTypeBitfields) <= 8,
                "FunctionTypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!");
  static_assert(sizeof(ObjCObjectTypeBitfields) <= 8,
                "ObjCObjectTypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!");
  static_assert(sizeof(ReferenceTypeBitfields) <= 8,
                "ReferenceTypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!");
  static_assert(sizeof(TypeWithKeywordBitfields) <= 8,
                "TypeWithKeywordBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!");
  static_assert(sizeof(ElaboratedTypeBitfields) <= 8,
                "ElaboratedTypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!");
  static_assert(sizeof(VectorTypeBitfields) <= 8,
                "VectorTypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!");
  static_assert(sizeof(SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeBitfields) <= 8,
                "SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeBitfields is larger"
                " than 8 bytes!");
  static_assert(sizeof(TemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields) <= 8,
                "TemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields is larger"
                " than 8 bytes!");
  static_assert(sizeof(DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields) <= 8,
                "DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields is larger"
                " than 8 bytes!");
  static_assert(sizeof(PackExpansionTypeBitfields) <= 8,
                "PackExpansionTypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes");
};

1797private:
template <class T> friend class TypePropertyCache;

/// Set whether this type comes from an AST file.
void setFromAST(bool V = true) const {
  TypeBits.FromAST = V;
}

1805protected:
friend class ASTContext;

Type(TypeClass tc, QualType canon, bool Dependent,
     bool InstantiationDependent, bool VariablyModified,
     bool ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack)
    : ExtQualsTypeCommonBase(this,
                             canon.isNull() ? QualType(this_(), 0) : canon) {
  TypeBits.TC = tc;
  TypeBits.Dependent = Dependent;
  TypeBits.InstantiationDependent = Dependent || InstantiationDependent;
  TypeBits.VariablyModified = VariablyModified;
  TypeBits.ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack = ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack;
  TypeBits.CacheValid = false;
  TypeBits.CachedLocalOrUnnamed = false;
  TypeBits.CachedLinkage = NoLinkage;
  TypeBits.FromAST = false;
}

// silence VC++ warning C4355: 'this' : used in base member initializer list
Type *this_() { return this; }

void setDependent(bool D = true) {
  TypeBits.Dependent = D;
  if (D)
    TypeBits.InstantiationDependent = true;
}

void setInstantiationDependent(bool D = true) {
  TypeBits.InstantiationDependent = D; }

void setVariablyModified(bool VM = true) { TypeBits.VariablyModified = VM; }

void setContainsUnexpandedParameterPack(bool PP = true) {
  TypeBits.ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack = PP;
}

1842public:
friend class ASTReader;
friend class ASTWriter;

Type(const Type &) = delete;
Type(Type &&) = delete;
Type &operator=(const Type &) = delete;
Type &operator=(Type &&) = delete;

TypeClass getTypeClass() const { return static_cast<TypeClass>(TypeBits.TC); }

/// Whether this type comes from an AST file.
bool isFromAST() const { return TypeBits.FromAST; }

/// Whether this type is or contains an unexpanded parameter
/// pack, used to support C++0x variadic templates.
///
/// A type that contains a parameter pack shall be expanded by the
/// ellipsis operator at some point. For example, the typedef in the
/// following example contains an unexpanded parameter pack 'T':
///
/// \code
/// template<typename ...T>
/// struct X {
///   typedef T* pointer_types; // ill-formed; T is a parameter pack.
/// };
/// \endcode
///
/// Note that this routine does not specify which
bool containsUnexpandedParameterPack() const {
  return TypeBits.ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack;
}

/// Determines if this type would be canonical if it had no further
/// qualification.
bool isCanonicalUnqualified() const {
  return CanonicalType == QualType(this, 0);
}

/// Pull a single level of sugar off of this locally-unqualified type.
/// Users should generally prefer SplitQualType::getSingleStepDesugaredType()
/// or QualType::getSingleStepDesugaredType(const ASTContext&).
QualType getLocallyUnqualifiedSingleStepDesugaredType() const;

/// Types are partitioned into 3 broad categories (C99 6.2.5p1):
/// object types, function types, and incomplete types.

/// Return true if this is an incomplete type.
/// A type that can describe objects, but which lacks information needed to
/// determine its size (e.g. void, or a fwd declared struct). Clients of this
/// routine will need to determine if the size is actually required.
///
/// Def If non-null, and the type refers to some kind of declaration
/// that can be completed (such as a C struct, C++ class, or Objective-C
/// class), will be set to the declaration.
bool isIncompleteType(NamedDecl **Def = nullptr) const;

/// Return true if this is an incomplete or object
/// type, in other words, not a function type.
bool isIncompleteOrObjectType() const {
  return !isFunctionType();
}

/// Determine whether this type is an object type.
bool isObjectType() const {
  // C++ [basic.types]p8:
  //   An object type is a (possibly cv-qualified) type that is not a
  //   function type, not a reference type, and not a void type.
  return !isReferenceType() && !isFunctionType() && !isVoidType();
}

/// Return true if this is a literal type
/// (C++11 [basic.types]p10)
bool isLiteralType(const ASTContext &Ctx) const;

/// Test if this type is a standard-layout type.
/// (C++0x [basic.type]p9)
bool isStandardLayoutType() const;

/// Helper methods to distinguish type categories. All type predicates
/// operate on the canonical type, ignoring typedefs and qualifiers.

/// Returns true if the type is a builtin type.
bool isBuiltinType() const;

/// Test for a particular builtin type.
bool isSpecificBuiltinType(unsigned K) const;

/// Test for a type which does not represent an actual type-system type but
/// is instead used as a placeholder for various convenient purposes within
/// Clang.  All such types are BuiltinTypes.
bool isPlaceholderType() const;
const BuiltinType *getAsPlaceholderType() const;

/// Test for a specific placeholder type.
bool isSpecificPlaceholderType(unsigned K) const;

/// Test for a placeholder type other than Overload; see
/// BuiltinType::isNonOverloadPlaceholderType.
bool isNonOverloadPlaceholderType() const;

/// isIntegerType() does *not* include complex integers (a GCC extension).
/// isComplexIntegerType() can be used to test for complex integers.
bool isIntegerType() const;     // C99 6.2.5p17 (int, char, bool, enum)
bool isEnumeralType() const;

/// Determine whether this type is a scoped enumeration type.
bool isScopedEnumeralType() const;
bool isBooleanType() const;
bool isCharType() const;
bool isWideCharType() const;
bool isChar8Type() const;
bool isChar16Type() const;
bool isChar32Type() const;
bool isAnyCharacterType() const;
bool isIntegralType(const ASTContext &Ctx) const;

/// Determine whether this type is an integral or enumeration type.
bool isIntegralOrEnumerationType() const;

/// Determine whether this type is an integral or unscoped enumeration type.
bool isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType() const;

/// Floating point categories.
bool isRealFloatingType() const; // C99 6.2.5p10 (float, double, long double)
/// isComplexType() does *not* include complex integers (a GCC extension).
/// isComplexIntegerType() can be used to test for complex integers.
bool isComplexType() const;      // C99 6.2.5p11 (complex)
bool isAnyComplexType() const;   // C99 6.2.5p11 (complex) + Complex Int.
bool isFloatingType() const;     // C99 6.2.5p11 (real floating + complex)
bool isHalfType() const;         // OpenCL 6.1.1.1, NEON (IEEE 754-2008 half)
bool isFloat16Type() const;      // C11 extension ISO/IEC TS 18661
bool isFloat128Type() const;
bool isRealType() const;         // C99 6.2.5p17 (real floating + integer)
bool isArithmeticType() const;   // C99 6.2.5p18 (integer + floating)
bool isVoidType() const;         // C99 6.2.5p19
bool isScalarType() const;       // C99 6.2.5p21 (arithmetic + pointers)
bool isAggregateType() const;
bool isFundamentalType() const;
bool isCompoundType() const;

// Type Predicates: Check to see if this type is structurally the specified
// type, ignoring typedefs and qualifiers.
bool isFunctionType() const;
bool isFunctionNoProtoType() const { return getAs<FunctionNoProtoType>(); }
bool isFunctionProtoType() const { return getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); }
bool isPointerType() const;
bool isAnyPointerType() const;   // Any C pointer or ObjC object pointer
bool isBlockPointerType() const;
bool isVoidPointerType() const;
bool isReferenceType() const;
bool isLValueReferenceType() const;
bool isRValueReferenceType() const;
bool isFunctionPointerType() const;
bool isFunctionReferenceType() const;
bool isMemberPointerType() const;
bool isMemberFunctionPointerType() const;
bool isMemberDataPointerType() const;
bool isArrayType() const;
bool isConstantArrayType() const;
bool isIncompleteArrayType() const;
bool isVariableArrayType() const;
bool isDependentSizedArrayType() const;
bool isRecordType() const;
bool isClassType() const;
bool isStructureType() const;
bool isObjCBoxableRecordType() const;
bool isInterfaceType() const;
bool isStructureOrClassType() const;
bool isUnionType() const;
bool isComplexIntegerType() const;            // GCC _Complex integer type.
bool isVectorType() const;                    // GCC vector type.
bool isExtVectorType() const;                 // Extended vector type.
bool isDependentAddressSpaceType() const;     // value-dependent address space qualifier
bool isObjCObjectPointerType() const;         // pointer to ObjC object
bool isObjCRetainableType() const;            // ObjC object or block pointer
bool isObjCLifetimeType() const;              // (array of)* retainable type
bool isObjCIndirectLifetimeType() const;      // (pointer to)* lifetime type
bool isObjCNSObjectType() const;              // __attribute__((NSObject))
bool isObjCIndependentClassType() const;      // __attribute__((objc_independent_class))
// FIXME: change this to 'raw' interface type, so we can used 'interface' type
// for the common case.
bool isObjCObjectType() const;                // NSString or typeof(*(id)0)
bool isObjCQualifiedInterfaceType() const;    // NSString<foo>
bool isObjCQualifiedIdType() const;           // id<foo>
bool isObjCQualifiedClassType() const;        // Class<foo>
bool isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType() const;
bool isObjCIdType() const;                    // id
bool isDecltypeType() const;
/// Was this type written with the special inert-in-ARC __unsafe_unretained
/// qualifier?
///
/// This approximates the answer to the following question: if this
/// translation unit were compiled in ARC, would this type be qualified
/// with __unsafe_unretained?
bool isObjCInertUnsafeUnretainedType() const {
  return hasAttr(attr::ObjCInertUnsafeUnretained);
}

/// Whether the type is Objective-C 'id' or a __kindof type of an
/// object type, e.g., __kindof NSView * or __kindof id
/// <NSCopying>.
///
/// \param bound Will be set to the bound on non-id subtype types,
/// which will be (possibly specialized) Objective-C class type, or
/// null for 'id.
bool isObjCIdOrObjectKindOfType(const ASTContext &ctx,
                                const ObjCObjectType *&bound) const;

bool isObjCClassType() const;                 // Class

/// Whether the type is Objective-C 'Class' or a __kindof type of an
/// Class type, e.g., __kindof Class <NSCopying>.
///
/// Unlike \c isObjCIdOrObjectKindOfType, there is no relevant bound
/// here because Objective-C's type system cannot express "a class
/// object for a subclass of NSFoo".
bool isObjCClassOrClassKindOfType() const;

bool isBlockCompatibleObjCPointerType(ASTContext &ctx) const;
bool isObjCSelType() const;                 // Class
bool isObjCBuiltinType() const;               // 'id' or 'Class'
bool isObjCARCBridgableType() const;
bool isCARCBridgableType() const;
bool isTemplateTypeParmType() const;          // C++ template type parameter
bool isNullPtrType() const;                   // C++11 std::nullptr_t
bool isNothrowT() const;                      // C++   std::nothrow_t
bool isAlignValT() const;                     // C++17 std::align_val_t
bool isStdByteType() const;                   // C++17 std::byte
bool isAtomicType() const;                    // C11 _Atomic()

2073#define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) \
bool is##Id##Type() const;
2075#include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def"

bool isImageType() const;                     // Any OpenCL image type

bool isSamplerT() const;                      // OpenCL sampler_t
bool isEventT() const;                        // OpenCL event_t
bool isClkEventT() const;                     // OpenCL clk_event_t
bool isQueueT() const;                        // OpenCL queue_t
bool isReserveIDT() const;                    // OpenCL reserve_id_t

2085#define EXT_OPAQUE_TYPE(ExtType, Id, Ext) \
bool is##Id##Type() const;
2087#include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def"
// Type defined in cl_intel_device_side_avc_motion_estimation OpenCL extension
bool isOCLIntelSubgroupAVCType() const;
bool isOCLExtOpaqueType() const;              // Any OpenCL extension type

bool isPipeType() const;                      // OpenCL pipe type
bool isOpenCLSpecificType() const;            // Any OpenCL specific type

/// Determines if this type, which must satisfy
/// isObjCLifetimeType(), is implicitly __unsafe_unretained rather
/// than implicitly __strong.
bool isObjCARCImplicitlyUnretainedType() const;

/// Return the implicit lifetime for this type, which must not be dependent.
Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime getObjCARCImplicitLifetime() const;

enum ScalarTypeKind {
  STK_CPointer,
  STK_BlockPointer,
  STK_ObjCObjectPointer,
  STK_MemberPointer,
  STK_Bool,
  STK_Integral,
  STK_Floating,
  STK_IntegralComplex,
  STK_FloatingComplex,
  STK_FixedPoint
};

/// Given that this is a scalar type, classify it.
ScalarTypeKind getScalarTypeKind() const;

/// Whether this type is a dependent type, meaning that its definition
/// somehow depends on a template parameter (C++ [temp.dep.type]).
bool isDependentType() const { return TypeBits.Dependent; }

/// Determine whether this type is an instantiation-dependent type,
/// meaning that the type involves a template parameter (even if the
/// definition does not actually depend on the type substituted for that
/// template parameter).
bool isInstantiationDependentType() const {
  return TypeBits.InstantiationDependent;
}

/// Determine whether this type is an undeduced type, meaning that
/// it somehow involves a C++11 'auto' type or similar which has not yet been
/// deduced.
bool isUndeducedType() const;

/// Whether this type is a variably-modified type (C99 6.7.5).
bool isVariablyModifiedType() const { return TypeBits.VariablyModified; }

/// Whether this type involves a variable-length array type
/// with a definite size.
bool hasSizedVLAType() const;

/// Whether this type is or contains a local or unnamed type.
bool hasUnnamedOrLocalType() const;

bool isOverloadableType() const;

/// Determine wither this type is a C++ elaborated-type-specifier.
bool isElaboratedTypeSpecifier() const;

bool canDecayToPointerType() const;

/// Whether this type is represented natively as a pointer.  This includes
/// pointers, references, block pointers, and Objective-C interface,
/// qualified id, and qualified interface types, as well as nullptr_t.
bool hasPointerRepresentation() const;

/// Whether this type can represent an objective pointer type for the
/// purpose of GC'ability
bool hasObjCPointerRepresentation() const;

/// Determine whether this type has an integer representation
/// of some sort, e.g., it is an integer type or a vector.
bool hasIntegerRepresentation() const;

/// Determine whether this type has an signed integer representation
/// of some sort, e.g., it is an signed integer type or a vector.
bool hasSignedIntegerRepresentation() const;

/// Determine whether this type has an unsigned integer representation
/// of some sort, e.g., it is an unsigned integer type or a vector.
bool hasUnsignedIntegerRepresentation() const;

/// Determine whether this type has a floating-point representation
/// of some sort, e.g., it is a floating-point type or a vector thereof.
bool hasFloatingRepresentation() const;

// Type Checking Functions: Check to see if this type is structurally the
// specified type, ignoring typedefs and qualifiers, and return a pointer to
// the best type we can.
const RecordType *getAsStructureType() const;
/// NOTE: getAs*ArrayType are methods on ASTContext.
const RecordType *getAsUnionType() const;
const ComplexType *getAsComplexIntegerType() const; // GCC complex int type.
const ObjCObjectType *getAsObjCInterfaceType() const;

// The following is a convenience method that returns an ObjCObjectPointerType
// for object declared using an interface.
const ObjCObjectPointerType *getAsObjCInterfacePointerType() const;
const ObjCObjectPointerType *getAsObjCQualifiedIdType() const;
const ObjCObjectPointerType *getAsObjCQualifiedClassType() const;
const ObjCObjectType *getAsObjCQualifiedInterfaceType() const;

/// Retrieves the CXXRecordDecl that this type refers to, either
/// because the type is a RecordType or because it is the injected-class-name
/// type of a class template or class template partial specialization.
CXXRecordDecl *getAsCXXRecordDecl() const;

/// Retrieves the RecordDecl this type refers to.
RecordDecl *getAsRecordDecl() const;

/// Retrieves the TagDecl that this type refers to, either
/// because the type is a TagType or because it is the injected-class-name
/// type of a class template or class template partial specialization.
TagDecl *getAsTagDecl() const;

/// If this is a pointer or reference to a RecordType, return the
/// CXXRecordDecl that the type refers to.
///
/// If this is not a pointer or reference, or the type being pointed to does
/// not refer to a CXXRecordDecl, returns NULL.
const CXXRecordDecl *getPointeeCXXRecordDecl() const;

/// Get the DeducedType whose type will be deduced for a variable with
/// an initializer of this type. This looks through declarators like pointer
/// types, but not through decltype or typedefs.
DeducedType *getContainedDeducedType() const;

/// Get the AutoType whose type will be deduced for a variable with
/// an initializer of this type. This looks through declarators like pointer
/// types, but not through decltype or typedefs.
AutoType *getContainedAutoType() const {
  return dyn_cast_or_null<AutoType>(getContainedDeducedType());
}

/// Determine whether this type was written with a leading 'auto'
/// corresponding to a trailing return type (possibly for a nested
/// function type within a pointer to function type or similar).
bool hasAutoForTrailingReturnType() const;

/// Member-template getAs<specific type>'.  Look through sugar for
/// an instance of \<specific type>.   This scheme will eventually
/// replace the specific getAsXXXX methods above.
///
/// There are some specializations of this member template listed
/// immediately following this class.
template <typename T> const T *getAs() const;

/// Member-template getAsAdjusted<specific type>. Look through specific kinds
/// of sugar (parens, attributes, etc) for an instance of \<specific type>.
/// This is used when you need to walk over sugar nodes that represent some
/// kind of type adjustment from a type that was written as a \<specific type>
/// to another type that is still canonically a \<specific type>.
template <typename T> const T *getAsAdjusted() const;

/// A variant of getAs<> for array types which silently discards
/// qualifiers from the outermost type.
const ArrayType *getAsArrayTypeUnsafe() const;

/// Member-template castAs<specific type>.  Look through sugar for
/// the underlying instance of \<specific type>.
///
/// This method has the same relationship to getAs<T> as cast<T> has
/// to dyn_cast<T>; which is to say, the underlying type *must*
/// have the intended type, and this method will never return null.
template <typename T> const T *castAs() const;

/// A variant of castAs<> for array type which silently discards
/// qualifiers from the outermost type.
const ArrayType *castAsArrayTypeUnsafe() const;

/// Determine whether this type had the specified attribute applied to it
/// (looking through top-level type sugar).
bool hasAttr(attr::Kind AK) const;

/// Get the base element type of this type, potentially discarding type
/// qualifiers.  This should never be used when type qualifiers
/// are meaningful.
const Type *getBaseElementTypeUnsafe() const;

/// If this is an array type, return the element type of the array,
/// potentially with type qualifiers missing.
/// This should never be used when type qualifiers are meaningful.
const Type *getArrayElementTypeNoTypeQual() const;

/// If this is a pointer type, return the pointee type.
/// If this is an array type, return the array element type.
/// This should never be used when type qualifiers are meaningful.
const Type *getPointeeOrArrayElementType() const;

/// If this is a pointer, ObjC object pointer, or block
/// pointer, this returns the respective pointee.
QualType getPointeeType() const;

/// Return the specified type with any "sugar" removed from the type,
/// removing any typedefs, typeofs, etc., as well as any qualifiers.
const Type *getUnqualifiedDesugaredType() const;

/// More type predicates useful for type checking/promotion
bool isPromotableIntegerType() const; // C99 6.3.1.1p2

/// Return true if this is an integer type that is
/// signed, according to C99 6.2.5p4 [char, signed char, short, int, long..],
/// or an enum decl which has a signed representation.
bool isSignedIntegerType() const;

/// Return true if this is an integer type that is
/// unsigned, according to C99 6.2.5p6 [which returns true for _Bool],
/// or an enum decl which has an unsigned representation.
bool isUnsignedIntegerType() const;

/// Determines whether this is an integer type that is signed or an
/// enumeration types whose underlying type is a signed integer type.
bool isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType() const;

/// Determines whether this is an integer type that is unsigned or an
/// enumeration types whose underlying type is a unsigned integer type.
bool isUnsignedIntegerOrEnumerationType() const;

/// Return true if this is a fixed point type according to
/// ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169.
bool isFixedPointType() const;

/// Return true if this is a fixed point or integer type.
bool isFixedPointOrIntegerType() const;

/// Return true if this is a saturated fixed point type according to
/// ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169. This type can be signed or unsigned.
bool isSaturatedFixedPointType() const;

/// Return true if this is a saturated fixed point type according to
/// ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169. This type can be signed or unsigned.
bool isUnsaturatedFixedPointType() const;

/// Return true if this is a fixed point type that is signed according
/// to ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169. This type can also be saturated.
bool isSignedFixedPointType() const;

/// Return true if this is a fixed point type that is unsigned according
/// to ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169. This type can also be saturated.
bool isUnsignedFixedPointType() const;

/// Return true if this is not a variable sized type,
/// according to the rules of C99 6.7.5p3.  It is not legal to call this on
/// incomplete types.
bool isConstantSizeType() const;

/// Returns true if this type can be represented by some
/// set of type specifiers.
bool isSpecifierType() const;

/// Determine the linkage of this type.
Linkage getLinkage() const;

/// Determine the visibility of this type.
Visibility getVisibility() const {
  return getLinkageAndVisibility().getVisibility();
}

/// Return true if the visibility was explicitly set is the code.
bool isVisibilityExplicit() const {
  return getLinkageAndVisibility().isVisibilityExplicit();
}

/// Determine the linkage and visibility of this type.
LinkageInfo getLinkageAndVisibility() const;

/// True if the computed linkage is valid. Used for consistency
/// checking. Should always return true.
bool isLinkageValid() const;

/// Determine the nullability of the given type.
///
/// Note that nullability is only captured as sugar within the type
/// system, not as part of the canonical type, so nullability will
/// be lost by canonicalization and desugaring.
Optional<NullabilityKind> getNullability(const ASTContext &context) const;

/// Determine whether the given type can have a nullability
/// specifier applied to it, i.e., if it is any kind of pointer type.
///
/// \param ResultIfUnknown The value to return if we don't yet know whether
///        this type can have nullability because it is dependent.
bool canHaveNullability(bool ResultIfUnknown = true) const;

/// Retrieve the set of substitutions required when accessing a member
/// of the Objective-C receiver type that is declared in the given context.
///
/// \c *this is the type of the object we're operating on, e.g., the
/// receiver for a message send or the base of a property access, and is
/// expected to be of some object or object pointer type.
///
/// \param dc The declaration context for which we are building up a
/// substitution mapping, which should be an Objective-C class, extension,
/// category, or method within.
///
/// \returns an array of type arguments that can be substituted for
/// the type parameters of the given declaration context in any type described
/// within that context, or an empty optional to indicate that no
/// substitution is required.
Optional<ArrayRef<QualType>>
getObjCSubstitutions(const DeclContext *dc) const;

/// Determines if this is an ObjC interface type that may accept type
/// parameters.
bool acceptsObjCTypeParams() const;

const char *getTypeClassName() const;

QualType getCanonicalTypeInternal() const {
  return CanonicalType;
}

CanQualType getCanonicalTypeUnqualified() const; // in CanonicalType.h
void dump() const;
void dump(llvm::raw_ostream &OS) const;
2407};

2409/// This will check for a TypedefType by removing any existing sugar
2410/// until it reaches a TypedefType or a non-sugared type.
2411template <> const TypedefType *Type::getAs() const;

2413/// This will check for a TemplateSpecializationType by removing any
2414/// existing sugar until it reaches a TemplateSpecializationType or a
2415/// non-sugared type.
2416template <> const TemplateSpecializationType *Type::getAs() const;

2418/// This will check for an AttributedType by removing any existing sugar
2419/// until it reaches an AttributedType or a non-sugared type.
2420template <> const AttributedType *Type::getAs() const;

2422// We can do canonical leaf types faster, because we don't have to
2423// worry about preserving child type decoration.
2424#define TYPE(Class, Base)
2425#define LEAF_TYPE(Class) \
2426template <> inline const Class##Type *Type::getAs() const { \
return dyn_cast<Class##Type>(CanonicalType); \
2428} \
2429template <> inline const Class##Type *Type::castAs() const { \
return cast<Class##Type>(CanonicalType); \
2431}
2432#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.inc"

2434/// This class is used for builtin types like 'int'.  Builtin
2435/// types are always canonical and have a literal name field.
2436class BuiltinType : public Type {
2437public:
enum Kind {
2439// OpenCL image types
2440#define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) Id,
2441#include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def"
2442// OpenCL extension types
2443#define EXT_OPAQUE_TYPE(ExtType, Id, Ext) Id,
2444#include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def"
2445// SVE Types
2446#define SVE_TYPE(Name, Id, SingletonId) Id,
2447#include "clang/Basic/AArch64SVEACLETypes.def"
2448// All other builtin types
2449#define BUILTIN_TYPE(Id, SingletonId) Id,
2450#define LAST_BUILTIN_TYPE(Id) LastKind = Id
2451#include "clang/AST/BuiltinTypes.def"
};

2454private:
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

BuiltinType(Kind K)
    : Type(Builtin, QualType(), /*Dependent=*/(K == Dependent),
           /*InstantiationDependent=*/(K == Dependent),
           /*VariablyModified=*/false,
           /*Unexpanded parameter pack=*/false) {
  BuiltinTypeBits.Kind = K;
}

2465public:
Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(BuiltinTypeBits.Kind); }
StringRef getName(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const;

const char *getNameAsCString(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const {
  // The StringRef is null-terminated.
  StringRef str = getName(Policy);
  assert(!str.empty() && str.data()[str.size()] == '\0')((!str.empty() && str.data()[str.size()] == '\0') ? static_cast
<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!str.empty() && str.data()[str.size()] == '\\0'"
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 2472, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  return str.data();
}

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

bool isInteger() const {
  return getKind() >= Bool && getKind() <= Int128;
}

bool isSignedInteger() const {
  return getKind() >= Char_S && getKind() <= Int128;
}

bool isUnsignedInteger() const {
  return getKind() >= Bool && getKind() <= UInt128;
}

bool isFloatingPoint() const {
  return getKind() >= Half && getKind() <= Float128;
}

/// Determines whether the given kind corresponds to a placeholder type.
static bool isPlaceholderTypeKind(Kind K) {
  return K >= Overload;
}

/// Determines whether this type is a placeholder type, i.e. a type
/// which cannot appear in arbitrary positions in a fully-formed
/// expression.
bool isPlaceholderType() const {
  return isPlaceholderTypeKind(getKind());
}

/// Determines whether this type is a placeholder type other than
/// Overload.  Most placeholder types require only syntactic
/// information about their context in order to be resolved (e.g.
/// whether it is a call expression), which means they can (and
/// should) be resolved in an earlier "phase" of analysis.
/// Overload expressions sometimes pick up further information
/// from their context, like whether the context expects a
/// specific function-pointer type, and so frequently need
/// special treatment.
bool isNonOverloadPlaceholderType() const {
  return getKind() > Overload;
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Builtin; }
2521};

2523/// Complex values, per C99 6.2.5p11.  This supports the C99 complex
2524/// types (_Complex float etc) as well as the GCC integer complex extensions.
2525class ComplexType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

QualType ElementType;

ComplexType(QualType Element, QualType CanonicalPtr)
    : Type(Complex, CanonicalPtr, Element->isDependentType(),
           Element->isInstantiationDependentType(),
           Element->isVariablyModifiedType(),
           Element->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
      ElementType(Element) {}

2537public:
QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; }

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, getElementType());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Element) {
  ID.AddPointer(Element.getAsOpaquePtr());
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Complex; }
2552};

2554/// Sugar for parentheses used when specifying types.
2555class ParenType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

QualType Inner;

ParenType(QualType InnerType, QualType CanonType)
    : Type(Paren, CanonType, InnerType->isDependentType(),
           InnerType->isInstantiationDependentType(),
           InnerType->isVariablyModifiedType(),
           InnerType->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
      Inner(InnerType) {}

2567public:
QualType getInnerType() const { return Inner; }

bool isSugared() const { return true; }
QualType desugar() const { return getInnerType(); }

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, getInnerType());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Inner) {
  Inner.Profile(ID);
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Paren; }
2582};

2584/// PointerType - C99 6.7.5.1 - Pointer Declarators.
2585class PointerType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

QualType PointeeType;

PointerType(QualType Pointee, QualType CanonicalPtr)
    : Type(Pointer, CanonicalPtr, Pointee->isDependentType(),
           Pointee->isInstantiationDependentType(),
           Pointee->isVariablyModifiedType(),
           Pointee->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
      PointeeType(Pointee) {}

2597public:
QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; }

/// Returns true if address spaces of pointers overlap.
/// OpenCL v2.0 defines conversion rules for pointers to different
/// address spaces (OpenCLC v2.0 s6.5.5) and notion of overlapping
/// address spaces.
/// CL1.1 or CL1.2:
///   address spaces overlap iff they are they same.
/// CL2.0 adds:
///   __generic overlaps with any address space except for __constant.
bool isAddressSpaceOverlapping(const PointerType &other) const {
  Qualifiers thisQuals = PointeeType.getQualifiers();
  Qualifiers otherQuals = other.getPointeeType().getQualifiers();
  // Address spaces overlap if at least one of them is a superset of another
  return thisQuals.isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(otherQuals) ||
         otherQuals.isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(thisQuals);
}

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, getPointeeType());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Pointee) {
  ID.AddPointer(Pointee.getAsOpaquePtr());
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Pointer; }
2628};

2630/// Represents a type which was implicitly adjusted by the semantic
2631/// engine for arbitrary reasons.  For example, array and function types can
2632/// decay, and function types can have their calling conventions adjusted.
2633class AdjustedType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
QualType OriginalTy;
QualType AdjustedTy;

2637protected:
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

AdjustedType(TypeClass TC, QualType OriginalTy, QualType AdjustedTy,
             QualType CanonicalPtr)
    : Type(TC, CanonicalPtr, OriginalTy->isDependentType(),
           OriginalTy->isInstantiationDependentType(),
           OriginalTy->isVariablyModifiedType(),
           OriginalTy->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
      OriginalTy(OriginalTy), AdjustedTy(AdjustedTy) {}

2648public:
QualType getOriginalType() const { return OriginalTy; }
QualType getAdjustedType() const { return AdjustedTy; }

bool isSugared() const { return true; }
QualType desugar() const { return AdjustedTy; }

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, OriginalTy, AdjustedTy);
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Orig, QualType New) {
  ID.AddPointer(Orig.getAsOpaquePtr());
  ID.AddPointer(New.getAsOpaquePtr());
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == Adjusted || T->getTypeClass() == Decayed;
}
2667};

2669/// Represents a pointer type decayed from an array or function type.
2670class DecayedType : public AdjustedType {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

inline
DecayedType(QualType OriginalType, QualType Decayed, QualType Canonical);

2676public:
QualType getDecayedType() const { return getAdjustedType(); }

inline QualType getPointeeType() const;

static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Decayed; }
2682};

2684/// Pointer to a block type.
2685/// This type is to represent types syntactically represented as
2686/// "void (^)(int)", etc. Pointee is required to always be a function type.
2687class BlockPointerType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

// Block is some kind of pointer type
QualType PointeeType;

BlockPointerType(QualType Pointee, QualType CanonicalCls)
    : Type(BlockPointer, CanonicalCls, Pointee->isDependentType(),
           Pointee->isInstantiationDependentType(),
           Pointee->isVariablyModifiedType(),
           Pointee->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
      PointeeType(Pointee) {}

2700public:
// Get the pointee type. Pointee is required to always be a function type.
QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; }

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
    Profile(ID, getPointeeType());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Pointee) {
    ID.AddPointer(Pointee.getAsOpaquePtr());
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == BlockPointer;
}
2718};

2720/// Base for LValueReferenceType and RValueReferenceType
2721class ReferenceType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
QualType PointeeType;

2724protected:
ReferenceType(TypeClass tc, QualType Referencee, QualType CanonicalRef,
              bool SpelledAsLValue)
    : Type(tc, CanonicalRef, Referencee->isDependentType(),
           Referencee->isInstantiationDependentType(),
           Referencee->isVariablyModifiedType(),
           Referencee->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
      PointeeType(Referencee) {
  ReferenceTypeBits.SpelledAsLValue = SpelledAsLValue;
  ReferenceTypeBits.InnerRef = Referencee->isReferenceType();
}

2736public:
bool isSpelledAsLValue() const { return ReferenceTypeBits.SpelledAsLValue; }
bool isInnerRef() const { return ReferenceTypeBits.InnerRef; }

QualType getPointeeTypeAsWritten() const { return PointeeType; }

QualType getPointeeType() const {
  // FIXME: this might strip inner qualifiers; okay?
  const ReferenceType *T = this;
  while (T->isInnerRef())
    T = T->PointeeType->castAs<ReferenceType>();
  return T->PointeeType;
}

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, PointeeType, isSpelledAsLValue());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
                    QualType Referencee,
                    bool SpelledAsLValue) {
  ID.AddPointer(Referencee.getAsOpaquePtr());
  ID.AddBoolean(SpelledAsLValue);
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == LValueReference ||
         T->getTypeClass() == RValueReference;
}
2765};

2767/// An lvalue reference type, per C++11 [dcl.ref].
2768class LValueReferenceType : public ReferenceType {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these

LValueReferenceType(QualType Referencee, QualType CanonicalRef,
                    bool SpelledAsLValue)
    : ReferenceType(LValueReference, Referencee, CanonicalRef,
                    SpelledAsLValue) {}

2776public:
bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == LValueReference;
}
2783};

2785/// An rvalue reference type, per C++11 [dcl.ref].
2786class RValueReferenceType : public ReferenceType {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these

RValueReferenceType(QualType Referencee, QualType CanonicalRef)
     : ReferenceType(RValueReference, Referencee, CanonicalRef, false) {}

2792public:
bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == RValueReference;
}
2799};

2801/// A pointer to member type per C++ 8.3.3 - Pointers to members.
2802///
2803/// This includes both pointers to data members and pointer to member functions.
2804class MemberPointerType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

QualType PointeeType;

/// The class of which the pointee is a member. Must ultimately be a
/// RecordType, but could be a typedef or a template parameter too.
const Type *Class;

MemberPointerType(QualType Pointee, const Type *Cls, QualType CanonicalPtr)
    : Type(MemberPointer, CanonicalPtr,
           Cls->isDependentType() || Pointee->isDependentType(),
           (Cls->isInstantiationDependentType() ||
            Pointee->isInstantiationDependentType()),
           Pointee->isVariablyModifiedType(),
           (Cls->containsUnexpandedParameterPack() ||
            Pointee->containsUnexpandedParameterPack())),
           PointeeType(Pointee), Class(Cls) {}

2823public:
QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; }

/// Returns true if the member type (i.e. the pointee type) is a
/// function type rather than a data-member type.
bool isMemberFunctionPointer() const {
  return PointeeType->isFunctionProtoType();
}

/// Returns true if the member type (i.e. the pointee type) is a
/// data type rather than a function type.
bool isMemberDataPointer() const {
  return !PointeeType->isFunctionProtoType();
}

const Type *getClass() const { return Class; }
CXXRecordDecl *getMostRecentCXXRecordDecl() const;

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, getPointeeType(), getClass());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Pointee,
                    const Type *Class) {
  ID.AddPointer(Pointee.getAsOpaquePtr());
  ID.AddPointer(Class);
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == MemberPointer;
}
2857};

2859/// Represents an array type, per C99 6.7.5.2 - Array Declarators.
2860class ArrayType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
2861public:
/// Capture whether this is a normal array (e.g. int X[4])
/// an array with a static size (e.g. int X[static 4]), or an array
/// with a star size (e.g. int X[*]).
/// 'static' is only allowed on function parameters.
enum ArraySizeModifier {
  Normal, Static, Star
};

2870private:
/// The element type of the array.
QualType ElementType;

2874protected:
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

ArrayType(TypeClass tc, QualType et, QualType can, ArraySizeModifier sm,
          unsigned tq, const Expr *sz = nullptr);

2880public:
QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; }

ArraySizeModifier getSizeModifier() const {
  return ArraySizeModifier(ArrayTypeBits.SizeModifier);
}

Qualifiers getIndexTypeQualifiers() const {
  return Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers());
}

unsigned getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers() const {
  return ArrayTypeBits.IndexTypeQuals;
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == ConstantArray ||
         T->getTypeClass() == VariableArray ||
         T->getTypeClass() == IncompleteArray ||
         T->getTypeClass() == DependentSizedArray;
}
2901};

2903/// Represents the canonical version of C arrays with a specified constant size.
2904/// For example, the canonical type for 'int A[4 + 4*100]' is a
2905/// ConstantArrayType where the element type is 'int' and the size is 404.
2906class ConstantArrayType final
  : public ArrayType,
    private llvm::TrailingObjects<ConstantArrayType, const Expr *> {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.
friend TrailingObjects;

llvm::APInt Size; // Allows us to unique the type.

ConstantArrayType(QualType et, QualType can, const llvm::APInt &size,
                  const Expr *sz, ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq)
    : ArrayType(ConstantArray, et, can, sm, tq, sz), Size(size) {
  ConstantArrayTypeBits.HasStoredSizeExpr = sz != nullptr;
  if (ConstantArrayTypeBits.HasStoredSizeExpr) {
    assert(!can.isNull() && "canonical constant array should not have size")((!can.isNull() && "canonical constant array should not have size"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!can.isNull() && \"canonical constant array should not have size\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 2919, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
    *getTrailingObjects<const Expr*>() = sz;
  }
}

unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<const Expr*>) const {
  return ConstantArrayTypeBits.HasStoredSizeExpr;
}

2928public:
const llvm::APInt &getSize() const { return Size; }
const Expr *getSizeExpr() const {
  return ConstantArrayTypeBits.HasStoredSizeExpr
             ? *getTrailingObjects<const Expr *>()
             : nullptr;
}
bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

/// Determine the number of bits required to address a member of
// an array with the given element type and number of elements.
static unsigned getNumAddressingBits(const ASTContext &Context,
                                     QualType ElementType,
                                     const llvm::APInt &NumElements);

/// Determine the maximum number of active bits that an array's size
/// can require, which limits the maximum size of the array.
static unsigned getMaxSizeBits(const ASTContext &Context);

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Ctx) {
  Profile(ID, Ctx, getElementType(), getSize(), getSizeExpr(),
          getSizeModifier(), getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Ctx,
                    QualType ET, const llvm::APInt &ArraySize,
                    const Expr *SizeExpr, ArraySizeModifier SizeMod,
                    unsigned TypeQuals);

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == ConstantArray;
}
2961};

2963/// Represents a C array with an unspecified size.  For example 'int A[]' has
2964/// an IncompleteArrayType where the element type is 'int' and the size is
2965/// unspecified.
2966class IncompleteArrayType : public ArrayType {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

IncompleteArrayType(QualType et, QualType can,
                    ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq)
    : ArrayType(IncompleteArray, et, can, sm, tq) {}

2973public:
friend class StmtIteratorBase;

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == IncompleteArray;
}

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, getElementType(), getSizeModifier(),
          getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType ET,
                    ArraySizeModifier SizeMod, unsigned TypeQuals) {
  ID.AddPointer(ET.getAsOpaquePtr());
  ID.AddInteger(SizeMod);
  ID.AddInteger(TypeQuals);
}
2994};

2996/// Represents a C array with a specified size that is not an
2997/// integer-constant-expression.  For example, 'int s[x+foo()]'.
2998/// Since the size expression is an arbitrary expression, we store it as such.
2999///
3000/// Note: VariableArrayType's aren't uniqued (since the expressions aren't) and
3001/// should not be: two lexically equivalent variable array types could mean
3002/// different things, for example, these variables do not have the same type
3003/// dynamically:
3004///
3005/// void foo(int x) {
3006///   int Y[x];
3007///   ++x;
3008///   int Z[x];
3009/// }
3010class VariableArrayType : public ArrayType {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

/// An assignment-expression. VLA's are only permitted within
/// a function block.
Stmt *SizeExpr;

/// The range spanned by the left and right array brackets.
SourceRange Brackets;

VariableArrayType(QualType et, QualType can, Expr *e,
                  ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq,
                  SourceRange brackets)
    : ArrayType(VariableArray, et, can, sm, tq, e),
      SizeExpr((Stmt*) e), Brackets(brackets) {}

3026public:
friend class StmtIteratorBase;

Expr *getSizeExpr() const {
  // We use C-style casts instead of cast<> here because we do not wish
  // to have a dependency of Type.h on Stmt.h/Expr.h.
  return (Expr*) SizeExpr;
}

SourceRange getBracketsRange() const { return Brackets; }
SourceLocation getLBracketLoc() const { return Brackets.getBegin(); }
SourceLocation getRBracketLoc() const { return Brackets.getEnd(); }

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == VariableArray;
}

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  llvm_unreachable("Cannot unique VariableArrayTypes.")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Cannot unique VariableArrayTypes."
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 3047);
}
3049};

3051/// Represents an array type in C++ whose size is a value-dependent expression.
3052///
3053/// For example:
3054/// \code
3055/// template<typename T, int Size>
3056/// class array {
3057///   T data[Size];
3058/// };
3059/// \endcode
3060///
3061/// For these types, we won't actually know what the array bound is
3062/// until template instantiation occurs, at which point this will
3063/// become either a ConstantArrayType or a VariableArrayType.
3064class DependentSizedArrayType : public ArrayType {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

const ASTContext &Context;

/// An assignment expression that will instantiate to the
/// size of the array.
///
/// The expression itself might be null, in which case the array
/// type will have its size deduced from an initializer.
Stmt *SizeExpr;

/// The range spanned by the left and right array brackets.
SourceRange Brackets;

DependentSizedArrayType(const ASTContext &Context, QualType et, QualType can,
                        Expr *e, ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq,
                        SourceRange brackets);

3083public:
friend class StmtIteratorBase;

Expr *getSizeExpr() const {
  // We use C-style casts instead of cast<> here because we do not wish
  // to have a dependency of Type.h on Stmt.h/Expr.h.
  return (Expr*) SizeExpr;
}

SourceRange getBracketsRange() const { return Brackets; }
SourceLocation getLBracketLoc() const { return Brackets.getBegin(); }
SourceLocation getRBracketLoc() const { return Brackets.getEnd(); }

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == DependentSizedArray;
}

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, Context, getElementType(),
          getSizeModifier(), getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), getSizeExpr());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context,
                    QualType ET, ArraySizeModifier SizeMod,
                    unsigned TypeQuals, Expr *E);
3111};

3113/// Represents an extended address space qualifier where the input address space
3114/// value is dependent. Non-dependent address spaces are not represented with a
3115/// special Type subclass; they are stored on an ExtQuals node as part of a QualType.
3116///
3117/// For example:
3118/// \code
3119/// template<typename T, int AddrSpace>
3120/// class AddressSpace {
3121///   typedef T __attribute__((address_space(AddrSpace))) type;
3122/// }
3123/// \endcode
3124class DependentAddressSpaceType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext;

const ASTContext &Context;
Expr *AddrSpaceExpr;
QualType PointeeType;
SourceLocation loc;

DependentAddressSpaceType(const ASTContext &Context, QualType PointeeType,
                          QualType can, Expr *AddrSpaceExpr,
                          SourceLocation loc);

3136public:
Expr *getAddrSpaceExpr() const { return AddrSpaceExpr; }
QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; }
SourceLocation getAttributeLoc() const { return loc; }

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == DependentAddressSpace;
}

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, Context, getPointeeType(), getAddrSpaceExpr());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context,
                    QualType PointeeType, Expr *AddrSpaceExpr);
3154};

3156/// Represents an extended vector type where either the type or size is
3157/// dependent.
3158///
3159/// For example:
3160/// \code
3161/// template<typename T, int Size>
3162/// class vector {
3163///   typedef T __attribute__((ext_vector_type(Size))) type;
3164/// }
3165/// \endcode
3166class DependentSizedExtVectorType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext;

const ASTContext &Context;
Expr *SizeExpr;

/// The element type of the array.
QualType ElementType;

SourceLocation loc;

DependentSizedExtVectorType(const ASTContext &Context, QualType ElementType,
                            QualType can, Expr *SizeExpr, SourceLocation loc);

3180public:
Expr *getSizeExpr() const { return SizeExpr; }
QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; }
SourceLocation getAttributeLoc() const { return loc; }

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == DependentSizedExtVector;
}

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, Context, getElementType(), getSizeExpr());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context,
                    QualType ElementType, Expr *SizeExpr);
3198};


3201/// Represents a GCC generic vector type. This type is created using
3202/// __attribute__((vector_size(n)), where "n" specifies the vector size in
3203/// bytes; or from an Altivec __vector or vector declaration.
3204/// Since the constructor takes the number of vector elements, the
3205/// client is responsible for converting the size into the number of elements.
3206class VectorType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
3207public:
enum VectorKind {
  /// not a target-specific vector type
  GenericVector,

  /// is AltiVec vector
  AltiVecVector,

  /// is AltiVec 'vector Pixel'
  AltiVecPixel,

  /// is AltiVec 'vector bool ...'
  AltiVecBool,

  /// is ARM Neon vector
  NeonVector,

  /// is ARM Neon polynomial vector
  NeonPolyVector
};

3228protected:
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

/// The element type of the vector.
QualType ElementType;

VectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned nElements, QualType canonType,
           VectorKind vecKind);

VectorType(TypeClass tc, QualType vecType, unsigned nElements,
           QualType canonType, VectorKind vecKind);

3240public:
QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; }
unsigned getNumElements() const { return VectorTypeBits.NumElements; }

static bool isVectorSizeTooLarge(unsigned NumElements) {
  return NumElements > VectorTypeBitfields::MaxNumElements;
}

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

VectorKind getVectorKind() const {
  return VectorKind(VectorTypeBits.VecKind);
}

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, getElementType(), getNumElements(),
          getTypeClass(), getVectorKind());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType ElementType,
                    unsigned NumElements, TypeClass TypeClass,
                    VectorKind VecKind) {
  ID.AddPointer(ElementType.getAsOpaquePtr());
  ID.AddInteger(NumElements);
  ID.AddInteger(TypeClass);
  ID.AddInteger(VecKind);
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == Vector || T->getTypeClass() == ExtVector;
}
3272};

3274/// Represents a vector type where either the type or size is dependent.
3275////
3276/// For example:
3277/// \code
3278/// template<typename T, int Size>
3279/// class vector {
3280///   typedef T __attribute__((vector_size(Size))) type;
3281/// }
3282/// \endcode
3283class DependentVectorType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext;

const ASTContext &Context;
QualType ElementType;
Expr *SizeExpr;
SourceLocation Loc;

DependentVectorType(const ASTContext &Context, QualType ElementType,
                         QualType CanonType, Expr *SizeExpr,
                         SourceLocation Loc, VectorType::VectorKind vecKind);

3295public:
Expr *getSizeExpr() const { return SizeExpr; }
QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; }
SourceLocation getAttributeLoc() const { return Loc; }
VectorType::VectorKind getVectorKind() const {
  return VectorType::VectorKind(VectorTypeBits.VecKind);
}

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == DependentVector;
}

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, Context, getElementType(), getSizeExpr(), getVectorKind());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context,
                    QualType ElementType, const Expr *SizeExpr,
                    VectorType::VectorKind VecKind);
3317};

3319/// ExtVectorType - Extended vector type. This type is created using
3320/// __attribute__((ext_vector_type(n)), where "n" is the number of elements.
3321/// Unlike vector_size, ext_vector_type is only allowed on typedef's. This
3322/// class enables syntactic extensions, like Vector Components for accessing
3323/// points (as .xyzw), colors (as .rgba), and textures (modeled after OpenGL
3324/// Shading Language).
3325class ExtVectorType : public VectorType {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

ExtVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned nElements, QualType canonType)
    : VectorType(ExtVector, vecType, nElements, canonType, GenericVector) {}

3331public:
static int getPointAccessorIdx(char c) {
  switch (c) {
  default: return -1;
  case 'x': case 'r': return 0;
  case 'y': case 'g': return 1;
  case 'z': case 'b': return 2;
  case 'w': case 'a': return 3;
  }
}

static int getNumericAccessorIdx(char c) {
  switch (c) {
    default: return -1;
    case '0': return 0;
    case '1': return 1;
    case '2': return 2;
    case '3': return 3;
    case '4': return 4;
    case '5': return 5;
    case '6': return 6;
    case '7': return 7;
    case '8': return 8;
    case '9': return 9;
    case 'A':
    case 'a': return 10;
    case 'B':
    case 'b': return 11;
    case 'C':
    case 'c': return 12;
    case 'D':
    case 'd': return 13;
    case 'E':
    case 'e': return 14;
    case 'F':
    case 'f': return 15;
  }
}

static int getAccessorIdx(char c, bool isNumericAccessor) {
  if (isNumericAccessor)
    return getNumericAccessorIdx(c);
  else
    return getPointAccessorIdx(c);
}

bool isAccessorWithinNumElements(char c, bool isNumericAccessor) const {
  if (int idx = getAccessorIdx(c, isNumericAccessor)+1)
    return unsigned(idx-1) < getNumElements();
  return false;
}

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == ExtVector;
}
3389};

3391/// FunctionType - C99 6.7.5.3 - Function Declarators.  This is the common base
3392/// class of FunctionNoProtoType and FunctionProtoType.
3393class FunctionType : public Type {
// The type returned by the function.
QualType ResultType;

3397public:
/// Interesting information about a specific parameter that can't simply
/// be reflected in parameter's type. This is only used by FunctionProtoType
/// but is in FunctionType to make this class available during the
/// specification of the bases of FunctionProtoType.
///
/// It makes sense to model language features this way when there's some
/// sort of parameter-specific override (such as an attribute) that
/// affects how the function is called.  For example, the ARC ns_consumed
/// attribute changes whether a parameter is passed at +0 (the default)
/// or +1 (ns_consumed).  This must be reflected in the function type,
/// but isn't really a change to the parameter type.
///
/// One serious disadvantage of modelling language features this way is
/// that they generally do not work with language features that attempt
/// to destructure types.  For example, template argument deduction will
/// not be able to match a parameter declared as
///   T (*)(U)
/// against an argument of type
///   void (*)(__attribute__((ns_consumed)) id)
/// because the substitution of T=void, U=id into the former will
/// not produce the latter.
class ExtParameterInfo {
  enum {
    ABIMask = 0x0F,
    IsConsumed = 0x10,
    HasPassObjSize = 0x20,
    IsNoEscape = 0x40,
  };
  unsigned char Data = 0;

public:
  ExtParameterInfo() = default;

  /// Return the ABI treatment of this parameter.
  ParameterABI getABI() const { return ParameterABI(Data & ABIMask); }
  ExtParameterInfo withABI(ParameterABI kind) const {
    ExtParameterInfo copy = *this;
    copy.Data = (copy.Data & ~ABIMask) | unsigned(kind);
    return copy;
  }

  /// Is this parameter considered "consumed" by Objective-C ARC?
  /// Consumed parameters must have retainable object type.
  bool isConsumed() const { return (Data & IsConsumed); }
  ExtParameterInfo withIsConsumed(bool consumed) const {
    ExtParameterInfo copy = *this;
    if (consumed)
      copy.Data |= IsConsumed;
    else
      copy.Data &= ~IsConsumed;
    return copy;
  }

  bool hasPassObjectSize() const { return Data & HasPassObjSize; }
  ExtParameterInfo withHasPassObjectSize() const {
    ExtParameterInfo Copy = *this;
    Copy.Data |= HasPassObjSize;
    return Copy;
  }

  bool isNoEscape() const { return Data & IsNoEscape; }
  ExtParameterInfo withIsNoEscape(bool NoEscape) const {
    ExtParameterInfo Copy = *this;
    if (NoEscape)
      Copy.Data |= IsNoEscape;
    else
      Copy.Data &= ~IsNoEscape;
    return Copy;
  }

  unsigned char getOpaqueValue() const { return Data; }
  static ExtParameterInfo getFromOpaqueValue(unsigned char data) {
    ExtParameterInfo result;
    result.Data = data;
    return result;
  }

  friend bool operator==(ExtParameterInfo lhs, ExtParameterInfo rhs) {
    return lhs.Data == rhs.Data;
  }

  friend bool operator!=(ExtParameterInfo lhs, ExtParameterInfo rhs) {
    return lhs.Data != rhs.Data;
  }
};

/// A class which abstracts out some details necessary for
/// making a call.
///
/// It is not actually used directly for storing this information in
/// a FunctionType, although FunctionType does currently use the
/// same bit-pattern.
///
// If you add a field (say Foo), other than the obvious places (both,
// constructors, compile failures), what you need to update is
// * Operator==
// * getFoo
// * withFoo
// * functionType. Add Foo, getFoo.
// * ASTContext::getFooType
// * ASTContext::mergeFunctionTypes
// * FunctionNoProtoType::Profile
// * FunctionProtoType::Profile
// * TypePrinter::PrintFunctionProto
// * AST read and write
// * Codegen
class ExtInfo {
  friend class FunctionType;

  // Feel free to rearrange or add bits, but if you go over 12,
  // you'll need to adjust both the Bits field below and
  // Type::FunctionTypeBitfields.

  //   |  CC  |noreturn|produces|nocallersavedregs|regparm|nocfcheck|
  //   |0 .. 4|   5    |    6   |       7         |8 .. 10|    11   |
  //
  // regparm is either 0 (no regparm attribute) or the regparm value+1.
  enum { CallConvMask = 0x1F };
  enum { NoReturnMask = 0x20 };
  enum { ProducesResultMask = 0x40 };
  enum { NoCallerSavedRegsMask = 0x80 };
  enum { NoCfCheckMask = 0x800 };
  enum {
    RegParmMask = ~(CallConvMask | NoReturnMask | ProducesResultMask |
                    NoCallerSavedRegsMask | NoCfCheckMask),
    RegParmOffset = 8
  }; // Assumed to be the last field
  uint16_t Bits = CC_C;

  ExtInfo(unsigned Bits) : Bits(static_cast<uint16_t>(Bits)) {}

 public:
   // Constructor with no defaults. Use this when you know that you
   // have all the elements (when reading an AST file for example).
   ExtInfo(bool noReturn, bool hasRegParm, unsigned regParm, CallingConv cc,
           bool producesResult, bool noCallerSavedRegs, bool NoCfCheck) {
     assert((!hasRegParm || regParm < 7) && "Invalid regparm value")(((!hasRegParm || regParm < 7) && "Invalid regparm value"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(!hasRegParm || regParm < 7) && \"Invalid regparm value\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 3534, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
     Bits = ((unsigned)cc) | (noReturn ? NoReturnMask : 0) |
            (producesResult ? ProducesResultMask : 0) |
            (noCallerSavedRegs ? NoCallerSavedRegsMask : 0) |
            (hasRegParm ? ((regParm + 1) << RegParmOffset) : 0) |
            (NoCfCheck ? NoCfCheckMask : 0);
  }

  // Constructor with all defaults. Use when for example creating a
  // function known to use defaults.
  ExtInfo() = default;

  // Constructor with just the calling convention, which is an important part
  // of the canonical type.
  ExtInfo(CallingConv CC) : Bits(CC) {}

  bool getNoReturn() const { return Bits & NoReturnMask; }
  bool getProducesResult() const { return Bits & ProducesResultMask; }
  bool getNoCallerSavedRegs() const { return Bits & NoCallerSavedRegsMask; }
  bool getNoCfCheck() const { return Bits & NoCfCheckMask; }
  bool getHasRegParm() const { return (Bits >> RegParmOffset) != 0; }

  unsigned getRegParm() const {
    unsigned RegParm = (Bits & RegParmMask) >> RegParmOffset;
    if (RegParm > 0)
      --RegParm;
    return RegParm;
  }

  CallingConv getCC() const { return CallingConv(Bits & CallConvMask); }

  bool operator==(ExtInfo Other) const {
    return Bits == Other.Bits;
  }
  bool operator!=(ExtInfo Other) const {
    return Bits != Other.Bits;
  }

  // Note that we don't have setters. That is by design, use
  // the following with methods instead of mutating these objects.

  ExtInfo withNoReturn(bool noReturn) const {
    if (noReturn)
      return ExtInfo(Bits | NoReturnMask);
    else
      return ExtInfo(Bits & ~NoReturnMask);
  }

  ExtInfo withProducesResult(bool producesResult) const {
    if (producesResult)
      return ExtInfo(Bits | ProducesResultMask);
    else
      return ExtInfo(Bits & ~ProducesResultMask);
  }

  ExtInfo withNoCallerSavedRegs(bool noCallerSavedRegs) const {
    if (noCallerSavedRegs)
      return ExtInfo(Bits | NoCallerSavedRegsMask);
    else
      return ExtInfo(Bits & ~NoCallerSavedRegsMask);
  }

  ExtInfo withNoCfCheck(bool noCfCheck) const {
    if (noCfCheck)
      return ExtInfo(Bits | NoCfCheckMask);
    else
      return ExtInfo(Bits & ~NoCfCheckMask);
  }

  ExtInfo withRegParm(unsigned RegParm) const {
    assert(RegParm < 7 && "Invalid regparm value")((RegParm < 7 && "Invalid regparm value") ? static_cast
<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("RegParm < 7 && \"Invalid regparm value\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 3604, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
    return ExtInfo((Bits & ~RegParmMask) |
                   ((RegParm + 1) << RegParmOffset));
  }

  ExtInfo withCallingConv(CallingConv cc) const {
    return ExtInfo((Bits & ~CallConvMask) | (unsigned) cc);
  }

  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const {
    ID.AddInteger(Bits);
  }
};

/// A simple holder for a QualType representing a type in an
/// exception specification. Unfortunately needed by FunctionProtoType
/// because TrailingObjects cannot handle repeated types.
struct ExceptionType { QualType Type; };

/// A simple holder for various uncommon bits which do not fit in
/// FunctionTypeBitfields. Aligned to alignof(void *) to maintain the
/// alignment of subsequent objects in TrailingObjects. You must update
/// hasExtraBitfields in FunctionProtoType after adding extra data here.
struct alignas(void *) FunctionTypeExtraBitfields {
  /// The number of types in the exception specification.
  /// A whole unsigned is not needed here and according to
  /// [implimits] 8 bits would be enough here.
  unsigned NumExceptionType;
};

3634protected:
FunctionType(TypeClass tc, QualType res,
             QualType Canonical, bool Dependent,
             bool InstantiationDependent,
             bool VariablyModified, bool ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack,
             ExtInfo Info)
    : Type(tc, Canonical, Dependent, InstantiationDependent, VariablyModified,
           ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack),
      ResultType(res) {
  FunctionTypeBits.ExtInfo = Info.Bits;
}

Qualifiers getFastTypeQuals() const {
  return Qualifiers::fromFastMask(FunctionTypeBits.FastTypeQuals);
}

3650public:
QualType getReturnType() const { return ResultType; }

bool getHasRegParm() const { return getExtInfo().getHasRegParm(); }
unsigned getRegParmType() const { return getExtInfo().getRegParm(); }

/// Determine whether this function type includes the GNU noreturn
/// attribute. The C++11 [[noreturn]] attribute does not affect the function
/// type.
bool getNoReturnAttr() const { return getExtInfo().getNoReturn(); }

CallingConv getCallConv() const { return getExtInfo().getCC(); }
ExtInfo getExtInfo() const { return ExtInfo(FunctionTypeBits.ExtInfo); }

static_assert((~Qualifiers::FastMask & Qualifiers::CVRMask) == 0,
              "Const, volatile and restrict are assumed to be a subset of "
              "the fast qualifiers.");

bool isConst() const { return getFastTypeQuals().hasConst(); }
bool isVolatile() const { return getFastTypeQuals().hasVolatile(); }
bool isRestrict() const { return getFastTypeQuals().hasRestrict(); }

/// Determine the type of an expression that calls a function of
/// this type.
QualType getCallResultType(const ASTContext &Context) const {
  return getReturnType().getNonLValueExprType(Context);
}

static StringRef getNameForCallConv(CallingConv CC);

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == FunctionNoProto ||
         T->getTypeClass() == FunctionProto;
}
3684};

3686/// Represents a K&R-style 'int foo()' function, which has
3687/// no information available about its arguments.
3688class FunctionNoProtoType : public FunctionType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

FunctionNoProtoType(QualType Result, QualType Canonical, ExtInfo Info)
    : FunctionType(FunctionNoProto, Result, Canonical,
                   /*Dependent=*/false, /*InstantiationDependent=*/false,
                   Result->isVariablyModifiedType(),
                   /*ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack=*/false, Info) {}

3697public:
// No additional state past what FunctionType provides.

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, getReturnType(), getExtInfo());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType ResultType,
                    ExtInfo Info) {
  Info.Profile(ID);
  ID.AddPointer(ResultType.getAsOpaquePtr());
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == FunctionNoProto;
}
3716};

3718/// Represents a prototype with parameter type info, e.g.
3719/// 'int foo(int)' or 'int foo(void)'.  'void' is represented as having no
3720/// parameters, not as having a single void parameter. Such a type can have
3721/// an exception specification, but this specification is not part of the
3722/// canonical type. FunctionProtoType has several trailing objects, some of
3723/// which optional. For more information about the trailing objects see
3724/// the first comment inside FunctionProtoType.
3725class FunctionProtoType final
  : public FunctionType,
    public llvm::FoldingSetNode,
    private llvm::TrailingObjects<
        FunctionProtoType, QualType, FunctionType::FunctionTypeExtraBitfields,
        FunctionType::ExceptionType, Expr *, FunctionDecl *,
        FunctionType::ExtParameterInfo, Qualifiers> {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.
friend TrailingObjects;

// FunctionProtoType is followed by several trailing objects, some of
// which optional. They are in order:
//
// * An array of getNumParams() QualType holding the parameter types.
//   Always present. Note that for the vast majority of FunctionProtoType,
//   these will be the only trailing objects.
//
// * Optionally if some extra data is stored in FunctionTypeExtraBitfields
//   (see FunctionTypeExtraBitfields and FunctionTypeBitfields):
//   a single FunctionTypeExtraBitfields. Present if and only if
//   hasExtraBitfields() is true.
//
// * Optionally exactly one of:
//   * an array of getNumExceptions() ExceptionType,
//   * a single Expr *,
//   * a pair of FunctionDecl *,
//   * a single FunctionDecl *
//   used to store information about the various types of exception
//   specification. See getExceptionSpecSize for the details.
//
// * Optionally an array of getNumParams() ExtParameterInfo holding
//   an ExtParameterInfo for each of the parameters. Present if and
//   only if hasExtParameterInfos() is true.
//
// * Optionally a Qualifiers object to represent extra qualifiers that can't
//   be represented by FunctionTypeBitfields.FastTypeQuals. Present if and only
//   if hasExtQualifiers() is true.
//
// The optional FunctionTypeExtraBitfields has to be before the data
// related to the exception specification since it contains the number
// of exception types.
//
// We put the ExtParameterInfos last.  If all were equal, it would make
// more sense to put these before the exception specification, because
// it's much easier to skip past them compared to the elaborate switch
// required to skip the exception specification.  However, all is not
// equal; ExtParameterInfos are used to model very uncommon features,
// and it's better not to burden the more common paths.

3774public:
/// Holds information about the various types of exception specification.
/// ExceptionSpecInfo is not stored as such in FunctionProtoType but is
/// used to group together the various bits of information about the
/// exception specification.
struct ExceptionSpecInfo {
  /// The kind of exception specification this is.
  ExceptionSpecificationType Type = EST_None;

  /// Explicitly-specified list of exception types.
  ArrayRef<QualType> Exceptions;

  /// Noexcept expression, if this is a computed noexcept specification.
  Expr *NoexceptExpr = nullptr;

  /// The function whose exception specification this is, for
  /// EST_Unevaluated and EST_Uninstantiated.
  FunctionDecl *SourceDecl = nullptr;

  /// The function template whose exception specification this is instantiated
  /// from, for EST_Uninstantiated.
  FunctionDecl *SourceTemplate = nullptr;

  ExceptionSpecInfo() = default;

  ExceptionSpecInfo(ExceptionSpecificationType EST) : Type(EST) {}
};

/// Extra information about a function prototype. ExtProtoInfo is not
/// stored as such in FunctionProtoType but is used to group together
/// the various bits of extra information about a function prototype.
struct ExtProtoInfo {
  FunctionType::ExtInfo ExtInfo;
  bool Variadic : 1;
  bool HasTrailingReturn : 1;
  Qualifiers TypeQuals;
  RefQualifierKind RefQualifier = RQ_None;
  ExceptionSpecInfo ExceptionSpec;
  const ExtParameterInfo *ExtParameterInfos = nullptr;

  ExtProtoInfo() : Variadic(false), HasTrailingReturn(false) {}

  ExtProtoInfo(CallingConv CC)
      : ExtInfo(CC), Variadic(false), HasTrailingReturn(false) {}

  ExtProtoInfo withExceptionSpec(const ExceptionSpecInfo &ESI) {
    ExtProtoInfo Result(*this);
    Result.ExceptionSpec = ESI;
    return Result;
  }
};

3826private:
unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<QualType>) const {
  return getNumParams();
}

unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<FunctionTypeExtraBitfields>) const {
  return hasExtraBitfields();
}

unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<ExceptionType>) const {
  return getExceptionSpecSize().NumExceptionType;
}

unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<Expr *>) const {
  return getExceptionSpecSize().NumExprPtr;
}

unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<FunctionDecl *>) const {
  return getExceptionSpecSize().NumFunctionDeclPtr;
}

unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<ExtParameterInfo>) const {
  return hasExtParameterInfos() ? getNumParams() : 0;
}

/// Determine whether there are any argument types that
/// contain an unexpanded parameter pack.
static bool containsAnyUnexpandedParameterPack(const QualType *ArgArray,
                                               unsigned numArgs) {
  for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < numArgs; ++Idx)
    if (ArgArray[Idx]->containsUnexpandedParameterPack())
      return true;

  return false;
}

FunctionProtoType(QualType result, ArrayRef<QualType> params,
                  QualType canonical, const ExtProtoInfo &epi);

/// This struct is returned by getExceptionSpecSize and is used to
/// translate an ExceptionSpecificationType to the number and kind
/// of trailing objects related to the exception specification.
struct ExceptionSpecSizeHolder {
  unsigned NumExceptionType;
  unsigned NumExprPtr;
  unsigned NumFunctionDeclPtr;
};

/// Return the number and kind of trailing objects
/// related to the exception specification.
static ExceptionSpecSizeHolder
getExceptionSpecSize(ExceptionSpecificationType EST, unsigned NumExceptions) {
  switch (EST) {
  case EST_None:
  case EST_DynamicNone:
  case EST_MSAny:
  case EST_BasicNoexcept:
  case EST_Unparsed:
  case EST_NoThrow:
    return {0, 0, 0};

  case EST_Dynamic:
    return {NumExceptions, 0, 0};

  case EST_DependentNoexcept:
  case EST_NoexceptFalse:
  case EST_NoexceptTrue:
    return {0, 1, 0};

  case EST_Uninstantiated:
    return {0, 0, 2};

  case EST_Unevaluated:
    return {0, 0, 1};
  }
  llvm_unreachable("bad exception specification kind")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("bad exception specification kind"
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 3901);
}

/// Return the number and kind of trailing objects
/// related to the exception specification.
ExceptionSpecSizeHolder getExceptionSpecSize() const {
  return getExceptionSpecSize(getExceptionSpecType(), getNumExceptions());
}

/// Whether the trailing FunctionTypeExtraBitfields is present.
static bool hasExtraBitfields(ExceptionSpecificationType EST) {
  // If the exception spec type is EST_Dynamic then we have > 0 exception
  // types and the exact number is stored in FunctionTypeExtraBitfields.
  return EST == EST_Dynamic;
}

/// Whether the trailing FunctionTypeExtraBitfields is present.
bool hasExtraBitfields() const {
  return hasExtraBitfields(getExceptionSpecType());
}

bool hasExtQualifiers() const {
  return FunctionTypeBits.HasExtQuals;
}

3926public:
unsigned getNumParams() const { return FunctionTypeBits.NumParams; }

QualType getParamType(unsigned i) const {
  assert(i < getNumParams() && "invalid parameter index")((i < getNumParams() && "invalid parameter index")
 ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("i < getNumParams() && \"invalid parameter index\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 3930, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  return param_type_begin()[i];
}

ArrayRef<QualType> getParamTypes() const {
  return llvm::makeArrayRef(param_type_begin(), param_type_end());
}

ExtProtoInfo getExtProtoInfo() const {
  ExtProtoInfo EPI;
  EPI.ExtInfo = getExtInfo();
  EPI.Variadic = isVariadic();
  EPI.HasTrailingReturn = hasTrailingReturn();
  EPI.ExceptionSpec.Type = getExceptionSpecType();
  EPI.TypeQuals = getMethodQuals();
  EPI.RefQualifier = getRefQualifier();
  if (EPI.ExceptionSpec.Type == EST_Dynamic) {
    EPI.ExceptionSpec.Exceptions = exceptions();
  } else if (isComputedNoexcept(EPI.ExceptionSpec.Type)) {
    EPI.ExceptionSpec.NoexceptExpr = getNoexceptExpr();
  } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpec.Type == EST_Uninstantiated) {
    EPI.ExceptionSpec.SourceDecl = getExceptionSpecDecl();
    EPI.ExceptionSpec.SourceTemplate = getExceptionSpecTemplate();
  } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpec.Type == EST_Unevaluated) {
    EPI.ExceptionSpec.SourceDecl = getExceptionSpecDecl();
  }
  EPI.ExtParameterInfos = getExtParameterInfosOrNull();
  return EPI;
}

/// Get the kind of exception specification on this function.
ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const {
  return static_cast<ExceptionSpecificationType>(
      FunctionTypeBits.ExceptionSpecType);
}

/// Return whether this function has any kind of exception spec.
bool hasExceptionSpec() const { return getExceptionSpecType() != EST_None; }

/// Return whether this function has a dynamic (throw) exception spec.
bool hasDynamicExceptionSpec() const {
  return isDynamicExceptionSpec(getExceptionSpecType());
}

/// Return whether this function has a noexcept exception spec.
bool hasNoexceptExceptionSpec() const {
  return isNoexceptExceptionSpec(getExceptionSpecType());
}

/// Return whether this function has a dependent exception spec.
bool hasDependentExceptionSpec() const;

/// Return whether this function has an instantiation-dependent exception
/// spec.
bool hasInstantiationDependentExceptionSpec() const;

/// Return the number of types in the exception specification.
unsigned getNumExceptions() const {
  return getExceptionSpecType() == EST_Dynamic
             ? getTrailingObjects<FunctionTypeExtraBitfields>()
                   ->NumExceptionType
             : 0;
}

/// Return the ith exception type, where 0 <= i < getNumExceptions().
QualType getExceptionType(unsigned i) const {
  assert(i < getNumExceptions() && "Invalid exception number!")((i < getNumExceptions() && "Invalid exception number!"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("i < getNumExceptions() && \"Invalid exception number!\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 3996, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  return exception_begin()[i];
}

/// Return the expression inside noexcept(expression), or a null pointer
/// if there is none (because the exception spec is not of this form).
Expr *getNoexceptExpr() const {
  if (!isComputedNoexcept(getExceptionSpecType()))
    return nullptr;
  return *getTrailingObjects<Expr *>();
}

/// If this function type has an exception specification which hasn't
/// been determined yet (either because it has not been evaluated or because
/// it has not been instantiated), this is the function whose exception
/// specification is represented by this type.
FunctionDecl *getExceptionSpecDecl() const {
  if (getExceptionSpecType() != EST_Uninstantiated &&
      getExceptionSpecType() != EST_Unevaluated)
    return nullptr;
  return getTrailingObjects<FunctionDecl *>()[0];
}

/// If this function type has an uninstantiated exception
/// specification, this is the function whose exception specification
/// should be instantiated to find the exception specification for
/// this type.
FunctionDecl *getExceptionSpecTemplate() const {
  if (getExceptionSpecType() != EST_Uninstantiated)
    return nullptr;
  return getTrailingObjects<FunctionDecl *>()[1];
}

/// Determine whether this function type has a non-throwing exception
/// specification.
CanThrowResult canThrow() const;

/// Determine whether this function type has a non-throwing exception
/// specification. If this depends on template arguments, returns
/// \c ResultIfDependent.
bool isNothrow(bool ResultIfDependent = false) const {
  return ResultIfDependent ? canThrow() != CT_Can : canThrow() == CT_Cannot;
}

/// Whether this function prototype is variadic.
bool isVariadic() const { return FunctionTypeBits.Variadic; }

/// Determines whether this function prototype contains a
/// parameter pack at the end.
///
/// A function template whose last parameter is a parameter pack can be
/// called with an arbitrary number of arguments, much like a variadic
/// function.
bool isTemplateVariadic() const;

/// Whether this function prototype has a trailing return type.
bool hasTrailingReturn() const { return FunctionTypeBits.HasTrailingReturn; }

Qualifiers getMethodQuals() const {
  if (hasExtQualifiers())
    return *getTrailingObjects<Qualifiers>();
  else
    return getFastTypeQuals();
}

/// Retrieve the ref-qualifier associated with this function type.
RefQualifierKind getRefQualifier() const {
  return static_cast<RefQualifierKind>(FunctionTypeBits.RefQualifier);
}

using param_type_iterator = const QualType *;
using param_type_range = llvm::iterator_range<param_type_iterator>;

param_type_range param_types() const {
  return param_type_range(param_type_begin(), param_type_end());
}

param_type_iterator param_type_begin() const {
  return getTrailingObjects<QualType>();
}

param_type_iterator param_type_end() const {
  return param_type_begin() + getNumParams();
}

using exception_iterator = const QualType *;

ArrayRef<QualType> exceptions() const {
  return llvm::makeArrayRef(exception_begin(), exception_end());
}

exception_iterator exception_begin() const {
  return reinterpret_cast<exception_iterator>(
      getTrailingObjects<ExceptionType>());
}

exception_iterator exception_end() const {
  return exception_begin() + getNumExceptions();
}

/// Is there any interesting extra information for any of the parameters
/// of this function type?
bool hasExtParameterInfos() const {
  return FunctionTypeBits.HasExtParameterInfos;
}

ArrayRef<ExtParameterInfo> getExtParameterInfos() const {
  assert(hasExtParameterInfos())((hasExtParameterInfos()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail
 ("hasExtParameterInfos()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 4103, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  return ArrayRef<ExtParameterInfo>(getTrailingObjects<ExtParameterInfo>(),
                                    getNumParams());
}

/// Return a pointer to the beginning of the array of extra parameter
/// information, if present, or else null if none of the parameters
/// carry it.  This is equivalent to getExtProtoInfo().ExtParameterInfos.
const ExtParameterInfo *getExtParameterInfosOrNull() const {
  if (!hasExtParameterInfos())
    return nullptr;
  return getTrailingObjects<ExtParameterInfo>();
}

ExtParameterInfo getExtParameterInfo(unsigned I) const {
  assert(I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range")((I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("I < getNumParams() && \"parameter index out of range\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 4118, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  if (hasExtParameterInfos())
    return getTrailingObjects<ExtParameterInfo>()[I];
  return ExtParameterInfo();
}

ParameterABI getParameterABI(unsigned I) const {
  assert(I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range")((I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("I < getNumParams() && \"parameter index out of range\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 4125, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  if (hasExtParameterInfos())
    return getTrailingObjects<ExtParameterInfo>()[I].getABI();
  return ParameterABI::Ordinary;
}

bool isParamConsumed(unsigned I) const {
  assert(I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range")((I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("I < getNumParams() && \"parameter index out of range\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 4132, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  if (hasExtParameterInfos())
    return getTrailingObjects<ExtParameterInfo>()[I].isConsumed();
  return false;
}

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

void printExceptionSpecification(raw_ostream &OS,
                                 const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const;

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == FunctionProto;
}

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Ctx);
static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Result,
                    param_type_iterator ArgTys, unsigned NumArgs,
                    const ExtProtoInfo &EPI, const ASTContext &Context,
                    bool Canonical);
4153};

4155/// Represents the dependent type named by a dependently-scoped
4156/// typename using declaration, e.g.
4157///   using typename Base<T>::foo;
4158///
4159/// Template instantiation turns these into the underlying type.
4160class UnresolvedUsingType : public Type {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *Decl;

UnresolvedUsingType(const UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *D)
    : Type(UnresolvedUsing, QualType(), true, true, false,
           /*ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack=*/false),
      Decl(const_cast<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl*>(D)) {}

4170public:
UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *getDecl() const { return Decl; }

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == UnresolvedUsing;
}

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  return Profile(ID, Decl);
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
                    UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *D) {
  ID.AddPointer(D);
}
4188};

4190class TypedefType : public Type {
TypedefNameDecl *Decl;

4193protected:
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

TypedefType(TypeClass tc, const TypedefNameDecl *D, QualType can)
    : Type(tc, can, can->isDependentType(),
           can->isInstantiationDependentType(),
           can->isVariablyModifiedType(),
           /*ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack=*/false),
      Decl(const_cast<TypedefNameDecl*>(D)) {
  assert(!isa<TypedefType>(can) && "Invalid canonical type")((!isa<TypedefType>(can) && "Invalid canonical type"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!isa<TypedefType>(can) && \"Invalid canonical type\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 4202, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
}

4205public:
TypedefNameDecl *getDecl() const { return Decl; }

bool isSugared() const { return true; }
QualType desugar() const;

static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Typedef; }
4212};

4214/// Sugar type that represents a type that was qualified by a qualifier written
4215/// as a macro invocation.
4216class MacroQualifiedType : public Type {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

QualType UnderlyingTy;
const IdentifierInfo *MacroII;

MacroQualifiedType(QualType UnderlyingTy, QualType CanonTy,
                   const IdentifierInfo *MacroII)
    : Type(MacroQualified, CanonTy, UnderlyingTy->isDependentType(),
           UnderlyingTy->isInstantiationDependentType(),
           UnderlyingTy->isVariablyModifiedType(),
           UnderlyingTy->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
      UnderlyingTy(UnderlyingTy), MacroII(MacroII) {
  assert(isa<AttributedType>(UnderlyingTy) &&((isa<AttributedType>(UnderlyingTy) && "Expected a macro qualified type to only wrap attributed types."
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<AttributedType>(UnderlyingTy) && \"Expected a macro qualified type to only wrap attributed types.\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 4230, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
         "Expected a macro qualified type to only wrap attributed types.")((isa<AttributedType>(UnderlyingTy) && "Expected a macro qualified type to only wrap attributed types."
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<AttributedType>(UnderlyingTy) && \"Expected a macro qualified type to only wrap attributed types.\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 4230, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
}

4233public:
const IdentifierInfo *getMacroIdentifier() const { return MacroII; }
QualType getUnderlyingType() const { return UnderlyingTy; }

/// Return this attributed type's modified type with no qualifiers attached to
/// it.
QualType getModifiedType() const;

bool isSugared() const { return true; }
QualType desugar() const;

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == MacroQualified;
}
4247};

4249/// Represents a `typeof` (or __typeof__) expression (a GCC extension).
4250class TypeOfExprType : public Type {
Expr *TOExpr;

4253protected:
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

TypeOfExprType(Expr *E, QualType can = QualType());

4258public:
Expr *getUnderlyingExpr() const { return TOExpr; }

/// Remove a single level of sugar.
QualType desugar() const;

/// Returns whether this type directly provides sugar.
bool isSugared() const;

static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == TypeOfExpr; }
4268};

4270/// Internal representation of canonical, dependent
4271/// `typeof(expr)` types.
4272///
4273/// This class is used internally by the ASTContext to manage
4274/// canonical, dependent types, only. Clients will only see instances
4275/// of this class via TypeOfExprType nodes.
4276class DependentTypeOfExprType
: public TypeOfExprType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
const ASTContext &Context;

4280public:
DependentTypeOfExprType(const ASTContext &Context, Expr *E)
    : TypeOfExprType(E), Context(Context) {}

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, Context, getUnderlyingExpr());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context,
                    Expr *E);
4290};

4292/// Represents `typeof(type)`, a GCC extension.
4293class TypeOfType : public Type {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

QualType TOType;

TypeOfType(QualType T, QualType can)
    : Type(TypeOf, can, T->isDependentType(),
           T->isInstantiationDependentType(),
           T->isVariablyModifiedType(),
           T->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
      TOType(T) {
  assert(!isa<TypedefType>(can) && "Invalid canonical type")((!isa<TypedefType>(can) && "Invalid canonical type"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!isa<TypedefType>(can) && \"Invalid canonical type\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 4304, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
}

4307public:
QualType getUnderlyingType() const { return TOType; }

/// Remove a single level of sugar.
QualType desugar() const { return getUnderlyingType(); }

/// Returns whether this type directly provides sugar.
bool isSugared() const { return true; }

static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == TypeOf; }
4317};

4319/// Represents the type `decltype(expr)` (C++11).
4320class DecltypeType : public Type {
Expr *E;
QualType UnderlyingType;

4324protected:
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

DecltypeType(Expr *E, QualType underlyingType, QualType can = QualType());

4329public:
Expr *getUnderlyingExpr() const { return E; }
QualType getUnderlyingType() const { return UnderlyingType; }

/// Remove a single level of sugar.
QualType desugar() const;

/// Returns whether this type directly provides sugar.
bool isSugared() const;

static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Decltype; }
4340};

4342/// Internal representation of canonical, dependent
4343/// decltype(expr) types.
4344///
4345/// This class is used internally by the ASTContext to manage
4346/// canonical, dependent types, only. Clients will only see instances
4347/// of this class via DecltypeType nodes.
4348class DependentDecltypeType : public DecltypeType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
const ASTContext &Context;

4351public:
DependentDecltypeType(const ASTContext &Context, Expr *E);

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, Context, getUnderlyingExpr());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context,
                    Expr *E);
4360};

4362/// A unary type transform, which is a type constructed from another.
4363class UnaryTransformType : public Type {
4364public:
enum UTTKind {
  EnumUnderlyingType
};

4369private:
/// The untransformed type.
QualType BaseType;

/// The transformed type if not dependent, otherwise the same as BaseType.
QualType UnderlyingType;

UTTKind UKind;

4378protected:
friend class ASTContext;

UnaryTransformType(QualType BaseTy, QualType UnderlyingTy, UTTKind UKind,
                   QualType CanonicalTy);

4384public:
bool isSugared() const { return !isDependentType(); }
QualType desugar() const { return UnderlyingType; }

QualType getUnderlyingType() const { return UnderlyingType; }
QualType getBaseType() const { return BaseType; }

UTTKind getUTTKind() const { return UKind; }

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == UnaryTransform;
}
4396};

4398/// Internal representation of canonical, dependent
4399/// __underlying_type(type) types.
4400///
4401/// This class is used internally by the ASTContext to manage
4402/// canonical, dependent types, only. Clients will only see instances
4403/// of this class via UnaryTransformType nodes.
4404class DependentUnaryTransformType : public UnaryTransformType,
                                  public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
4406public:
DependentUnaryTransformType(const ASTContext &C, QualType BaseType,
                            UTTKind UKind);

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, getBaseType(), getUTTKind());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType BaseType,
                    UTTKind UKind) {
  ID.AddPointer(BaseType.getAsOpaquePtr());
  ID.AddInteger((unsigned)UKind);
}
4419};

4421class TagType : public Type {
friend class ASTReader;

/// Stores the TagDecl associated with this type. The decl may point to any
/// TagDecl that declares the entity.
TagDecl *decl;

4428protected:
TagType(TypeClass TC, const TagDecl *D, QualType can);

4431public:
TagDecl *getDecl() const;

/// Determines whether this type is in the process of being defined.
bool isBeingDefined() const;

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == Enum || T->getTypeClass() == Record;
}
4440};

4442/// A helper class that allows the use of isa/cast/dyncast
4443/// to detect TagType objects of structs/unions/classes.
4444class RecordType : public TagType {
4445protected:
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

explicit RecordType(const RecordDecl *D)
    : TagType(Record, reinterpret_cast<const TagDecl*>(D), QualType()) {}
explicit RecordType(TypeClass TC, RecordDecl *D)
    : TagType(TC, reinterpret_cast<const TagDecl*>(D), QualType()) {}

4453public:
RecordDecl *getDecl() const {
  return reinterpret_cast<RecordDecl*>(TagType::getDecl());
}

/// Recursively check all fields in the record for const-ness. If any field
/// is declared const, return true. Otherwise, return false.
bool hasConstFields() const;

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Record; }
4466};

4468/// A helper class that allows the use of isa/cast/dyncast
4469/// to detect TagType objects of enums.
4470class EnumType : public TagType {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

explicit EnumType(const EnumDecl *D)
    : TagType(Enum, reinterpret_cast<const TagDecl*>(D), QualType()) {}

4476public:
EnumDecl *getDecl() const {
  return reinterpret_cast<EnumDecl*>(TagType::getDecl());
}

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Enum; }
4485};

4487/// An attributed type is a type to which a type attribute has been applied.
4488///
4489/// The "modified type" is the fully-sugared type to which the attributed
4490/// type was applied; generally it is not canonically equivalent to the
4491/// attributed type. The "equivalent type" is the minimally-desugared type
4492/// which the type is canonically equivalent to.
4493///
4494/// For example, in the following attributed type:
4495///     int32_t __attribute__((vector_size(16)))
4496///   - the modified type is the TypedefType for int32_t
4497///   - the equivalent type is VectorType(16, int32_t)
4498///   - the canonical type is VectorType(16, int)
4499class AttributedType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
4500public:
using Kind = attr::Kind;

4503private:
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these

QualType ModifiedType;
QualType EquivalentType;

AttributedType(QualType canon, attr::Kind attrKind, QualType modified,
               QualType equivalent)
    : Type(Attributed, canon, equivalent->isDependentType(),
           equivalent->isInstantiationDependentType(),
           equivalent->isVariablyModifiedType(),
           equivalent->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
      ModifiedType(modified), EquivalentType(equivalent) {
  AttributedTypeBits.AttrKind = attrKind;
}

4519public:
Kind getAttrKind() const {
  return static_cast<Kind>(AttributedTypeBits.AttrKind);
}

QualType getModifiedType() const { return ModifiedType; }
QualType getEquivalentType() const { return EquivalentType; }

bool isSugared() const { return true; }
QualType desugar() const { return getEquivalentType(); }

/// Does this attribute behave like a type qualifier?
///
/// A type qualifier adjusts a type to provide specialized rules for
/// a specific object, like the standard const and volatile qualifiers.
/// This includes attributes controlling things like nullability,
/// address spaces, and ARC ownership.  The value of the object is still
/// largely described by the modified type.
///
/// In contrast, many type attributes "rewrite" their modified type to
/// produce a fundamentally different type, not necessarily related in any
/// formalizable way to the original type.  For example, calling convention
/// and vector attributes are not simple type qualifiers.
///
/// Type qualifiers are often, but not always, reflected in the canonical
/// type.
bool isQualifier() const;

bool isMSTypeSpec() const;

bool isCallingConv() const;

llvm::Optional<NullabilityKind> getImmediateNullability() const;

/// Retrieve the attribute kind corresponding to the given
/// nullability kind.
static Kind getNullabilityAttrKind(NullabilityKind kind) {
  switch (kind) {
  case NullabilityKind::NonNull:
    return attr::TypeNonNull;

  case NullabilityKind::Nullable:
    return attr::TypeNullable;

  case NullabilityKind::Unspecified:
    return attr::TypeNullUnspecified;
  }
  llvm_unreachable("Unknown nullability kind.")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Unknown nullability kind."
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 4566);
}

/// Strip off the top-level nullability annotation on the given
/// type, if it's there.
///
/// \param T The type to strip. If the type is exactly an
/// AttributedType specifying nullability (without looking through
/// type sugar), the nullability is returned and this type changed
/// to the underlying modified type.
///
/// \returns the top-level nullability, if present.
static Optional<NullabilityKind> stripOuterNullability(QualType &T);

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, getAttrKind(), ModifiedType, EquivalentType);
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, Kind attrKind,
                    QualType modified, QualType equivalent) {
  ID.AddInteger(attrKind);
  ID.AddPointer(modified.getAsOpaquePtr());
  ID.AddPointer(equivalent.getAsOpaquePtr());
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == Attributed;
}
4594};

4596class TemplateTypeParmType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these

// Helper data collector for canonical types.
struct CanonicalTTPTInfo {
  unsigned Depth : 15;
  unsigned ParameterPack : 1;
  unsigned Index : 16;
};

union {
  // Info for the canonical type.
  CanonicalTTPTInfo CanTTPTInfo;

  // Info for the non-canonical type.
  TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl;
};

/// Build a non-canonical type.
TemplateTypeParmType(TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl, QualType Canon)
    : Type(TemplateTypeParm, Canon, /*Dependent=*/true,
           /*InstantiationDependent=*/true,
           /*VariablyModified=*/false,
           Canon->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
      TTPDecl(TTPDecl) {}

/// Build the canonical type.
TemplateTypeParmType(unsigned D, unsigned I, bool PP)
    : Type(TemplateTypeParm, QualType(this, 0),
           /*Dependent=*/true,
           /*InstantiationDependent=*/true,
           /*VariablyModified=*/false, PP) {
  CanTTPTInfo.Depth = D;
  CanTTPTInfo.Index = I;
  CanTTPTInfo.ParameterPack = PP;
}

const CanonicalTTPTInfo& getCanTTPTInfo() const {
  QualType Can = getCanonicalTypeInternal();
  return Can->castAs<TemplateTypeParmType>()->CanTTPTInfo;
}

4638public:
unsigned getDepth() const { return getCanTTPTInfo().Depth; }
unsigned getIndex() const { return getCanTTPTInfo().Index; }
bool isParameterPack() const { return getCanTTPTInfo().ParameterPack; }

TemplateTypeParmDecl *getDecl() const {
  return isCanonicalUnqualified() ? nullptr : TTPDecl;
}

IdentifierInfo *getIdentifier() const;

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, getDepth(), getIndex(), isParameterPack(), getDecl());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, unsigned Depth,
                    unsigned Index, bool ParameterPack,
                    TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl) {
  ID.AddInteger(Depth);
  ID.AddInteger(Index);
  ID.AddBoolean(ParameterPack);
  ID.AddPointer(TTPDecl);
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == TemplateTypeParm;
}
4668};

4670/// Represents the result of substituting a type for a template
4671/// type parameter.
4672///
4673/// Within an instantiated template, all template type parameters have
4674/// been replaced with these.  They are used solely to record that a
4675/// type was originally written as a template type parameter;
4676/// therefore they are never canonical.
4677class SubstTemplateTypeParmType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext;

// The original type parameter.
const TemplateTypeParmType *Replaced;

SubstTemplateTypeParmType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Param, QualType Canon)
    : Type(SubstTemplateTypeParm, Canon, Canon->isDependentType(),
           Canon->isInstantiationDependentType(),
           Canon->isVariablyModifiedType(),
           Canon->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
      Replaced(Param) {}

4690public:
/// Gets the template parameter that was substituted for.
const TemplateTypeParmType *getReplacedParameter() const {
  return Replaced;
}

/// Gets the type that was substituted for the template
/// parameter.
QualType getReplacementType() const {
  return getCanonicalTypeInternal();
}

bool isSugared() const { return true; }
QualType desugar() const { return getReplacementType(); }

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, getReplacedParameter(), getReplacementType());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
                    const TemplateTypeParmType *Replaced,
                    QualType Replacement) {
  ID.AddPointer(Replaced);
  ID.AddPointer(Replacement.getAsOpaquePtr());
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == SubstTemplateTypeParm;
}
4719};

4721/// Represents the result of substituting a set of types for a template
4722/// type parameter pack.
4723///
4724/// When a pack expansion in the source code contains multiple parameter packs
4725/// and those parameter packs correspond to different levels of template
4726/// parameter lists, this type node is used to represent a template type
4727/// parameter pack from an outer level, which has already had its argument pack
4728/// substituted but that still lives within a pack expansion that itself
4729/// could not be instantiated. When actually performing a substitution into
4730/// that pack expansion (e.g., when all template parameters have corresponding
4731/// arguments), this type will be replaced with the \c SubstTemplateTypeParmType
4732/// at the current pack substitution index.
4733class SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext;

/// The original type parameter.
const TemplateTypeParmType *Replaced;

/// A pointer to the set of template arguments that this
/// parameter pack is instantiated with.
const TemplateArgument *Arguments;

SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Param,
                              QualType Canon,
                              const TemplateArgument &ArgPack);

4747public:
IdentifierInfo *getIdentifier() const { return Replaced->getIdentifier(); }

/// Gets the template parameter that was substituted for.
const TemplateTypeParmType *getReplacedParameter() const {
  return Replaced;
}

unsigned getNumArgs() const {
  return SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeBits.NumArgs;
}

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

TemplateArgument getArgumentPack() const;

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID);
static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
                    const TemplateTypeParmType *Replaced,
                    const TemplateArgument &ArgPack);

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == SubstTemplateTypeParmPack;
}
4772};

4774/// Common base class for placeholders for types that get replaced by
4775/// placeholder type deduction: C++11 auto, C++14 decltype(auto), C++17 deduced
4776/// class template types, and (eventually) constrained type names from the C++
4777/// Concepts TS.
4778///
4779/// These types are usually a placeholder for a deduced type. However, before
4780/// the initializer is attached, or (usually) if the initializer is
4781/// type-dependent, there is no deduced type and the type is canonical. In
4782/// the latter case, it is also a dependent type.
4783class DeducedType : public Type {
4784protected:
DeducedType(TypeClass TC, QualType DeducedAsType, bool IsDependent,
            bool IsInstantiationDependent, bool ContainsParameterPack)
    : Type(TC,
           // FIXME: Retain the sugared deduced type?
           DeducedAsType.isNull() ? QualType(this, 0)
                                  : DeducedAsType.getCanonicalType(),
           IsDependent, IsInstantiationDependent,
           /*VariablyModified=*/false, ContainsParameterPack) {
  if (!DeducedAsType.isNull()) {
    if (DeducedAsType->isDependentType())
      setDependent();
    if (DeducedAsType->isInstantiationDependentType())
      setInstantiationDependent();
    if (DeducedAsType->containsUnexpandedParameterPack())
      setContainsUnexpandedParameterPack();
  }
}

4803public:
bool isSugared() const { return !isCanonicalUnqualified(); }
QualType desugar() const { return getCanonicalTypeInternal(); }

/// Get the type deduced for this placeholder type, or null if it's
/// either not been deduced or was deduced to a dependent type.
QualType getDeducedType() const {
  return !isCanonicalUnqualified() ? getCanonicalTypeInternal() : QualType();
}
bool isDeduced() const {
  return !isCanonicalUnqualified() || isDependentType();
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == Auto ||
         T->getTypeClass() == DeducedTemplateSpecialization;
}
4820};

4822/// Represents a C++11 auto or C++14 decltype(auto) type.
4823class AutoType : public DeducedType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these

AutoType(QualType DeducedAsType, AutoTypeKeyword Keyword,
         bool IsDeducedAsDependent, bool IsDeducedAsPack)
    : DeducedType(Auto, DeducedAsType, IsDeducedAsDependent,
                  IsDeducedAsDependent, IsDeducedAsPack) {
  AutoTypeBits.Keyword = (unsigned)Keyword;
}

4833public:
bool isDecltypeAuto() const {
  return getKeyword() == AutoTypeKeyword::DecltypeAuto;
}

AutoTypeKeyword getKeyword() const {
  return (AutoTypeKeyword)AutoTypeBits.Keyword;
}

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, getDeducedType(), getKeyword(), isDependentType(),
          containsUnexpandedParameterPack());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Deduced,
                    AutoTypeKeyword Keyword, bool IsDependent, bool IsPack) {
  ID.AddPointer(Deduced.getAsOpaquePtr());
  ID.AddInteger((unsigned)Keyword);
  ID.AddBoolean(IsDependent);
  ID.AddBoolean(IsPack);
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == Auto;
}
4858};

4860/// Represents a C++17 deduced template specialization type.
4861class DeducedTemplateSpecializationType : public DeducedType,
                                        public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these

/// The name of the template whose arguments will be deduced.
TemplateName Template;

DeducedTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
                                  QualType DeducedAsType,
                                  bool IsDeducedAsDependent)
    : DeducedType(DeducedTemplateSpecialization, DeducedAsType,
                  IsDeducedAsDependent || Template.isDependent(),
                  IsDeducedAsDependent || Template.isInstantiationDependent(),
                  Template.containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
      Template(Template) {}

4877public:
/// Retrieve the name of the template that we are deducing.
TemplateName getTemplateName() const { return Template;}

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, getTemplateName(), getDeducedType(), isDependentType());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, TemplateName Template,
                    QualType Deduced, bool IsDependent) {
  Template.Profile(ID);
  ID.AddPointer(Deduced.getAsOpaquePtr());
  ID.AddBoolean(IsDependent);
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == DeducedTemplateSpecialization;
}
4895};

4897/// Represents a type template specialization; the template
4898/// must be a class template, a type alias template, or a template
4899/// template parameter.  A template which cannot be resolved to one of
4900/// these, e.g. because it is written with a dependent scope
4901/// specifier, is instead represented as a
4902/// @c DependentTemplateSpecializationType.
4903///
4904/// A non-dependent template specialization type is always "sugar",
4905/// typically for a \c RecordType.  For example, a class template
4906/// specialization type of \c vector<int> will refer to a tag type for
4907/// the instantiation \c std::vector<int, std::allocator<int>>
4908///
4909/// Template specializations are dependent if either the template or
4910/// any of the template arguments are dependent, in which case the
4911/// type may also be canonical.
4912///
4913/// Instances of this type are allocated with a trailing array of
4914/// TemplateArguments, followed by a QualType representing the
4915/// non-canonical aliased type when the template is a type alias
4916/// template.
4917class alignas(8) TemplateSpecializationType
  : public Type,
    public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these

/// The name of the template being specialized.  This is
/// either a TemplateName::Template (in which case it is a
/// ClassTemplateDecl*, a TemplateTemplateParmDecl*, or a
/// TypeAliasTemplateDecl*), a
/// TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack, or a
/// TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParm (in which case the
/// replacement must, recursively, be one of these).
TemplateName Template;

TemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName T,
                           ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args,
                           QualType Canon,
                           QualType Aliased);

4936public:
/// Determine whether any of the given template arguments are dependent.
static bool anyDependentTemplateArguments(ArrayRef<TemplateArgumentLoc> Args,
                                          bool &InstantiationDependent);

static bool anyDependentTemplateArguments(const TemplateArgumentListInfo &,
                                          bool &InstantiationDependent);

/// True if this template specialization type matches a current
/// instantiation in the context in which it is found.
bool isCurrentInstantiation() const {
  return isa<InjectedClassNameType>(getCanonicalTypeInternal());
}

/// Determine if this template specialization type is for a type alias
/// template that has been substituted.
///
/// Nearly every template specialization type whose template is an alias
/// template will be substituted. However, this is not the case when
/// the specialization contains a pack expansion but the template alias
/// does not have a corresponding parameter pack, e.g.,
///
/// \code
/// template<typename T, typename U, typename V> struct S;
/// template<typename T, typename U> using A = S<T, int, U>;
/// template<typename... Ts> struct X {
///   typedef A<Ts...> type; // not a type alias
/// };
/// \endcode
bool isTypeAlias() const { return TemplateSpecializationTypeBits.TypeAlias; }

/// Get the aliased type, if this is a specialization of a type alias
/// template.
QualType getAliasedType() const {
  assert(isTypeAlias() && "not a type alias template specialization")((isTypeAlias() && "not a type alias template specialization"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isTypeAlias() && \"not a type alias template specialization\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 4970, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  return *reinterpret_cast<const QualType*>(end());
}

using iterator = const TemplateArgument *;

iterator begin() const { return getArgs(); }
iterator end() const; // defined inline in TemplateBase.h

/// Retrieve the name of the template that we are specializing.
TemplateName getTemplateName() const { return Template; }

/// Retrieve the template arguments.
const TemplateArgument *getArgs() const {
  return reinterpret_cast<const TemplateArgument *>(this + 1);
}

/// Retrieve the number of template arguments.
unsigned getNumArgs() const {
  return TemplateSpecializationTypeBits.NumArgs;
}

/// Retrieve a specific template argument as a type.
/// \pre \c isArgType(Arg)
const TemplateArgument &getArg(unsigned Idx) const; // in TemplateBase.h

ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> template_arguments() const {
  return {getArgs(), getNumArgs()};
}

bool isSugared() const {
  return !isDependentType() || isCurrentInstantiation() || isTypeAlias();
}

QualType desugar() const {
  return isTypeAlias() ? getAliasedType() : getCanonicalTypeInternal();
}

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Ctx) {
  Profile(ID, Template, template_arguments(), Ctx);
  if (isTypeAlias())
    getAliasedType().Profile(ID);
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, TemplateName T,
                    ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args,
                    const ASTContext &Context);

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == TemplateSpecialization;
}
5021};

5023/// Print a template argument list, including the '<' and '>'
5024/// enclosing the template arguments.
5025void printTemplateArgumentList(raw_ostream &OS,
                             ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args,
                             const PrintingPolicy &Policy);

5029void printTemplateArgumentList(raw_ostream &OS,
                             ArrayRef<TemplateArgumentLoc> Args,
                             const PrintingPolicy &Policy);

5033void printTemplateArgumentList(raw_ostream &OS,
                             const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args,
                             const PrintingPolicy &Policy);

5037/// The injected class name of a C++ class template or class
5038/// template partial specialization.  Used to record that a type was
5039/// spelled with a bare identifier rather than as a template-id; the
5040/// equivalent for non-templated classes is just RecordType.
5041///
5042/// Injected class name types are always dependent.  Template
5043/// instantiation turns these into RecordTypes.
5044///
5045/// Injected class name types are always canonical.  This works
5046/// because it is impossible to compare an injected class name type
5047/// with the corresponding non-injected template type, for the same
5048/// reason that it is impossible to directly compare template
5049/// parameters from different dependent contexts: injected class name
5050/// types can only occur within the scope of a particular templated
5051/// declaration, and within that scope every template specialization
5052/// will canonicalize to the injected class name (when appropriate
5053/// according to the rules of the language).
5054class InjectedClassNameType : public Type {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.
friend class ASTNodeImporter;
friend class ASTReader; // FIXME: ASTContext::getInjectedClassNameType is not
                        // currently suitable for AST reading, too much
                        // interdependencies.

CXXRecordDecl *Decl;

/// The template specialization which this type represents.
/// For example, in
///   template <class T> class A { ... };
/// this is A<T>, whereas in
///   template <class X, class Y> class A<B<X,Y> > { ... };
/// this is A<B<X,Y> >.
///
/// It is always unqualified, always a template specialization type,
/// and always dependent.
QualType InjectedType;

InjectedClassNameType(CXXRecordDecl *D, QualType TST)
    : Type(InjectedClassName, QualType(), /*Dependent=*/true,
           /*InstantiationDependent=*/true,
           /*VariablyModified=*/false,
           /*ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack=*/false),
      Decl(D), InjectedType(TST) {
  assert(isa<TemplateSpecializationType>(TST))((isa<TemplateSpecializationType>(TST)) ? static_cast<
void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<TemplateSpecializationType>(TST)"
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 5080, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  assert(!TST.hasQualifiers())((!TST.hasQualifiers()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail
 ("!TST.hasQualifiers()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 5081, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  assert(TST->isDependentType())((TST->isDependentType()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail
 ("TST->isDependentType()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 5082, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
}

5085public:
QualType getInjectedSpecializationType() const { return InjectedType; }

const TemplateSpecializationType *getInjectedTST() const {
  return cast<TemplateSpecializationType>(InjectedType.getTypePtr());
}

TemplateName getTemplateName() const {
  return getInjectedTST()->getTemplateName();
}

CXXRecordDecl *getDecl() const;

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == InjectedClassName;
}
5104};

5106/// The kind of a tag type.
5107enum TagTypeKind {
/// The "struct" keyword.
TTK_Struct,

/// The "__interface" keyword.
TTK_Interface,

/// The "union" keyword.
TTK_Union,

/// The "class" keyword.
TTK_Class,

/// The "enum" keyword.
TTK_Enum
5122};

5124/// The elaboration keyword that precedes a qualified type name or
5125/// introduces an elaborated-type-specifier.
5126enum ElaboratedTypeKeyword {
/// The "struct" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier.
ETK_Struct,

/// The "__interface" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier.
ETK_Interface,

/// The "union" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier.
ETK_Union,

/// The "class" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier.
ETK_Class,

/// The "enum" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier.
ETK_Enum,

/// The "typename" keyword precedes the qualified type name, e.g.,
/// \c typename T::type.
ETK_Typename,

/// No keyword precedes the qualified type name.
ETK_None
5148};

5150/// A helper class for Type nodes having an ElaboratedTypeKeyword.
5151/// The keyword in stored in the free bits of the base class.
5152/// Also provides a few static helpers for converting and printing
5153/// elaborated type keyword and tag type kind enumerations.
5154class TypeWithKeyword : public Type {
5155protected:
TypeWithKeyword(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, TypeClass tc,
                QualType Canonical, bool Dependent,
                bool InstantiationDependent, bool VariablyModified,
                bool ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack)
    : Type(tc, Canonical, Dependent, InstantiationDependent, VariablyModified,
           ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack) {
  TypeWithKeywordBits.Keyword = Keyword;
}

5165public:
ElaboratedTypeKeyword getKeyword() const {
  return static_cast<ElaboratedTypeKeyword>(TypeWithKeywordBits.Keyword);
}

/// Converts a type specifier (DeclSpec::TST) into an elaborated type keyword.
static ElaboratedTypeKeyword getKeywordForTypeSpec(unsigned TypeSpec);

/// Converts a type specifier (DeclSpec::TST) into a tag type kind.
/// It is an error to provide a type specifier which *isn't* a tag kind here.
static TagTypeKind getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(unsigned TypeSpec);

/// Converts a TagTypeKind into an elaborated type keyword.
static ElaboratedTypeKeyword getKeywordForTagTypeKind(TagTypeKind Tag);

/// Converts an elaborated type keyword into a TagTypeKind.
/// It is an error to provide an elaborated type keyword
/// which *isn't* a tag kind here.
static TagTypeKind getTagTypeKindForKeyword(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword);

static bool KeywordIsTagTypeKind(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword);

static StringRef getKeywordName(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword);

static StringRef getTagTypeKindName(TagTypeKind Kind) {
  return getKeywordName(getKeywordForTagTypeKind(Kind));
}

class CannotCastToThisType {};
static CannotCastToThisType classof(const Type *);
5195};

5197/// Represents a type that was referred to using an elaborated type
5198/// keyword, e.g., struct S, or via a qualified name, e.g., N::M::type,
5199/// or both.
5200///
5201/// This type is used to keep track of a type name as written in the
5202/// source code, including tag keywords and any nested-name-specifiers.
5203/// The type itself is always "sugar", used to express what was written
5204/// in the source code but containing no additional semantic information.
5205class ElaboratedType final
  : public TypeWithKeyword,
    public llvm::FoldingSetNode,
    private llvm::TrailingObjects<ElaboratedType, TagDecl *> {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these
friend TrailingObjects;

/// The nested name specifier containing the qualifier.
NestedNameSpecifier *NNS;

/// The type that this qualified name refers to.
QualType NamedType;

/// The (re)declaration of this tag type owned by this occurrence is stored
/// as a trailing object if there is one. Use getOwnedTagDecl to obtain
/// it, or obtain a null pointer if there is none.

ElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
               QualType NamedType, QualType CanonType, TagDecl *OwnedTagDecl)
    : TypeWithKeyword(Keyword, Elaborated, CanonType,
                      NamedType->isDependentType(),
                      NamedType->isInstantiationDependentType(),
                      NamedType->isVariablyModifiedType(),
                      NamedType->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
      NNS(NNS), NamedType(NamedType) {
  ElaboratedTypeBits.HasOwnedTagDecl = false;
  if (OwnedTagDecl) {
    ElaboratedTypeBits.HasOwnedTagDecl = true;
    *getTrailingObjects<TagDecl *>() = OwnedTagDecl;
  }
  assert(!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) &&((!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) &&
 "ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword " "and name qualifier both null."
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) && \"ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword \" \"and name qualifier both null.\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 5237, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
         "ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword "((!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) &&
 "ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword " "and name qualifier both null."
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) && \"ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword \" \"and name qualifier both null.\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 5237, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
         "and name qualifier both null.")((!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) &&
 "ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword " "and name qualifier both null."
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) && \"ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword \" \"and name qualifier both null.\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 5237, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
}

5240public:
/// Retrieve the qualification on this type.
NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const { return NNS; }

/// Retrieve the type named by the qualified-id.
QualType getNamedType() const { return NamedType; }

/// Remove a single level of sugar.
QualType desugar() const { return getNamedType(); }

/// Returns whether this type directly provides sugar.
bool isSugared() const { return true; }

/// Return the (re)declaration of this type owned by this occurrence of this
/// type, or nullptr if there is none.
TagDecl *getOwnedTagDecl() const {
  return ElaboratedTypeBits.HasOwnedTagDecl ? *getTrailingObjects<TagDecl *>()
                                            : nullptr;
}

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, getKeyword(), NNS, NamedType, getOwnedTagDecl());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
                    NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, QualType NamedType,
                    TagDecl *OwnedTagDecl) {
  ID.AddInteger(Keyword);
  ID.AddPointer(NNS);
  NamedType.Profile(ID);
  ID.AddPointer(OwnedTagDecl);
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Elaborated; }
5274};

5276/// Represents a qualified type name for which the type name is
5277/// dependent.
5278///
5279/// DependentNameType represents a class of dependent types that involve a
5280/// possibly dependent nested-name-specifier (e.g., "T::") followed by a
5281/// name of a type. The DependentNameType may start with a "typename" (for a
5282/// typename-specifier), "class", "struct", "union", or "enum" (for a
5283/// dependent elaborated-type-specifier), or nothing (in contexts where we
5284/// know that we must be referring to a type, e.g., in a base class specifier).
5285/// Typically the nested-name-specifier is dependent, but in MSVC compatibility
5286/// mode, this type is used with non-dependent names to delay name lookup until
5287/// instantiation.
5288class DependentNameType : public TypeWithKeyword, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these

/// The nested name specifier containing the qualifier.
NestedNameSpecifier *NNS;

/// The type that this typename specifier refers to.
const IdentifierInfo *Name;

DependentNameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
                  const IdentifierInfo *Name, QualType CanonType)
    : TypeWithKeyword(Keyword, DependentName, CanonType, /*Dependent=*/true,
                      /*InstantiationDependent=*/true,
                      /*VariablyModified=*/false,
                      NNS->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
      NNS(NNS), Name(Name) {}

5305public:
/// Retrieve the qualification on this type.
NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const { return NNS; }

/// Retrieve the type named by the typename specifier as an identifier.
///
/// This routine will return a non-NULL identifier pointer when the
/// form of the original typename was terminated by an identifier,
/// e.g., "typename T::type".
const IdentifierInfo *getIdentifier() const {
  return Name;
}

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, getKeyword(), NNS, Name);
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
                    NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, const IdentifierInfo *Name) {
  ID.AddInteger(Keyword);
  ID.AddPointer(NNS);
  ID.AddPointer(Name);
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == DependentName;
}
5335};

5337/// Represents a template specialization type whose template cannot be
5338/// resolved, e.g.
5339///   A<T>::template B<T>
5340class alignas(8) DependentTemplateSpecializationType
  : public TypeWithKeyword,
    public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these

/// The nested name specifier containing the qualifier.
NestedNameSpecifier *NNS;

/// The identifier of the template.
const IdentifierInfo *Name;

DependentTemplateSpecializationType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
                                    NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
                                    const IdentifierInfo *Name,
                                    ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args,
                                    QualType Canon);

const TemplateArgument *getArgBuffer() const {
  return reinterpret_cast<const TemplateArgument*>(this+1);
}

TemplateArgument *getArgBuffer() {
  return reinterpret_cast<TemplateArgument*>(this+1);
}

5365public:
NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const { return NNS; }
const IdentifierInfo *getIdentifier() const { return Name; }

/// Retrieve the template arguments.
const TemplateArgument *getArgs() const {
  return getArgBuffer();
}

/// Retrieve the number of template arguments.
unsigned getNumArgs() const {
  return DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeBits.NumArgs;
}

const TemplateArgument &getArg(unsigned Idx) const; // in TemplateBase.h

ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> template_arguments() const {
  return {getArgs(), getNumArgs()};
}

using iterator = const TemplateArgument *;

iterator begin() const { return getArgs(); }
iterator end() const; // inline in TemplateBase.h

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context) {
  Profile(ID, Context, getKeyword(), NNS, Name, {getArgs(), getNumArgs()});
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
                    const ASTContext &Context,
                    ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
                    NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
                    const IdentifierInfo *Name,
                    ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args);

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == DependentTemplateSpecialization;
}
5407};

5409/// Represents a pack expansion of types.
5410///
5411/// Pack expansions are part of C++11 variadic templates. A pack
5412/// expansion contains a pattern, which itself contains one or more
5413/// "unexpanded" parameter packs. When instantiated, a pack expansion
5414/// produces a series of types, each instantiated from the pattern of
5415/// the expansion, where the Ith instantiation of the pattern uses the
5416/// Ith arguments bound to each of the unexpanded parameter packs. The
5417/// pack expansion is considered to "expand" these unexpanded
5418/// parameter packs.
5419///
5420/// \code
5421/// template<typename ...Types> struct tuple;
5422///
5423/// template<typename ...Types>
5424/// struct tuple_of_references {
5425///   typedef tuple<Types&...> type;
5426/// };
5427/// \endcode
5428///
5429/// Here, the pack expansion \c Types&... is represented via a
5430/// PackExpansionType whose pattern is Types&.
5431class PackExpansionType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these

/// The pattern of the pack expansion.
QualType Pattern;

PackExpansionType(QualType Pattern, QualType Canon,
                  Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions)
    : Type(PackExpansion, Canon, /*Dependent=*/Pattern->isDependentType(),
           /*InstantiationDependent=*/true,
           /*VariablyModified=*/Pattern->isVariablyModifiedType(),
           /*ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack=*/false),
      Pattern(Pattern) {
  PackExpansionTypeBits.NumExpansions =
      NumExpansions ? *NumExpansions + 1 : 0;
}

5448public:
/// Retrieve the pattern of this pack expansion, which is the
/// type that will be repeatedly instantiated when instantiating the
/// pack expansion itself.
QualType getPattern() const { return Pattern; }

/// Retrieve the number of expansions that this pack expansion will
/// generate, if known.
Optional<unsigned> getNumExpansions() const {
  if (PackExpansionTypeBits.NumExpansions)
    return PackExpansionTypeBits.NumExpansions - 1;
  return None;
}

bool isSugared() const { return !Pattern->isDependentType(); }
QualType desugar() const { return isSugared() ? Pattern : QualType(this, 0); }

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, getPattern(), getNumExpansions());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Pattern,
                    Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions) {
  ID.AddPointer(Pattern.getAsOpaquePtr());
  ID.AddBoolean(NumExpansions.hasValue());
  if (NumExpansions)
    ID.AddInteger(*NumExpansions);
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == PackExpansion;
}
5480};

5482/// This class wraps the list of protocol qualifiers. For types that can
5483/// take ObjC protocol qualifers, they can subclass this class.
5484template <class T>
5485class ObjCProtocolQualifiers {
5486protected:
ObjCProtocolQualifiers() = default;

ObjCProtocolDecl * const *getProtocolStorage() const {
  return const_cast<ObjCProtocolQualifiers*>(this)->getProtocolStorage();
}

ObjCProtocolDecl **getProtocolStorage() {
  return static_cast<T*>(this)->getProtocolStorageImpl();
}

void setNumProtocols(unsigned N) {
  static_cast<T*>(this)->setNumProtocolsImpl(N);
}

void initialize(ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols) {
  setNumProtocols(protocols.size());
  assert(getNumProtocols() == protocols.size() &&((getNumProtocols() == protocols.size() && "bitfield overflow in protocol count"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getNumProtocols() == protocols.size() && \"bitfield overflow in protocol count\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 5504, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__))
         "bitfield overflow in protocol count")((getNumProtocols() == protocols.size() && "bitfield overflow in protocol count"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getNumProtocols() == protocols.size() && \"bitfield overflow in protocol count\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 5504, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  if (!protocols.empty())
    memcpy(getProtocolStorage(), protocols.data(),
           protocols.size() * sizeof(ObjCProtocolDecl*));
}

5510public:
using qual_iterator = ObjCProtocolDecl * const *;
using qual_range = llvm::iterator_range<qual_iterator>;

qual_range quals() const { return qual_range(qual_begin(), qual_end()); }
qual_iterator qual_begin() const { return getProtocolStorage(); }
qual_iterator qual_end() const { return qual_begin() + getNumProtocols(); }

bool qual_empty() const { return getNumProtocols() == 0; }

/// Return the number of qualifying protocols in this type, or 0 if
/// there are none.
unsigned getNumProtocols() const {
  return static_cast<const T*>(this)->getNumProtocolsImpl();
}

/// Fetch a protocol by index.
ObjCProtocolDecl *getProtocol(unsigned I) const {
  assert(I < getNumProtocols() && "Out-of-range protocol access")((I < getNumProtocols() && "Out-of-range protocol access"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("I < getNumProtocols() && \"Out-of-range protocol access\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 5528, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  return qual_begin()[I];
}

/// Retrieve all of the protocol qualifiers.
ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> getProtocols() const {
  return ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *>(qual_begin(), getNumProtocols());
}
5536};

5538/// Represents a type parameter type in Objective C. It can take
5539/// a list of protocols.
5540class ObjCTypeParamType : public Type,
                        public ObjCProtocolQualifiers<ObjCTypeParamType>,
                        public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext;
friend class ObjCProtocolQualifiers<ObjCTypeParamType>;

/// The number of protocols stored on this type.
unsigned NumProtocols : 6;

ObjCTypeParamDecl *OTPDecl;

/// The protocols are stored after the ObjCTypeParamType node. In the
/// canonical type, the list of protocols are sorted alphabetically
/// and uniqued.
ObjCProtocolDecl **getProtocolStorageImpl();

/// Return the number of qualifying protocols in this interface type,
/// or 0 if there are none.
unsigned getNumProtocolsImpl() const {
  return NumProtocols;
}

void setNumProtocolsImpl(unsigned N) {
  NumProtocols = N;
}

ObjCTypeParamType(const ObjCTypeParamDecl *D,
                  QualType can,
                  ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols);

5570public:
bool isSugared() const { return true; }
QualType desugar() const;

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == ObjCTypeParam;
}

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID);
static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
                    const ObjCTypeParamDecl *OTPDecl,
                    ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols);

ObjCTypeParamDecl *getDecl() const { return OTPDecl; }
5584};

5586/// Represents a class type in Objective C.
5587///
5588/// Every Objective C type is a combination of a base type, a set of
5589/// type arguments (optional, for parameterized classes) and a list of
5590/// protocols.
5591///
5592/// Given the following declarations:
5593/// \code
5594///   \@class C<T>;
5595///   \@protocol P;
5596/// \endcode
5597///
5598/// 'C' is an ObjCInterfaceType C.  It is sugar for an ObjCObjectType
5599/// with base C and no protocols.
5600///
5601/// 'C<P>' is an unspecialized ObjCObjectType with base C and protocol list [P].
5602/// 'C<C*>' is a specialized ObjCObjectType with type arguments 'C*' and no
5603/// protocol list.
5604/// 'C<C*><P>' is a specialized ObjCObjectType with base C, type arguments 'C*',
5605/// and protocol list [P].
5606///
5607/// 'id' is a TypedefType which is sugar for an ObjCObjectPointerType whose
5608/// pointee is an ObjCObjectType with base BuiltinType::ObjCIdType
5609/// and no protocols.
5610///
5611/// 'id<P>' is an ObjCObjectPointerType whose pointee is an ObjCObjectType
5612/// with base BuiltinType::ObjCIdType and protocol list [P].  Eventually
5613/// this should get its own sugar class to better represent the source.
5614class ObjCObjectType : public Type,
                     public ObjCProtocolQualifiers<ObjCObjectType> {
friend class ObjCProtocolQualifiers<ObjCObjectType>;

// ObjCObjectType.NumTypeArgs - the number of type arguments stored
// after the ObjCObjectPointerType node.
// ObjCObjectType.NumProtocols - the number of protocols stored
// after the type arguments of ObjCObjectPointerType node.
//
// These protocols are those written directly on the type.  If
// protocol qualifiers ever become additive, the iterators will need
// to get kindof complicated.
//
// In the canonical object type, these are sorted alphabetically
// and uniqued.

/// Either a BuiltinType or an InterfaceType or sugar for either.
QualType BaseType;

/// Cached superclass type.
mutable llvm::PointerIntPair<const ObjCObjectType *, 1, bool>
  CachedSuperClassType;

QualType *getTypeArgStorage();
const QualType *getTypeArgStorage() const {
  return const_cast<ObjCObjectType *>(this)->getTypeArgStorage();
}

ObjCProtocolDecl **getProtocolStorageImpl();
/// Return the number of qualifying protocols in this interface type,
/// or 0 if there are none.
unsigned getNumProtocolsImpl() const {
  return ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumProtocols;
}
void setNumProtocolsImpl(unsigned N) {
  ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumProtocols = N;
}

5652protected:
enum Nonce_ObjCInterface { Nonce_ObjCInterface };

ObjCObjectType(QualType Canonical, QualType Base,
               ArrayRef<QualType> typeArgs,
               ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols,
               bool isKindOf);

ObjCObjectType(enum Nonce_ObjCInterface)
      : Type(ObjCInterface, QualType(), false, false, false, false),
        BaseType(QualType(this_(), 0)) {
  ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumProtocols = 0;
  ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumTypeArgs = 0;
  ObjCObjectTypeBits.IsKindOf = 0;
}

void computeSuperClassTypeSlow() const;

5670public:
/// Gets the base type of this object type.  This is always (possibly
/// sugar for) one of:
///  - the 'id' builtin type (as opposed to the 'id' type visible to the
///    user, which is a typedef for an ObjCObjectPointerType)
///  - the 'Class' builtin type (same caveat)
///  - an ObjCObjectType (currently always an ObjCInterfaceType)
QualType getBaseType() const { return BaseType; }

bool isObjCId() const {
  return getBaseType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCId);
}

bool isObjCClass() const {
  return getBaseType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCClass);
}

bool isObjCUnqualifiedId() const { return qual_empty() && isObjCId(); }
bool isObjCUnqualifiedClass() const { return qual_empty() && isObjCClass(); }
bool isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass() const {
  if (!qual_empty()) return false;
  if (const BuiltinType *T = getBaseType()->getAs<BuiltinType>())
    return T->getKind() == BuiltinType::ObjCId ||
           T->getKind() == BuiltinType::ObjCClass;
  return false;
}
bool isObjCQualifiedId() const { return !qual_empty() && isObjCId(); }
bool isObjCQualifiedClass() const { return !qual_empty() && isObjCClass(); }

/// Gets the interface declaration for this object type, if the base type
/// really is an interface.
ObjCInterfaceDecl *getInterface() const;

/// Determine whether this object type is "specialized", meaning
/// that it has type arguments.
bool isSpecialized() const;

/// Determine whether this object type was written with type arguments.
bool isSpecializedAsWritten() const {
  return ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumTypeArgs > 0;
}

/// Determine whether this object type is "unspecialized", meaning
/// that it has no type arguments.
bool isUnspecialized() const { return !isSpecialized(); }

/// Determine whether this object type is "unspecialized" as
/// written, meaning that it has no type arguments.
bool isUnspecializedAsWritten() const { return !isSpecializedAsWritten(); }

/// Retrieve the type arguments of this object type (semantically).
ArrayRef<QualType> getTypeArgs() const;

/// Retrieve the type arguments of this object type as they were
/// written.
ArrayRef<QualType> getTypeArgsAsWritten() const {
  return llvm::makeArrayRef(getTypeArgStorage(),
                            ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumTypeArgs);
}

/// Whether this is a "__kindof" type as written.
bool isKindOfTypeAsWritten() const { return ObjCObjectTypeBits.IsKindOf; }

/// Whether this ia a "__kindof" type (semantically).
bool isKindOfType() const;

/// Retrieve the type of the superclass of this object type.
///
/// This operation substitutes any type arguments into the
/// superclass of the current class type, potentially producing a
/// specialization of the superclass type. Produces a null type if
/// there is no superclass.
QualType getSuperClassType() const {
  if (!CachedSuperClassType.getInt())
    computeSuperClassTypeSlow();

  assert(CachedSuperClassType.getInt() && "Superclass not set?")((CachedSuperClassType.getInt() && "Superclass not set?"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("CachedSuperClassType.getInt() && \"Superclass not set?\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 5746, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
  return QualType(CachedSuperClassType.getPointer(), 0);
}

/// Strip off the Objective-C "kindof" type and (with it) any
/// protocol qualifiers.
QualType stripObjCKindOfTypeAndQuals(const ASTContext &ctx) const;

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == ObjCObject ||
         T->getTypeClass() == ObjCInterface;
}
5761};

5763/// A class providing a concrete implementation
5764/// of ObjCObjectType, so as to not increase the footprint of
5765/// ObjCInterfaceType.  Code outside of ASTContext and the core type
5766/// system should not reference this type.
5767class ObjCObjectTypeImpl : public ObjCObjectType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext;

// If anyone adds fields here, ObjCObjectType::getProtocolStorage()
// will need to be modified.

ObjCObjectTypeImpl(QualType Canonical, QualType Base,
                   ArrayRef<QualType> typeArgs,
                   ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols,
                   bool isKindOf)
    : ObjCObjectType(Canonical, Base, typeArgs, protocols, isKindOf) {}

5779public:
void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID);
static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
                    QualType Base,
                    ArrayRef<QualType> typeArgs,
                    ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols,
                    bool isKindOf);
5786};

5788inline QualType *ObjCObjectType::getTypeArgStorage() {
return reinterpret_cast<QualType *>(static_cast<ObjCObjectTypeImpl*>(this)+1);
5790}

5792inline ObjCProtocolDecl **ObjCObjectType::getProtocolStorageImpl() {
  return reinterpret_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl**>(
           getTypeArgStorage() + ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumTypeArgs);
5795}

5797inline ObjCProtocolDecl **ObjCTypeParamType::getProtocolStorageImpl() {
  return reinterpret_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl**>(
           static_cast<ObjCTypeParamType*>(this)+1);
5800}

5802/// Interfaces are the core concept in Objective-C for object oriented design.
5803/// They basically correspond to C++ classes.  There are two kinds of interface
5804/// types: normal interfaces like `NSString`, and qualified interfaces, which
5805/// are qualified with a protocol list like `NSString<NSCopyable, NSAmazing>`.
5806///
5807/// ObjCInterfaceType guarantees the following properties when considered
5808/// as a subtype of its superclass, ObjCObjectType:
5809///   - There are no protocol qualifiers.  To reinforce this, code which
5810///     tries to invoke the protocol methods via an ObjCInterfaceType will
5811///     fail to compile.
5812///   - It is its own base type.  That is, if T is an ObjCInterfaceType*,
5813///     T->getBaseType() == QualType(T, 0).
5814class ObjCInterfaceType : public ObjCObjectType {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.
friend class ASTReader;
friend class ObjCInterfaceDecl;

mutable ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl;

ObjCInterfaceType(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *D)
    : ObjCObjectType(Nonce_ObjCInterface),
      Decl(const_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl*>(D)) {}

5825public:
/// Get the declaration of this interface.
ObjCInterfaceDecl *getDecl() const { return Decl; }

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == ObjCInterface;
}

// Nonsense to "hide" certain members of ObjCObjectType within this
// class.  People asking for protocols on an ObjCInterfaceType are
// not going to get what they want: ObjCInterfaceTypes are
// guaranteed to have no protocols.
enum {
  qual_iterator,
  qual_begin,
  qual_end,
  getNumProtocols,
  getProtocol
};
5847};

5849inline ObjCInterfaceDecl *ObjCObjectType::getInterface() const {
QualType baseType = getBaseType();
while (const auto *ObjT = baseType->getAs<ObjCObjectType>()) {
  if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(ObjT))
    return T->getDecl();

  baseType = ObjT->getBaseType();
}

return nullptr;
5859}

5861/// Represents a pointer to an Objective C object.
5862///
5863/// These are constructed from pointer declarators when the pointee type is
5864/// an ObjCObjectType (or sugar for one).  In addition, the 'id' and 'Class'
5865/// types are typedefs for these, and the protocol-qualified types 'id<P>'
5866/// and 'Class<P>' are translated into these.
5867///
5868/// Pointers to pointers to Objective C objects are still PointerTypes;
5869/// only the first level of pointer gets it own type implementation.
5870class ObjCObjectPointerType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

QualType PointeeType;

ObjCObjectPointerType(QualType Canonical, QualType Pointee)
    : Type(ObjCObjectPointer, Canonical,
           Pointee->isDependentType(),
           Pointee->isInstantiationDependentType(),
           Pointee->isVariablyModifiedType(),
           Pointee->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
      PointeeType(Pointee) {}

5883public:
/// Gets the type pointed to by this ObjC pointer.
/// The result will always be an ObjCObjectType or sugar thereof.
QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; }

/// Gets the type pointed to by this ObjC pointer.  Always returns non-null.
///
/// This method is equivalent to getPointeeType() except that
/// it discards any typedefs (or other sugar) between this
/// type and the "outermost" object type.  So for:
/// \code
///   \@class A; \@protocol P; \@protocol Q;
///   typedef A<P> AP;
///   typedef A A1;
///   typedef A1<P> A1P;
///   typedef A1P<Q> A1PQ;
/// \endcode
/// For 'A*', getObjectType() will return 'A'.
/// For 'A<P>*', getObjectType() will return 'A<P>'.
/// For 'AP*', getObjectType() will return 'A<P>'.
/// For 'A1*', getObjectType() will return 'A'.
/// For 'A1<P>*', getObjectType() will return 'A1<P>'.
/// For 'A1P*', getObjectType() will return 'A1<P>'.
/// For 'A1PQ*', getObjectType() will return 'A1<Q>', because
///   adding protocols to a protocol-qualified base discards the
///   old qualifiers (for now).  But if it didn't, getObjectType()
///   would return 'A1P<Q>' (and we'd have to make iterating over
///   qualifiers more complicated).
const ObjCObjectType *getObjectType() const {
  return PointeeType->castAs<ObjCObjectType>();
}

/// If this pointer points to an Objective C
/// \@interface type, gets the type for that interface.  Any protocol
/// qualifiers on the interface are ignored.
///
/// \return null if the base type for this pointer is 'id' or 'Class'
const ObjCInterfaceType *getInterfaceType() const;

/// If this pointer points to an Objective \@interface
/// type, gets the declaration for that interface.
///
/// \return null if the base type for this pointer is 'id' or 'Class'
ObjCInterfaceDecl *getInterfaceDecl() const {
  return getObjectType()->getInterface();
}

/// True if this is equivalent to the 'id' type, i.e. if
/// its object type is the primitive 'id' type with no protocols.
bool isObjCIdType() const {
  return getObjectType()->isObjCUnqualifiedId();
}

/// True if this is equivalent to the 'Class' type,
/// i.e. if its object tive is the primitive 'Class' type with no protocols.
bool isObjCClassType() const {
  return getObjectType()->isObjCUnqualifiedClass();
}

/// True if this is equivalent to the 'id' or 'Class' type,
bool isObjCIdOrClassType() const {
  return getObjectType()->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass();
}

/// True if this is equivalent to 'id<P>' for some non-empty set of
/// protocols.
bool isObjCQualifiedIdType() const {
  return getObjectType()->isObjCQualifiedId();
}

/// True if this is equivalent to 'Class<P>' for some non-empty set of
/// protocols.
bool isObjCQualifiedClassType() const {
  return getObjectType()->isObjCQualifiedClass();
}

/// Whether this is a "__kindof" type.
bool isKindOfType() const { return getObjectType()->isKindOfType(); }

/// Whether this type is specialized, meaning that it has type arguments.
bool isSpecialized() const { return getObjectType()->isSpecialized(); }

/// Whether this type is specialized, meaning that it has type arguments.
bool isSpecializedAsWritten() const {
  return getObjectType()->isSpecializedAsWritten();
}

/// Whether this type is unspecialized, meaning that is has no type arguments.
bool isUnspecialized() const { return getObjectType()->isUnspecialized(); }

/// Determine whether this object type is "unspecialized" as
/// written, meaning that it has no type arguments.
bool isUnspecializedAsWritten() const { return !isSpecializedAsWritten(); }

/// Retrieve the type arguments for this type.
ArrayRef<QualType> getTypeArgs() const {
  return getObjectType()->getTypeArgs();
}

/// Retrieve the type arguments for this type.
ArrayRef<QualType> getTypeArgsAsWritten() const {
  return getObjectType()->getTypeArgsAsWritten();
}

/// An iterator over the qualifiers on the object type.  Provided
/// for convenience.  This will always iterate over the full set of
/// protocols on a type, not just those provided directly.
using qual_iterator = ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator;
using qual_range = llvm::iterator_range<qual_iterator>;

qual_range quals() const { return qual_range(qual_begin(), qual_end()); }

qual_iterator qual_begin() const {
  return getObjectType()->qual_begin();
}

qual_iterator qual_end() const {
  return getObjectType()->qual_end();
}

bool qual_empty() const { return getObjectType()->qual_empty(); }

/// Return the number of qualifying protocols on the object type.
unsigned getNumProtocols() const {
  return getObjectType()->getNumProtocols();
}

/// Retrieve a qualifying protocol by index on the object type.
ObjCProtocolDecl *getProtocol(unsigned I) const {
  return getObjectType()->getProtocol(I);
}

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

/// Retrieve the type of the superclass of this object pointer type.
///
/// This operation substitutes any type arguments into the
/// superclass of the current class type, potentially producing a
/// pointer to a specialization of the superclass type. Produces a
/// null type if there is no superclass.
QualType getSuperClassType() const;

/// Strip off the Objective-C "kindof" type and (with it) any
/// protocol qualifiers.
const ObjCObjectPointerType *stripObjCKindOfTypeAndQuals(
                               const ASTContext &ctx) const;

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, getPointeeType());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType T) {
  ID.AddPointer(T.getAsOpaquePtr());
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == ObjCObjectPointer;
}
6042};

6044class AtomicType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

QualType ValueType;

AtomicType(QualType ValTy, QualType Canonical)
    : Type(Atomic, Canonical, ValTy->isDependentType(),
           ValTy->isInstantiationDependentType(),
           ValTy->isVariablyModifiedType(),
           ValTy->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
      ValueType(ValTy) {}

6056public:
/// Gets the type contained by this atomic type, i.e.
/// the type returned by performing an atomic load of this atomic type.
QualType getValueType() const { return ValueType; }

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, getValueType());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType T) {
  ID.AddPointer(T.getAsOpaquePtr());
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == Atomic;
}
6075};

6077/// PipeType - OpenCL20.
6078class PipeType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

QualType ElementType;
bool isRead;

PipeType(QualType elemType, QualType CanonicalPtr, bool isRead)
    : Type(Pipe, CanonicalPtr, elemType->isDependentType(),
           elemType->isInstantiationDependentType(),
           elemType->isVariablyModifiedType(),
           elemType->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
      ElementType(elemType), isRead(isRead) {}

6091public:
QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; }

bool isSugared() const { return false; }

QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, getElementType(), isReadOnly());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType T, bool isRead) {
  ID.AddPointer(T.getAsOpaquePtr());
  ID.AddBoolean(isRead);
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == Pipe;
}

bool isReadOnly() const { return isRead; }
6112};

6114/// A qualifier set is used to build a set of qualifiers.
6115class QualifierCollector : public Qualifiers {
6116public:
QualifierCollector(Qualifiers Qs = Qualifiers()) : Qualifiers(Qs) {}

/// Collect any qualifiers on the given type and return an
/// unqualified type.  The qualifiers are assumed to be consistent
/// with those already in the type.
const Type *strip(QualType type) {
  addFastQualifiers(type.getLocalFastQualifiers());
  if (!type.hasLocalNonFastQualifiers())
    return type.getTypePtrUnsafe();

  const ExtQuals *extQuals = type.getExtQualsUnsafe();
  addConsistentQualifiers(extQuals->getQualifiers());
  return extQuals->getBaseType();
}

/// Apply the collected qualifiers to the given type.
QualType apply(const ASTContext &Context, QualType QT) const;

/// Apply the collected qualifiers to the given type.
QualType apply(const ASTContext &Context, const Type* T) const;
6137};

6139// Inline function definitions.

6141inline SplitQualType SplitQualType::getSingleStepDesugaredType() const {
SplitQualType desugar =
  Ty->getLocallyUnqualifiedSingleStepDesugaredType().split();
desugar.Quals.addConsistentQualifiers(Quals);
return desugar;
6146}

6148inline const Type *QualType::getTypePtr() const {
return getCommonPtr()->BaseType;
6150}

6152inline const Type *QualType::getTypePtrOrNull() const {
return (isNull() ? nullptr : getCommonPtr()->BaseType);
6154}

6156inline SplitQualType QualType::split() const {
if (!hasLocalNonFastQualifiers())
  return SplitQualType(getTypePtrUnsafe(),
                       Qualifiers::fromFastMask(getLocalFastQualifiers()));

const ExtQuals *eq = getExtQualsUnsafe();
Qualifiers qs = eq->getQualifiers();
qs.addFastQualifiers(getLocalFastQualifiers());
return SplitQualType(eq->getBaseType(), qs);
6165}

6167inline Qualifiers QualType::getLocalQualifiers() const {
Qualifiers Quals;
if (hasLocalNonFastQualifiers())
  Quals = getExtQualsUnsafe()->getQualifiers();
Quals.addFastQualifiers(getLocalFastQualifiers());
return Quals;
6173}

6175inline Qualifiers QualType::getQualifiers() const {
Qualifiers quals = getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.getLocalQualifiers();
quals.addFastQualifiers(getLocalFastQualifiers());
return quals;
6179}

6181inline unsigned QualType::getCVRQualifiers() const {
unsigned cvr = getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.getLocalCVRQualifiers();
cvr |= getLocalCVRQualifiers();
return cvr;
6185}

6187inline QualType QualType::getCanonicalType() const {
QualType canon = getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType;
return canon.withFastQualifiers(getLocalFastQualifiers());
6190}

6192inline bool QualType::isCanonical() const {
return getTypePtr()->isCanonicalUnqualified();
6194}

6196inline bool QualType::isCanonicalAsParam() const {
if (!isCanonical()) return false;
if (hasLocalQualifiers()) return false;

const Type *T = getTypePtr();
if (T->isVariablyModifiedType() && T->hasSizedVLAType())
  return false;

return !isa<FunctionType>(T) && !isa<ArrayType>(T);
6205}

6207inline bool QualType::isConstQualified() const {
return isLocalConstQualified() ||
       getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.isLocalConstQualified();
6210}

6212inline bool QualType::isRestrictQualified() const {
return isLocalRestrictQualified() ||
       getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.isLocalRestrictQualified();
6215}


6218inline bool QualType::isVolatileQualified() const {
return isLocalVolatileQualified() ||
       getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.isLocalVolatileQualified();
6221}

6223inline bool QualType::hasQualifiers() const {
return hasLocalQualifiers() ||
       getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.hasLocalQualifiers();
6226}

6228inline QualType QualType::getUnqualifiedType() const {
if (!getTypePtr()->getCanonicalTypeInternal().hasLocalQualifiers())
  return QualType(getTypePtr(), 0);

return QualType(getSplitUnqualifiedTypeImpl(*this).Ty, 0);
6233}

6235inline SplitQualType QualType::getSplitUnqualifiedType() const {
if (!getTypePtr()->getCanonicalTypeInternal().hasLocalQualifiers())
  return split();

return getSplitUnqualifiedTypeImpl(*this);
6240}

6242inline void QualType::removeLocalConst() {
removeLocalFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Const);
6244}

6246inline void QualType::removeLocalRestrict() {
removeLocalFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Restrict);
6248}

6250inline void QualType::removeLocalVolatile() {
removeLocalFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Volatile);
6252}

6254inline void QualType::removeLocalCVRQualifiers(unsigned Mask) {
assert(!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::CVRMask) && "mask has non-CVR bits")((!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::CVRMask) && "mask has non-CVR bits"
) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::CVRMask) && \"mask has non-CVR bits\""
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 6255, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
static_assert((int)Qualifiers::CVRMask == (int)Qualifiers::FastMask,
              "Fast bits differ from CVR bits!");

// Fast path: we don't need to touch the slow qualifiers.
removeLocalFastQualifiers(Mask);
6261}

6263/// Return the address space of this type.
6264inline LangAS QualType::getAddressSpace() const {
return getQualifiers().getAddressSpace();
6266}

6268/// Return the gc attribute of this type.
6269inline Qualifiers::GC QualType::getObjCGCAttr() const {
return getQualifiers().getObjCGCAttr();
6271}

6273inline bool QualType::hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() const {
if (auto *RD = getTypePtr()->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAsRecordDecl())
  return hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion(RD);
return false;
6277}

6279inline bool QualType::hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() const {
if (auto *RD = getTypePtr()->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAsRecordDecl())
  return hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion(RD);
return false;
6283}

6285inline bool QualType::hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion() const {
if (auto *RD = getTypePtr()->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAsRecordDecl())
  return hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion(RD);
return false;
6289}

6291inline FunctionType::ExtInfo getFunctionExtInfo(const Type &t) {
if (const auto *PT = t.getAs<PointerType>()) {
  if (const auto *FT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>())
    return FT->getExtInfo();
} else if (const auto *FT = t.getAs<FunctionType>())
  return FT->getExtInfo();

return FunctionType::ExtInfo();
6299}

6301inline FunctionType::ExtInfo getFunctionExtInfo(QualType t) {
return getFunctionExtInfo(*t);
6303}

6305/// Determine whether this type is more
6306/// qualified than the Other type. For example, "const volatile int"
6307/// is more qualified than "const int", "volatile int", and
6308/// "int". However, it is not more qualified than "const volatile
6309/// int".
6310inline bool QualType::isMoreQualifiedThan(QualType other) const {
Qualifiers MyQuals = getQualifiers();
Qualifiers OtherQuals = other.getQualifiers();
return (MyQuals != OtherQuals && MyQuals.compatiblyIncludes(OtherQuals));
6314}

6316/// Determine whether this type is at last
6317/// as qualified as the Other type. For example, "const volatile
6318/// int" is at least as qualified as "const int", "volatile int",
6319/// "int", and "const volatile int".
6320inline bool QualType::isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(QualType other) const {
Qualifiers OtherQuals = other.getQualifiers();

// Ignore __unaligned qualifier if this type is a void.
if (getUnqualifiedType()->isVoidType())
  OtherQuals.removeUnaligned();

return getQualifiers().compatiblyIncludes(OtherQuals);
6328}

6330/// If Type is a reference type (e.g., const
6331/// int&), returns the type that the reference refers to ("const
6332/// int"). Otherwise, returns the type itself. This routine is used
6333/// throughout Sema to implement C++ 5p6:
6334///
6335///   If an expression initially has the type "reference to T" (8.3.2,
6336///   8.5.3), the type is adjusted to "T" prior to any further
6337///   analysis, the expression designates the object or function
6338///   denoted by the reference, and the expression is an lvalue.
6339inline QualType QualType::getNonReferenceType() const {
if (const auto *RefType = (*this)->getAs<ReferenceType>())
  return RefType->getPointeeType();
else
  return *this;
6344}

6346inline bool QualType::isCForbiddenLValueType() const {
return ((getTypePtr()->isVoidType() && !hasQualifiers()) ||
        getTypePtr()->isFunctionType());
6349}

6351/// Tests whether the type is categorized as a fundamental type.
6352///
6353/// \returns True for types specified in C++0x [basic.fundamental].
6354inline bool Type::isFundamentalType() const {
return isVoidType() ||
       isNullPtrType() ||
       // FIXME: It's really annoying that we don't have an
       // 'isArithmeticType()' which agrees with the standard definition.
       (isArithmeticType() && !isEnumeralType());
6360}

6362/// Tests whether the type is categorized as a compound type.
6363///
6364/// \returns True for types specified in C++0x [basic.compound].
6365inline bool Type::isCompoundType() const {
// C++0x [basic.compound]p1:
//   Compound types can be constructed in the following ways:
//    -- arrays of objects of a given type [...];
return isArrayType() ||
//    -- functions, which have parameters of given types [...];
       isFunctionType() ||
//    -- pointers to void or objects or functions [...];
       isPointerType() ||
//    -- references to objects or functions of a given type. [...]
       isReferenceType() ||
//    -- classes containing a sequence of objects of various types, [...];
       isRecordType() ||
//    -- unions, which are classes capable of containing objects of different
//               types at different times;
       isUnionType() ||
//    -- enumerations, which comprise a set of named constant values. [...];
       isEnumeralType() ||
//    -- pointers to non-static class members, [...].
       isMemberPointerType();
6385}

6387inline bool Type::isFunctionType() const {
return isa<FunctionType>(CanonicalType);
6389}

6391inline bool Type::isPointerType() const {
return isa<PointerType>(CanonicalType);
6393}

6395inline bool Type::isAnyPointerType() const {
return isPointerType() || isObjCObjectPointerType();
6397}

6399inline bool Type::isBlockPointerType() const {
return isa<BlockPointerType>(CanonicalType);
6401}

6403inline bool Type::isReferenceType() const {
return isa<ReferenceType>(CanonicalType);
6405}

6407inline bool Type::isLValueReferenceType() const {
return isa<LValueReferenceType>(CanonicalType);
6409}

6411inline bool Type::isRValueReferenceType() const {
return isa<RValueReferenceType>(CanonicalType);
6413}

6415inline bool Type::isFunctionPointerType() const {
if (const auto *T = getAs<PointerType>())
  return T->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType();
else
  return false;
6420}

6422inline bool Type::isFunctionReferenceType() const {
if (const auto *T = getAs<ReferenceType>())
  return T->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType();
else
  return false;
6427}

6429inline bool Type::isMemberPointerType() const {
return isa<MemberPointerType>(CanonicalType);
6431}

6433inline bool Type::isMemberFunctionPointerType() const {
if (const auto *T = getAs<MemberPointerType>())
  return T->isMemberFunctionPointer();
else
  return false;
6438}

6440inline bool Type::isMemberDataPointerType() const {
if (const auto *T = getAs<MemberPointerType>())
  return T->isMemberDataPointer();
else
  return false;
6445}

6447inline bool Type::isArrayType() const {
return isa<ArrayType>(CanonicalType);
6449}

6451inline bool Type::isConstantArrayType() const {
return isa<ConstantArrayType>(CanonicalType);
6453}

6455inline bool Type::isIncompleteArrayType() const {
return isa<IncompleteArrayType>(CanonicalType);
6457}

6459inline bool Type::isVariableArrayType() const {
return isa<VariableArrayType>(CanonicalType);
6461}

6463inline bool Type::isDependentSizedArrayType() const {
return isa<DependentSizedArrayType>(CanonicalType);
6465}

6467inline bool Type::isBuiltinType() const {
return isa<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType);
6469}

6471inline bool Type::isRecordType() const {
return isa<RecordType>(CanonicalType);
6473}

6475inline bool Type::isEnumeralType() const {
return isa<EnumType>(CanonicalType);
6477}

6479inline bool Type::isAnyComplexType() const {
return isa<ComplexType>(CanonicalType);
6481}

6483inline bool Type::isVectorType() const {
return isa<VectorType>(CanonicalType);
6485}

6487inline bool Type::isExtVectorType() const {
return isa<ExtVectorType>(CanonicalType);
6489}

6491inline bool Type::isDependentAddressSpaceType() const {
return isa<DependentAddressSpaceType>(CanonicalType);
6493}

6495inline bool Type::isObjCObjectPointerType() const {
return isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(CanonicalType);
35
←
Assuming field 'CanonicalType' is a 'ObjCObjectPointerType'→
36
←
Returning the value 1, which participates in a condition later→
6497}

6499inline bool Type::isObjCObjectType() const {
return isa<ObjCObjectType>(CanonicalType);
6501}

6503inline bool Type::isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType() const {
return isa<ObjCInterfaceType>(CanonicalType) ||
  isa<ObjCObjectType>(CanonicalType);
6506}

6508inline bool Type::isAtomicType() const {
return isa<AtomicType>(CanonicalType);
6510}

6512inline bool Type::isObjCQualifiedIdType() const {
if (const auto *OPT23.1
'OPT' is null
1
'OPT' is null
1
'OPT' is null
 = getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
23
←
Assuming the object is not a 'ObjCObjectPointerType'→
24
←
Taking false branch→
  return OPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType();
return false;
25
←
Returning zero, which participates in a condition later→
6516}

6518inline bool Type::isObjCQualifiedClassType() const {
if (const auto *OPT = getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
  return OPT->isObjCQualifiedClassType();
return false;
6522}

6524inline bool Type::isObjCIdType() const {
if (const auto *OPT29.1
'OPT' is null
1
'OPT' is null
1
'OPT' is null
 = getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
29
←
Assuming the object is not a 'ObjCObjectPointerType'→
30
←
Taking false branch→
  return OPT->isObjCIdType();
return false;
31
←
Returning zero, which participates in a condition later→
6528}

6530inline bool Type::isObjCClassType() const {
if (const auto *OPT = getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
  return OPT->isObjCClassType();
return false;
6534}

6536inline bool Type::isObjCSelType() const {
if (const auto *OPT = getAs<PointerType>())
  return OPT->getPointeeType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCSel);
return false;
6540}

6542inline bool Type::isObjCBuiltinType() const {
return isObjCIdType() || isObjCClassType() || isObjCSelType();
6544}

6546inline bool Type::isDecltypeType() const {
return isa<DecltypeType>(this);
6548}

6550#define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) \
inline bool Type::is##Id##Type() const { \
  return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Id); \
}
6554#include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def"

6556inline bool Type::isSamplerT() const {
return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLSampler);
6558}

6560inline bool Type::isEventT() const {
return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLEvent);
6562}

6564inline bool Type::isClkEventT() const {
return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLClkEvent);
6566}

6568inline bool Type::isQueueT() const {
return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLQueue);
6570}

6572inline bool Type::isReserveIDT() const {
return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLReserveID);
6574}

6576inline bool Type::isImageType() const {
6577#define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) is##Id##Type() ||
return
6579#include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def"
    false; // end boolean or operation
6581}

6583inline bool Type::isPipeType() const {
return isa<PipeType>(CanonicalType);
6585}

6587#define EXT_OPAQUE_TYPE(ExtType, Id, Ext) \
inline bool Type::is##Id##Type() const { \
  return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Id); \
}
6591#include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def"

6593inline bool Type::isOCLIntelSubgroupAVCType() const {
6594#define INTEL_SUBGROUP_AVC_TYPE(ExtType, Id) \
isOCLIntelSubgroupAVC##Id##Type() ||
return
6597#include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def"
  false; // end of boolean or operation
6599}

6601inline bool Type::isOCLExtOpaqueType() const {
6602#define EXT_OPAQUE_TYPE(ExtType, Id, Ext) is##Id##Type() ||
return
6604#include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def"
  false; // end of boolean or operation
6606}

6608inline bool Type::isOpenCLSpecificType() const {
return isSamplerT() || isEventT() || isImageType() || isClkEventT() ||
       isQueueT() || isReserveIDT() || isPipeType() || isOCLExtOpaqueType();
6611}

6613inline bool Type::isTemplateTypeParmType() const {
return isa<TemplateTypeParmType>(CanonicalType);
6615}

6617inline bool Type::isSpecificBuiltinType(unsigned K) const {
if (const BuiltinType *BT = getAs<BuiltinType>())
  if (BT->getKind() == (BuiltinType::Kind) K)
    return true;
return false;
6622}

6624inline bool Type::isPlaceholderType() const {
if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(this))
  return BT->isPlaceholderType();
return false;
6628}

6630inline const BuiltinType *Type::getAsPlaceholderType() const {
if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(this))
  if (BT->isPlaceholderType())
    return BT;
return nullptr;
6635}

6637inline bool Type::isSpecificPlaceholderType(unsigned K) const {
assert(BuiltinType::isPlaceholderTypeKind((BuiltinType::Kind) K))((BuiltinType::isPlaceholderTypeKind((BuiltinType::Kind) K)) ?
 static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("BuiltinType::isPlaceholderTypeKind((BuiltinType::Kind) K)"
, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 6638, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(this))
  return (BT->getKind() == (BuiltinType::Kind) K);
return false;
6642}

6644inline bool Type::isNonOverloadPlaceholderType() const {
if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(this))
  return BT->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType();
return false;
6648}

6650inline bool Type::isVoidType() const {
if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType))
  return BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Void;
return false;
6654}

6656inline bool Type::isHalfType() const {
if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType))
  return BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Half;
// FIXME: Should we allow complex __fp16? Probably not.
return false;
6661}

6663inline bool Type::isFloat16Type() const {
if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType))
  return BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float16;
return false;
6667}

6669inline bool Type::isFloat128Type() const {
if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType))
  return BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float128;
return false;
6673}

6675inline bool Type::isNullPtrType() const {
if (const auto *BT = getAs<BuiltinType>())
  return BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::NullPtr;
return false;
6679}

6681bool IsEnumDeclComplete(EnumDecl *);
6682bool IsEnumDeclScoped(EnumDecl *);

6684inline bool Type::isIntegerType() const {
if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType))
  return BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::Bool &&
         BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::Int128;
if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(CanonicalType)) {
  // Incomplete enum types are not treated as integer types.
  // FIXME: In C++, enum types are never integer types.
  return IsEnumDeclComplete(ET->getDecl()) &&
    !IsEnumDeclScoped(ET->getDecl());
}
return false;
6695}

6697inline bool Type::isFixedPointType() const {
if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) {
  return BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::ShortAccum &&
         BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::SatULongFract;
}
return false;
6703}

6705inline bool Type::isFixedPointOrIntegerType() const {
return isFixedPointType() || isIntegerType();
6707}

6709inline bool Type::isSaturatedFixedPointType() const {
if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) {
  return BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::SatShortAccum &&
         BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::SatULongFract;
}
return false;
6715}

6717inline bool Type::isUnsaturatedFixedPointType() const {
return isFixedPointType() && !isSaturatedFixedPointType();
6719}

6721inline bool Type::isSignedFixedPointType() const {
if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) {
  return ((BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::ShortAccum &&
           BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::LongAccum) ||
          (BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::ShortFract &&
           BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::LongFract) ||
          (BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::SatShortAccum &&
           BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::SatLongAccum) ||
          (BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::SatShortFract &&
           BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::SatLongFract));
}
return false;
6733}

6735inline bool Type::isUnsignedFixedPointType() const {
return isFixedPointType() && !isSignedFixedPointType();
6737}

6739inline bool Type::isScalarType() const {
if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType))
  return BT->getKind() > BuiltinType::Void &&
         BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::NullPtr;
if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(CanonicalType))
  // Enums are scalar types, but only if they are defined.  Incomplete enums
  // are not treated as scalar types.
  return IsEnumDeclComplete(ET->getDecl());
return isa<PointerType>(CanonicalType) ||
       isa<BlockPointerType>(CanonicalType) ||
       isa<MemberPointerType>(CanonicalType) ||
       isa<ComplexType>(CanonicalType) ||
       isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(CanonicalType);
6752}

6754inline bool Type::isIntegralOrEnumerationType() const {
if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType))
  return BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::Bool &&
         BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::Int128;

// Check for a complete enum type; incomplete enum types are not properly an
// enumeration type in the sense required here.
if (const auto *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(CanonicalType))
  return IsEnumDeclComplete(ET->getDecl());

return false;
6765}

6767inline bool Type::isBooleanType() const {
if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType))
  return BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Bool;
return false;
6771}

6773inline bool Type::isUndeducedType() const {
auto *DT = getContainedDeducedType();
return DT && !DT->isDeduced();
6776}

6778/// Determines whether this is a type for which one can define
6779/// an overloaded operator.
6780inline bool Type::isOverloadableType() const {
return isDependentType() || isRecordType() || isEnumeralType();
6782}

6784/// Determines whether this type can decay to a pointer type.
6785inline bool Type::canDecayToPointerType() const {
return isFunctionType() || isArrayType();
6787}

6789inline bool Type::hasPointerRepresentation() const {
return (isPointerType() || isReferenceType() || isBlockPointerType() ||
        isObjCObjectPointerType() || isNullPtrType());
6792}

6794inline bool Type::hasObjCPointerRepresentation() const {
return isObjCObjectPointerType();
6796}

6798inline const Type *Type::getBaseElementTypeUnsafe() const {
const Type *type = this;
while (const ArrayType *arrayType = type->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe())
  type = arrayType->getElementType().getTypePtr();
return type;
6803}

6805inline const Type *Type::getPointeeOrArrayElementType() const {
const Type *type = this;
if (type->isAnyPointerType())
  return type->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
else if (type->isArrayType())
  return type->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe();
return type;
6812}

6814/// Insertion operator for diagnostics. This allows sending Qualifiers into a
6815/// diagnostic with <<.
6816inline const DiagnosticBuilder &operator<<(const DiagnosticBuilder &DB,
                                         Qualifiers Q) {
DB.AddTaggedVal(Q.getAsOpaqueValue(),
                DiagnosticsEngine::ArgumentKind::ak_qual);
return DB;
6821}

6823/// Insertion operator for partial diagnostics. This allows sending Qualifiers
6824/// into a diagnostic with <<.
6825inline const PartialDiagnostic &operator<<(const PartialDiagnostic &PD,
                                         Qualifiers Q) {
PD.AddTaggedVal(Q.getAsOpaqueValue(),
                DiagnosticsEngine::ArgumentKind::ak_qual);
return PD;
6830}

6832/// Insertion operator for diagnostics.  This allows sending QualType's into a
6833/// diagnostic with <<.
6834inline const DiagnosticBuilder &operator<<(const DiagnosticBuilder &DB,
                                         QualType T) {
DB.AddTaggedVal(reinterpret_cast<intptr_t>(T.getAsOpaquePtr()),
                DiagnosticsEngine::ak_qualtype);
return DB;
6839}

6841/// Insertion operator for partial diagnostics.  This allows sending QualType's
6842/// into a diagnostic with <<.
6843inline const PartialDiagnostic &operator<<(const PartialDiagnostic &PD,
                                         QualType T) {
PD.AddTaggedVal(reinterpret_cast<intptr_t>(T.getAsOpaquePtr()),
                DiagnosticsEngine::ak_qualtype);
return PD;
6848}

6850// Helper class template that is used by Type::getAs to ensure that one does
6851// not try to look through a qualified type to get to an array type.
6852template <typename T>
6853using TypeIsArrayType =
  std::integral_constant<bool, std::is_same<T, ArrayType>::value ||
                                   std::is_base_of<ArrayType, T>::value>;

6857// Member-template getAs<specific type>'.
6858template <typename T> const T *Type::getAs() const {
static_assert(!TypeIsArrayType<T>::value,
              "ArrayType cannot be used with getAs!");

// If this is directly a T type, return it.
if (const auto *Ty = dyn_cast<T>(this))
  return Ty;

// If the canonical form of this type isn't the right kind, reject it.
if (!isa<T>(CanonicalType))
  return nullptr;

// If this is a typedef for the type, strip the typedef off without
// losing all typedef information.
return cast<T>(getUnqualifiedDesugaredType());
6873}

6875template <typename T> const T *Type::getAsAdjusted() const {
static_assert(!TypeIsArrayType<T>::value, "ArrayType cannot be used with getAsAdjusted!");

// If this is directly a T type, return it.
if (const auto *Ty = dyn_cast<T>(this))
  return Ty;

// If the canonical form of this type isn't the right kind, reject it.
if (!isa<T>(CanonicalType))
  return nullptr;

// Strip off type adjustments that do not modify the underlying nature of the
// type.
const Type *Ty = this;
while (Ty) {
  if (const auto *A = dyn_cast<AttributedType>(Ty))
    Ty = A->getModifiedType().getTypePtr();
  else if (const auto *E = dyn_cast<ElaboratedType>(Ty))
    Ty = E->desugar().getTypePtr();
  else if (const auto *P = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty))
    Ty = P->desugar().getTypePtr();
  else if (const auto *A = dyn_cast<AdjustedType>(Ty))
    Ty = A->desugar().getTypePtr();
  else if (const auto *M = dyn_cast<MacroQualifiedType>(Ty))
    Ty = M->desugar().getTypePtr();
  else
    break;
}

// Just because the canonical type is correct does not mean we can use cast<>,
// since we may not have stripped off all the sugar down to the base type.
return dyn_cast<T>(Ty);
6907}

6909inline const ArrayType *Type::getAsArrayTypeUnsafe() const {
// If this is directly an array type, return it.
if (const auto *arr = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(this))
  return arr;

// If the canonical form of this type isn't the right kind, reject it.
if (!isa<ArrayType>(CanonicalType))
  return nullptr;

// If this is a typedef for the type, strip the typedef off without
// losing all typedef information.
return cast<ArrayType>(getUnqualifiedDesugaredType());
6921}

6923template <typename T> const T *Type::castAs() const {
static_assert(!TypeIsArrayType<T>::value,
              "ArrayType cannot be used with castAs!");

if (const auto *ty = dyn_cast<T>(this)) return ty;
assert(isa<T>(CanonicalType))((isa<T>(CanonicalType)) ? static_cast<void> (0) :
 __assert_fail ("isa<T>(CanonicalType)", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 6928, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
return cast<T>(getUnqualifiedDesugaredType());
6930}

6932inline const ArrayType *Type::castAsArrayTypeUnsafe() const {
assert(isa<ArrayType>(CanonicalType))((isa<ArrayType>(CanonicalType)) ? static_cast<void>
 (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<ArrayType>(CanonicalType)", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 6933, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
if (const auto *arr = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(this)) return arr;
return cast<ArrayType>(getUnqualifiedDesugaredType());
6936}

6938DecayedType::DecayedType(QualType OriginalType, QualType DecayedPtr,
                       QualType CanonicalPtr)
  : AdjustedType(Decayed, OriginalType, DecayedPtr, CanonicalPtr) {
6941#ifndef NDEBUG
QualType Adjusted = getAdjustedType();
(void)AttributedType::stripOuterNullability(Adjusted);
assert(isa<PointerType>(Adjusted))((isa<PointerType>(Adjusted)) ? static_cast<void>
 (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<PointerType>(Adjusted)", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h"
, 6944, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__));
6945#endif
6946}

6948QualType DecayedType::getPointeeType() const {
QualType Decayed = getDecayedType();
(void)AttributedType::stripOuterNullability(Decayed);
return cast<PointerType>(Decayed)->getPointeeType();
6952}

6954// Get the decimal string representation of a fixed point type, represented
6955// as a scaled integer.
6956// TODO: At some point, we should change the arguments to instead just accept an
6957// APFixedPoint instead of APSInt and scale.
6958void FixedPointValueToString(SmallVectorImpl<char> &Str, llvm::APSInt Val,
                           unsigned Scale);

6961} // namespace clang

6963#endif // LLVM_CLANG_AST_TYPE_H